> **[CMEL Library Books]{.underline}**
>
> **[2007]{.underline}**

# 

# SUBJECT GROUPS

Aviation

Biography

Change

Communication

Computer Science

Customer Relations

Diversity

Decision Making

Delegation

Discipline

Employee Assistance Program

Economics

Equal Employment Opportunity

Ethics

Experiential Learning

Group Dynamics

Health Awareness

Human Relations

Innovation

Interviewing

Labor Relations

Leadership

Management

Motivation

Negotiation

Organizational Behavior

Organizational Development

Performance Management

Personnel Management

Planning

Presentations

Problem Solving

Productivity

Professional Development

Psychology

Safety

Self Development

Statistics

Stress

Substance Abuse

Systems Thinking

Team Management

Time Management

Total Quality Management

Training

Writing

**[How to conduct a search:]{.underline}** From the Menu Bar click on
**\"Edit\"**, then **\"Find\"** and put in your key word. To begin the
search Click on **\"Find Next\"**.

> **[Aviation]{.underline}**
>
> **FAA 1617 1996**
>
> BENEFITS OF CONTROLLER-PILOT DATA LINK ATC COMMUNICATIONS IN TERMINAL
> AIRSPACE
>
> Federal Aviation Administration,
>
> Department of Transportation and
>
> the Data Link benefits Study Team
>
> **FAA 1618 1995**
>
> USER BENEFITS OF TWO-WAY DATA LINK ATC COMMUNICATIONS: AIRCRAFT DELAY
> AND FLIGHT EFFICIENCY IN CONGESTED EN ROUTE AIRSPACE
>
> Federal Aviation Administration,
>
> Department of Transportation and
>
> the Data Link benefits Study Team
>
> **HD3089.ATC10 1997**
>
> IN SEARCH OF THE FUTURE OF AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
>
> Tekla Perry, Editor
>
> **HD8039.A42U54 1987**
>
> THIRD MAN, THE: A HISTORY OF THE AIRLINE CREW COMPLEMENT CONTROVERSY
>
> Nick A. Komons
>
> **HD9711.U638637 1991**
>
> LEGEND AND LEGACY: THE STORY OF BOEING AND ITS PEOPLE
>
> This book will take you behind the statistics and the awe-inspiring
> aircraft to tell the inspiring true story of Boeing, a company whose
> willingness to take daring market risks has kept it at the top of its
> industry.
>
> 480 PP.
>
> Robert J. Serling
>
> **HE9787.M23 1981**
>
> SEMANTICS OF AIR PASSENGER TRANSPORTATION, THE
>
> Edward MacNeal
>
> **HE9803.A35P7 1987**
>
> TROUBLED PASSAGE: THE FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION DURING THE
> NIXON-FORD TERM
>
> Edmund Preston
>
> **HE9803.A4.W54 1979**
>
> TURBULENCE ALOFT: THE CIVIL AERONAUTICS ADMINISTRATION AMID WARS AND
> RUMORS OF WARS
>
> John R.M. Wilson
>
> **HE9803.A4K64 1989**
>
> BONFIRES TO BEACONS
>
> Nick A. Komons
>
> **HE9803.A4K65 1984**
>
> CUTTING AIR CRASH CASE STUDY IN EARLY FEDERAL AVIATION POLICY, THE
>
> Nick A. Komons
>
> **HE9803.A4R6 1976**
>
> TAKEOFF AT MID-CENTURY: FEDERAL CIVIL AVIATION POLICY IN THE
> EISENHOWER YEARS
>
> Stuart I. Rochester
>
> **HF309.E10 1993**
>
> HOW TO ASSURE THE FUTURE OF YOUR AIRPORT
>
> Roy A. Eckrose and
>
> William A. Green
>
> **HF5567.4.S10 1997**
>
> FLYING BLIND, FLYING SAFE
>
> Written by a crusading former government official, FLYING BLIND,
> FLYING SAFE is the book that must be read by everyone who flies. In it
> is the vital airline safety information the public has a right---and a
> need---to know: the most dangerous planes and flying conditions; the
> least secure vs. the best-equipped airports; which carriers to avoid
> and why; and ways to help yourself increase safety.
>
> Mary Schiavo
>
> **TD4.F10 2003**
>
> GROUND STOP: AN INSIDE LOOK AT THE FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION ON
> SEPTEMBER 11, 2001
>
> On 9/11/01, long before anyone was aware of the impending attack,
> members of the US air traffic control system knew something was wrong.
> Ground Stop tells the story of the FAA\'s first responders on 9/11.
> Unsung heroic actions were taken that day, and now the story can be
> told. Stories of lightning quick decisions that saved lives. Airplanes
> were grounded all over the nation, and when all was quiet - - the hard
> part began.
>
> 166 PP.
>
> Pamel S. Freni
>
> **TL515.B10 1997**
>
> STORY OF AVIATION, THE: A CONCISE HISTORY OF FLIGHT
>
> The authors examine the airplane\'s diverse career, exploring how it
> has been used for military defense, emergency rescue, and freight
> delivery, as well as for sheer recreation (as evidenced by the growing
> number of amateur pilots). They also discuss such spin-off industries
> as building and maintenance, operations, and passenger service.
> Illustrated with black and white and color photographs.
>
> 144 PP.
>
> Ray Bonds, Editor
>
> **TL515.S864 1995**
>
> PICTURE HISTORY OF EARLY AVIATION, 1903-1913
>
> Excellent pictorial history lavishly chronicles exciting saga of first
> fliers and their machines. Carefully researched text and over 250
> photographs introduce such early pioneers of flight as Otto
> Lilienthal, Samuel Langley, Octave Chanute, Louis Bleriot, the Wright
> Brothers, Glenn Curtiss and many others.
>
> 128 PP.
>
> Joshua Stoff
>
> **TL521.K36 1980**
>
> SAFE, SEPARATED AND SOARING: A HISTORY OF FEDERAL CIVIL AVIATION
> POLICY
>
> Richard J. Kent, Jr.
>
> **TL540.CPS85 2002**
>
> UNLOCKING THE SKY: GLENN HAMMOND CURTISS AND THE RACE TO INVENT THE
> AIRPLANE
>
> Catching the wave of current anti-Wright scholarship as exemplified by
> Herbert A. Johnson\'s Wingless Eagle: U.S. Army Aviation through World
> War I. This study reviews the remarkable public career of Glenn
> Hammond Curtiss and his bitter legal feud with Orville and Wilbur
> Wright. A contest (1909-17) that pitted the virtues of open, shared
> access to technological change against the powerful economic force of
> monopoly ownership.
>
> 258 PP.
>
> Seth Shulman
>
> **TL540.V6 1969**
>
> GREAT AIR RACES, THE
>
> This book gives an accurate and interesting account of three decades
> of air racing. Air racing, despite its hazards, contributed greatly to
> the development of both commercial and military aviation during this
> period.
>
> Don Vorderman
>
> **TL540.W7A3 1988**
>
> HOW WE INVENTED THE AIRPLANE: AN ILLUSTRATED HISTORY
>
> Fascinating firsthand account covers early experiments, construction
> of planes and motors, first flights, much more. 76 photographs.
>
> 87 PP.
>
> Orville Wright
>
> **TL550.K4 1967**
>
> RACING PLANES AND AIR RACES: A COMPLETE HISTORY 1909-1923 \[ VOLUME
> 1\]
>
> Reed Kinert
>
> **TL551.K4 1967**
>
> RACING PLANES AND AIR RACES: A COMPLETE HISTORY 1924-1931 \[VOLUME 2\]
>
> Reed Kinert
>
> **TL552.K4 1967**
>
> RACING PLANES AND AIR RACES: A COMPLETE HISTORY \[1932-1939\]
>
> Reed Kinert
>
> **TL553.26.V5 1998**
>
> HARPER\'S AIRCRAFT BOOK: WHY AEROPLANES FLY, HOW TO MAKE MODELS, AND
> ALL ABOUT AIRCRAFT, LITTLE AND BIG
>
> A.H. Verrill
>
> **TL553.5.N26 1987**
>
> BLIND TRUST: THE HUMAN CRISIS IN AIRLINE SAFETY
>
> In graphic detail, this book demonstrates the havoc that has been
> wrought in the airline business in this country by the deregulation
> bill of 1978. Lower fares mean less income, and less income results in
> cost cutting. While Nance, a lawyer and pilot, does not urge a return
> to the pre-1978 days, he recommends that the FAA, as the industry
> watchdog, be given increased powers to control airline safety.
>
> 416 PP.
>
> John J Nance
>
> **TL553.6.H86 1988**
>
> HUMAN FACTORS IN AVIATION
>
> 684 PP.
>
> Earl L. Weiner and
>
> David C. Nagel, Editors
>
> **TL553.6.S43 1997**
>
> APPLIED COGNITIVE TASK ANALYSIS IN AVIATION
>
> Focusing on cognitive psychology and artificial intelligence analyses
> of aviation tasks, the authors discuss how to identify and solve
> specific design and training problems, in the flight deck, air traffic
> control, and operations contexts.
>
> 338 PP.
>
> Thomas L. Seamster, et al
>
> **TL553.K4 1969**
>
> RACING PLANES - 1969 ANNUAL
>
> Reed Kinert
>
> **TL554.K4 1971**
>
> RACING PLANES - 1971 ANNUAL
>
> Reed Kinert
>
> **TL725.ATNSP 1998**
>
> AIR TRAFFIC SELECTION PROCESS PARTICIPANT DEVELOPMENT GUIDE \[ATNSP\]
>
> Office of Air Traffic Resource Management
>
> **[Biography]{.underline}**
>
> **BL2785.F10 2000**
>
> RECOLLECTIONS: VICTOR E. FRANKL AN AUTOBIOGRAPHY
>
> In these stirring recollections, Frankl describes how as a young
> doctor of neurology in prewar Vienna has disagreements with Freud and
> Adler. This led to the development of \"the third Viennese School of
> Psychotherapy,\" known as logotherapy. It recounts his harrowing
> trials in four concentration camps during the War; and reflects on the
> celebrity brought by the publication of Man\'s Search for Meaning in
> 1945.
>
> 144 PP.
>
> Joseph Fabry and
>
> Judith Fabry
>
> **CT119.P4 1981**
>
> PETER\'S PEOPLE
>
> Lawrence J. Peter
>
> **CT275.P648A33 1979**
>
> ZEN AND THE ART OF MOTORCYCLE MAINTENANCE
>
> The extraordinary story of a man\'s quest for truth. It will change
> the way you think and feel about your life.
>
> 418 PP.
>
> Robert M. Pirsig
>
> **E745.P3W54 1982**
>
> PATTON\'S PRINCIPLES: A HANDBOOK FOR MANAGERS WHO MEAN IT
>
> 180 PP.
>
> Porter B. Williamson
>
> **GV697.M3T37 1983**
>
> BOB MATHIAS - THE LIFE OF THE OLYMPIC CHAMPION
>
> Myron Tassin
>
> **HC102.5.A2A95 1997**
>
> HIGHWAYMEN, THE: WARRIORS OF THE INFORMATION SUPERHIGHWAY
>
> The Highwaymen is a riveting and compelling look behind the scenes at
> the vanities and visions of such chief players as Rupert Murdoch, Ted
> Turner, Time Warner, Disney, Viacom, and Microsoft. It is an account
> of the explosive landscape of telecommunications, and as such provides
> an indispensable guide to today\'s world.
>
> 358 PP.
>
> Ken Auletta
>
> **HD69.C6H374 1995**
>
> CONSULTANT\'S JOURNEY: THE DANCE OF WORK AND SPIRIT
>
> This is the autobiography of a consultant, detailing the development
> of his consultancy work and his research into organizational issues.
> The author is known for his development of material on culture,
> teamwork, cross cultural issues, learning, role negotiation and
> empowerment.
>
> 208 PP.
>
> Roger Harrison
>
> **HD9600.S10 1997**
>
> CONFESSIONS OF A MANAGEMENT CONSULTANT TURNED CEO: A BALANCED VIEW OF
> LEADERSHIP
>
> Anita C. Simonton and
>
> Georgeanna Kiser
>
> **HD9696.C62G3379 1997**
>
> OVERDRIVE: BILL GATES AND THE RACE TO CONTROL CYBERSPACE
>
> James Wallace
>
> **HD9696.C6414887 1990**
>
> FATHER SON AND CO: MY LIFE AT IBM AND BEYOND
>
> Thomas Watson and
>
> Peter Petre
>
> **HD9710.U52.I25 1986**
>
> IACOCCA: AN AUTOBIOGRAPHY
>
> Lee Iacocca
>
> **JF1351.P831 1996**
>
> PUBLIC SECTOR EMPLOYMENT: IN A TIME OF TRANSITION
>
> Dale Belman, et al, Editors
>
> **LA2317.K567A3 1989**
>
> MAKING OF AN ADULT EDUCATOR, THE
>
> Malcolm S. Knowles
>
> **TA140.F9B35 1996**
>
> BUCKY WORKS: BUCKMINSTER FULLER\'S IDEAS FOR TODAY
>
> The author encourages readers from all walks of life to share
> Fuller\'s unique vision of science and technology and to find new ways
> of applying Fuller\'s concepts and designs for solving today\'s
> problems and building a better future for all mankind.
>
> 243 PP.
>
> J. Baldwin
>
> **[Change]{.underline}**
>
> **[Book/Compact Disks]{.underline}**
>
> **HD58.8.L86 2003**
>
> FISH! STICKS: A REMARKABLE WAY TO ADAPT TO CHANGING TIMES AND KEEP
> YOUR WORK FRESH
>
> The authors examine change as a necessary, ongoing process that should
> never stop\--at least not if one wants to keep the workplace vital and
> fully alive. Using a fictitious sushi restaurant as an example, this
> fable examines the three principles that the authors believe are
> necessary for continuing success: Find It (\"it\" being each
> employee\'s personal vision of the business), Live It, and Coach It.
>
> 121 PP.
>
> Stephen C. Lundin, et AL
>
> **[Change - Continued]{.underline}**
>
> **BD431.M169 1990**
>
> EVEN EAGLES NEED A PUSH: LEARNING TO SOAR IN A CHANGING WORLD
>
> In the tradition of [The Power of Positive Thinking]{.underline} and
> [The Seven Habits of Highly Effective People]{.underline}, this
> motivational masterpiece uses anecdotes, quotations, and exercises to
> teach readers how to find meaning and purpose in both their
> professional and personal lives.
>
> 192 PP.
>
> David McNally
>
> **HD31.P10 2002**
>
> EMPLOYEE HANDBOOK FOR SHAPING CORPORATE CULTURE, THE: THE MISSION
> CRITICAL APPROACH TO CULTURE INTEGRATION AND CULTURE CHANGE
>
> 24 PP.
>
> Price Pritchett
>
> **HD58.8.A265 2004**
>
> CHANGE WITHOUT PAIN: HOW MANAGERS CAN OVERCOME INITIATIVE OVERLOAD,
> ORGANIZATIONAL CHAOS, AND EMPLOYEE BURNOUT
>
> The author presents an approach to organizational improvement that
> mines people, processes, cultures, and social networks already
> existing within a company and recombines them to achieve new results.
> He proposes that companies re-deploy talent rather than downsize,
> leverage social networks rather than IT networks, and revive values
> rather than invent them.
>
> 217 PP.
>
> Eric Abrahamson
>
> **HF5548.85 .P68 1987**
>
> PREVENTING JOB BURNOUT: TRANSFORMING WORK PRESSURES INTO PRODUCTIVITY
>
> This book offers intelligent and insightful alternatives to burning
> out on the job.
>
> 104 PP.
>
> Beverly A. Potter
>
> **HD9680.B74S67 2004**
>
> SEVEN-DAY WEEKEND, THE: CHANGING THE WAY WORK WORKS
>
> Mr. Semler\'s premise is remarkably simple: If work can spill over
> into our weekends, thanks to cell phones, faxes and pagers, why can\'t
> our weekends- read free time-be integrated into the traditional
> workweek? \'To put it another way,\' Mr. Semler writes in this chatty,
> engaging book, \'people who have learned to answer e-mails on Sunday
> evenings also need to learn how to go to the movies on Monday
> afternoons.
>
> 246 PP.
>
> Ricardo Semler
>
> **HF5.549.5.S8R63 2003**
>
> IDEAS ARE FREE: HOW THE IDEA REVOLUTION IS LIBERATING PEOPLE AND
> TRANSFORMING ORGANIZATIONS
>
> The author\'s have teamed up for an energetic examination of the
> \"idea revolution\" framework. They show how organizations can move
> away from the scientific management model that expects workers to do
> instead of think and accept a culture that values the experience,
> creativity, and ideas of the ordinary people. They address the
> fundamentals of idea programs and rewards schemes-how to implement and
> nourish them and then keep them from running amok.
>
> 232 PP.
>
> Alan G. Robinson and
>
> Dean M. Schroeder
>
> **HD58.8.A265 2004**
>
> CHANGE WITHOUT PAIN: HOW MANAGERS CAN OVERCOME INITIATIVE OVERLOAD,
> ORGANIZATIONAL CHAOS, AND EMPLOYEE BURNOUT
>
> The author presents an approach to organizational improvement that
> mines people, processes, cultures, and social networks already
> existing within a company and recombines them to achieve new results.
> He proposes that companies re-deploy talent rather than downsize,
> leverage social networks rather than IT networks, and revive values
> rather than invent them.
>
> 218 PP.
>
> Eric Abrahamson
>
> **HD58.8.K645 2002**
>
> HEART OF CHANGE, THE: REAL-LIFE STORIES OF HOW PEOPLE CHANGE THEIR
> ORGANIZATIONS
>
> This book struck a powerful chord with legions of managers everywhere.
> It acknowledged the cynicism, pain, and fears they faced in
> implementing large-scale change-but also armed them with an eight-step
> plan of action for leaping boldly forward in a turbulent world
>
> 190 PP.
>
> John P. Kotter
>
> **HD58.8.Q56 1996**
>
> DEEP CHANGE: DISCOVERING THE LEADER WITHIN
>
> Through a series of stories, Quinn offers a new path that will help
> people in the trenches of today\'s modern organizations move beyond
> daily struggles into a position of peace, power, freedom and
> influence. Deep Change explores the process of internally driven
> leadership.
>
> 236 PP.
>
> Robert E. Quinn
>
> **BF441.H10 1998**
>
> ESSENTIAL MANAGERS: MANAGING CHANGE
>
> This book will provide practical techniques to show you how to
> initiate, anticipate ad respond positively to change in order to
> become an efficient and flexible manager.
>
> 72 PP.
>
> Robert Heller
>
> **BF441.W35 1985**
>
> STRATEGIES FOR MANAGING CHANGE, THE
>
> 202 PP.
>
> William G. Dyer
>
> **BF471.P12 1993**
>
> CULTURE SHIFT: THE EMPLOYEE HANDBOOK FOR CHANGING CORPORATE CULTURE
>
> 35 PP.
>
> Price Pritchett
>
> **BF471.S56 1989**
>
> GETTING UNSTUCK: BREAKING THROUGH THE BARRIERS TO CHANGE
>
> Psychologist and educator Dr. Sidney Simon presents a system to help
> the average person change. Readers first discover why they resist
> change. Then, when a specific roadblock is identified, the book
> outlines exercises that offer solutions to specific problems.
>
> 304 PP.
>
> Sidney Simon
>
> **BF637.B10 1999**
>
> MANAGER\'S SURVIVAL GUIDE TO ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE, THE
>
> 76 PP.
>
> Kenneth A. Burger and
>
> Alvin E. Ray
>
> **BF637.B37 1988**
>
> DISCOVERING THE FUTURE: THE BUSINESS OF PARADIGMS
>
> The author and host of the best-selling corporate video of all time,
> Discovering the Future: The Business of Paradigms, leads businesses
> into the 21st century with this critically acclaimed book filled with
> tools for maintaining an edge on the competition.
>
> 240 PP.
>
> Joel Barker
>
> **BF637.C4H67 1993**
>
> TRANSITIONS: POSITIVE CHANGE IN YOUR LIFE AND WORK
>
> 80 PP.
>
> Mike Scally and
>
> Barrie Hopson
>
> **BF637.C4J64 1998**
>
> WHO MOVED MY CHEESE? AN AMAZING WAY TO DEAL WITH CHANGE IN YOUR WORK
> AND IN YOUR LIFE
>
> This book presents a simple parable that reveals profound truths about
> change. It is an amusing and enlightening story of four characters,
> two mice named Sniff and Scurry and two \"little people\" named Hem
> and Haw, who react differently in the face of unexpected change. This
> tale teaches employees how to accept and even seek possibilities that
> inevitable change brings.
>
> 94 PP.
>
> Spencer Johnson
>
> **BF637.C4K44 2000**
>
> HOW THE WAY WE TALK CAN CHANGE THE WAY WE WORK
>
> In this intensely practical book, the authors take us on a carefully
> guided journey designed to help us answer these very questions. Not
> just generally, or in the abstract. They help each of us arrive at our
> own particular answers that can solve the puzzling gap between what we
> intend and what we are able to accomplish.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Robert Kegan and
>
> Lisa L. Lahey
>
> **BF637.D12 1995**
>
> MAKING CHANGE WORK FOR YOU! HOW TO HANDLE ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE
>
> 93 PP.
>
> Richard S. Deems
>
> **BF637.P12 1993**
>
> HIGH-VELOCITY CULTURE CHANGE: A HANDBOOK FOR MANAGERS
>
> 44 PP.
>
> Price Pritchett and
>
> Ron Pound
>
> **BF637.P13 1994**
>
> EMPLOYEE HANDBOOK FOR ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE, THE
>
> Price Pritchett and
>
> Ron Pound
>
> **BF637.P14 1994**
>
> FIRING UP COMMITMENT DURING ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE
>
> 42 PP.
>
> Price Pritchett and
>
> **BF637.P15 1988**
>
> BUSINESS AS \"UN\"USUAL
>
> 28 PP.
>
> Price Pritchett and
>
> Ron Pound
>
> **BF698.2.S10 1989**
>
> MANAGING PERSONAL CHANGE: A PRIMER FOR TODAY\'S WORLD
>
> This book is designed for individuals who must deal with personal
> change. Topics include understanding change and learning to deal with
> negative attitudes.
>
> 71 PP.
>
> Cynthia Scott and
>
> Dennis Jaffe
>
> **HC79.I55D37 1993**
>
> PROCESS INNOVATION: REENGINEERING WORK THROUGH INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
>
> Process innovation is quickly becoming the byword for managers ready
> to lead their companies out of modest growth patterns and into highly
> effective competition in the global marketplace. This book should be
> read by general and functional managers, quality and information
> technology professionals, and industrial engineers -- in short, by
> anyone.
>
> 337 PP.
>
> Thomas H. Davenport
>
> **HD2731.C623 2000**
>
> MANAGING THE EVOLVING CORPORATION
>
> Faced with an ever-changing marketplace and a business environment in
> constant flux, many managers are looking for ways not only to adapt to
> change, but also to profit from it. This book provides the tools with
> which to do both.
>
> 238 PP.
>
> Langdon Morris
>
> **HD31.C514 2001**
>
> POWER OF SIX SIGMA, THE: AN INSPIRING TALE OF HOW SIX SIGMA IS
> TRANSFORMING THE WAY WE WORK
>
> Six Sigma training is a revolutionary process that has been utilized
> by scores of corporations. To many, its exacting guidelines sound so
> daunting that they seem almost impossible to enact. They are not. To
> show how Six Sigma can empower managers, Subir Chowdhury presents here
> a commute-sized fable that embodies the philosophy behind the system.
>
> 144 PP.
>
> Subir Chowdhury
>
> **HD31.C72 1996**
>
> KEY MANAGEMENT IDEAS: THINKING THAT CHANGES THE MANAGEMENT WORLD
>
> Key Management Ideas provides instant access to the most significant
> management ideas and places them in a perspective that can be
> understood.
>
> 252 PP.
>
> Stuart Crainer
>
> **HD31.D77337 1995**
>
> MANAGING IN A TIME OF GREAT CHANGE
>
> A wide-ranging guide for navigating the rapids-strewn course that will
> take the American economy into the 21st century, [Managing in a Time
> of Great Change]{.underline} covers such issues as the U.S. economy\'s
> profound and rapid power shift, competition in the global economy, and
> ways to develop new international markets.
>
> 384 PP.
>
> Peter F. Drucker
>
> **HD31.K7 1976**
>
> MANAGEMENT: A SYSTEMS AND CONTINGENCY ANALYSIS OF MANAGERIAL FUNCTIONS
>
> 895 PP.
>
> Harold Kontz and
>
> Cyril O\'Donnell
>
> **HD38.2.K39 1996**
>
> REAL CHANGE LEADERS: HOW YOU CAN CREATE GROWTH AND HIGH PERFORMANCE AT
> YOUR COMPANY
>
> This paperback edition offers a real blueprint for how to deal with
> the dramatic change in today\'s marketplace. An added feature, \"Real
> Change Leader\'s Handbook for Action, \" contains an assessment guide,
> ideas, checklists, and charts to help implement change.
>
> 416 PP.
>
> Jon R. Katzenbach and the
>
> RCL Team
>
> **HD4904.M39 1985**
>
> HOW TO WORK FOR A LIVING AND STILL BE FREE TO LIVE
>
> Because all of us must respond to the demands of life in a unique way,
> this book contains a smorgasbord of ideas.
>
> Eileen McDargh
>
> **HD57.B10 1996**
>
> CHANGING WORK: A UNION GUIDE TO WORKPLACE CHANGE
>
> AFL-CIO and
>
> Human Resources Development Institute
>
> **HD58.2.C52 1991**
>
> IMAGE BY DESIGN: FROM CORPORATE VISION TO BUSINESS REALITY
>
> Chajet, Chairman and CEO of Lippincott & Margulies, is a top image
> consultant who helped create and shape the images of such corporations
> as Coca-Cola, Chrysler, and American Express. In this book, he
> discusses his efforts to communicate verbally and visually the vision,
> goals, and leadership of his clients\' companies.
>
> 216 PP.
>
> Clive Chajet and
>
> Tom Shachtman
>
> **HD58.5.K365 1990**
>
> WHEN GIANTS LEARN TO DANCE: MASTERING THE CHALLENGE OF STRATEGY,
> MANAGEMENT, AND CAREERS IN THE 1990\'S
>
> The new key to a fast-track career is a flexible package of skills and
> services that Professor Kanter details with authority and vision.
> Comprehensive and challenging, her blueprint for success is must
> reading for anyone in business who wants to stay competitive.
>
> 415 PP.
>
> Rosabeth Moss Kanter
>
> **HD58.8.A265 2004**
>
> CHANGE WITHOUT PAIN: HOW MANAGERS CAN OVERCOME INITIATIVE OVERLOAD,
> ORGANIZATIONAL CHAOS, AND EMPLOYEE BURNOUT
>
> The author presents an approach to organizational improvement that
> mines people, processes, cultures, and social networks already
> existing within a company and recombines them to achieve new results.
> He proposes that companies re-deploy talent rather than downsize,
> leverage social networks rather than IT networks, and revive values
> rather than invent them.
>
> 218 PP.
>
> Eric Abrahamson
>
> **HD58.8.A744 1993**
>
> KNOWLEDGE FOR ACTION: A GUIDE TO OVERCOMING BARRIERS TO ORGANIZATIONAL
> CHANGE
>
> Knowledge for Action presents a step-by-step description of how to
> diagnose an organization\'s capacity to learn, analyze the data, and
> design and implement effective interventions that help change the
> status quo and create a more dynamic and innovative organization.
>
> 309 PP.
>
> Chris Argyris
>
> **HD58.8.B10 2003**
>
> STRATEGIC ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE: A PRACTITIONER\'S GUIDE FOR MANAGERS
> AND CONSULTANTS
>
> In this book, Dr. Beitler begins by providing a systematic approach
> for diagnosing organizational problems. Then he offers his
> step-by-step designing and implementing organizational change
> interventions. Everything is written in a practical, easy-to-follow
> style, with an abundance of checklists and practice tools!
>
> 233 PP.
>
> Michael A. Beitler
>
> **HD58.8.B397 1991**
>
> CHANGING THE ESSENCE: THE ART OF CREATING AND LEADING FUNDAMENTAL
> CHANGE IN ORGANIZATIONS
>
> This book helps us see that fundamental change is both intensely
> personal and relentlessly systemic, or it is nothing at all.
>
> 105 PP.
>
> Wendy Pritchard and
>
> Rich Beckhard
>
> **HD58.8.B455 1990**
>
> TEACHING THE ELEPHANT TO DANCE: EMPOWERING CHANGE IN YOUR ORGANIZATION
>
> This book is a practical, hands-on guide to creating effective change
> in any organization. It explains how successful managers decide on a
> new direction, communicate their vision, and much more.
>
> 275 PP.
>
> James A. Belasco
>
> **HD58.8.B4623 1995**
>
> 21st CENTURY ORGANIZATION, THE: REINVENTING THROUGH REENGINEERING
>
> The authors bring a clear, concise and unique perspective to
> reinventing existing corporations to make them more competitive and
> successful in the coming century. The book provides a mix of actual
> cases, examples, illustrations and text to explain the concepts,
> results, processes and common pitfalls of reinventing a corporation.
>
> 115 PP.
>
> Warren Bennis and
>
> Michael Mische
>
> **HD58.8.B75 1991**
>
> MANAGING TRANSITIONS: MAKING THE MOST OF CHANGE
>
> Managing Transitions provides practical, step-by-step strategies for
> reaching this goal and for minimizing the disruptions caused by
> workplace change. It is an invaluable managerial tool for navigating
> an inevitably tumultuous time.
>
> 144 PP.
>
> William Bridges
>
> **HD58.8.B86 1997**
>
> LARGE GROUP INTERVENTIONS: ENGAGING THE WHOLE SYSTEM FOR RAPID CHANGE
>
> Large group intervention is a way of involving an entire organization
> in a process of workplace change. This volume presents and compares 12
> different methods of large group intervention currently in use,
> covering the methods\' origins, exploring their differences and
> similarities, and presenting examples and case studies.
>
> 246 PP.
>
> Barbara B. Bunker and
>
> Billie T. Alban
>
> **HD58.8.C10 1994**
>
> MASTERING CHANGE MANAGEMENT: A PRACTICAL GUIDE FOR TURNING OBSTACLES
> INTO OPPORTUNITIES
>
> Change is no longer a choice. It is inevitable at all levels of an
> organization. Knowing how to anticipate and deal with change creates
> opportunities and helps produce the results you desire.
>
> 101 PP.
>
> Richard Y. Chang
>
> **HD58.8.C453 1993**
>
> CHANGE AT WORK: A COMPREHENSIVE MANAGEMENT PROCESS FOR TRANSFORMING
> ORGANIZATIONS
>
> Offering a human systems approach to organizational change, this book
> shows how organizations can respond to change with intelligence and
> compassion.
>
> 261 PP.
>
> Oscar G. Mink
>
> **HD58.8.C646 1996**
>
> COMPETING IN THE INFORMATION AGE: STRATEGIC ALIGNMENT IN PRACTICE
>
> Competing in the Information Age shows managers how to avoid being
> blindsided by information technology. It outlines how to match
> information systems with business strategy to forge a strong
> competitive edge and bring powerful solutions to bear on real-world
> problems.
>
> 414 PP.
>
> Jerry N Luftman
>
> **HD58.8.C652 1993**
>
> MANAGING AT THE SPEED OF CHANGE: HOW RESILIENT MANAGERS SUCCEED AND
> PROSPER
>
> Daryl Conner runs the world\'s premier consulting firm devoted
> exclusively to change. Here, he coaches middle- and top-level
> executives in implementing business innovations on time and under
> budget.
>
> 282 PP.
>
> Daryl R. Conner
>
> **HD58.8.C67 1994**
>
> MANAGING CHANGE IN THE WORKPLACE
>
> Sheila J. Costello
>
> **HD58.8.D56 1993**
>
> INTERVENTION AND COLLABORATION: HELPING ORGANIZATIONS TO CHANGE
>
> 132 PP.
>
> Hedley G. Dimock
>
> **HD58.8.D833 2001**
>
> CHANGE MONSTER, THE: THE HUMAN FORCES THAT FUEL OR FOIL CORPORATE
> TRANSFORMATION AND CHANGE
>
> This is a brilliant look at corporate change, mergers,
> reorganizations, transformations, and why they succeed or fail.
>
> 304 PP.
>
> Jeanie D. Duck
>
> **HD58.8.E275 2001**
>
> MAKING SIX SIGMA LAST: MANAGING THE BALANCE BETWEEN CULTURAL AND
> TECHNICAL CHANGE
>
> This offers tools for making Six Sigma more effective in any modern
> organization, showing how to drive forward toward a dramatic
> improvement in Sigma performance as well. Concentrates on balancing
> the cultural work component with the technical aspects to create a
> systematic method that takes into account the need for six sigma and
> resistance to it.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> George Eckes
>
> **HD58.8.F437 1993**
>
> CHANGE MANAGEMENT: A MODEL FOR EFFECTIVE ORGANIZATIONAL PERFORMANCE
>
> 491 PP.
>
> Patricia K. Felkins, et al
>
> **HD58.8.F68 1989**
>
> UNDERSTANDING ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE: CONVERTING THEORY TO PRACTICE
>
> 86 PP.
>
> Lynn B. Fossum
>
> **HD58.8.F687 2001**
>
> CREATIVE DESTRUCTION: WHY COMPANIES THAT ARE BUILT TO LAST
> UNDERPERFORM THE MARKET - AND HOW TO SUCCESSFULLY TRANSFORM THEM
>
> In a book that is sure to shake the business world to its foundations,
> Creative Destruction, like Re-Engineering the Corporation before it,
> offers a new paradigm that will change the way we think about
> business.
>
> 384 PP.
>
> Richard N. Foster and
>
> Sarah Kaplan
>
> **HD58.8.G627 1994**
>
> UNSHACKLED ORGANIZATION, THE: FACING THE CHALLENGE OF UNPREDICTABILITY
> THROUGH SPONTANEOUS REORGANIZATION
>
> Examines how change happens in organizations, using scientific and
> social theories about change including non-linear, far-
> from-equilibrium, chaos theory, and system dynamics.
>
> 189 PP.
>
> Jefferey Goldstein
>
> **HD58.8.G68 1995**
>
> TRANSFORMING THE ORGANIZATION: REFRAMING CORPORATE DIRECTION
> RESTRUCTURING THE COMPANY REVITALIZING THE ENTERPRISE RENEWING PEOPLE
>
> Companies must learn how to change in order to compete in today\'s
> market. For the first time, these influential authors reveal their
> revolutionary holistic prescription for corporate metamorphosis.
>
> 336 PP.
>
> Frances J. Gouillart and
>
> James N. Kelly
>
> **HD58.8.G765 1996**
>
> ONLY THE PARANOID SURVIVE: HOW TO EXPLOIT THE CRISIS POINTS THAT
> CHALLENGE EVERY COMPANY AND CAREER
>
> Under Andy Grove\'s leadership, Intel has become the world\'s largest
> chipmaker, the fifth-most-admired company in America, and the
> seventh-most-profitable company among the Fortune 500.
>
> 210 PP.
>
> Andrew S. Grove
>
> **HD58.8.G83 Unkn**
>
> ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE THROUGH EFFECTIVE LEADERSHIP
>
> Robert Guest and
>
> Paul Hersey
>
> **HD58.8.H353 1993**
>
> INTERNAL MARKETS: BRINGING THE POWER OF FREE ENTERPRISE INSIDE YOUR
> ORGANIZATION
>
> In this major work, many of our most astute intellectuals and leaders
> contend that radical changes are needed that goes beyond TQM, flat
> structures, networks, reengineering, and other current innovations.
> They demonstrate why business and government must adopt a new
> management paradigm - Internal Markets - that brings the power of free
> enterprise inside organizations.
>
> 301 PP.
>
> William E. Halal, et al
>
> **HD58.8.H356 1993**
>
> REENGINEERING THE CORPORATION: A MANIFESTO FOR BUSINESS REVOLUTION
>
> Examining the firsthand experiences of companies that have reinvented
> themselves for success, Hammer and Champy present their revolutionary
> blueprint for creating a new kind of company for the brave new world
> of business.
>
> 223 PP.
>
> Michael Hammer and
>
> James Champy
>
> **HD58.8.H3618 1994**
>
> AGE OF PARADOX, THE
>
> In an age of numbingly rapid change, one of the most brilliant and
> engaging thinkers of our day extends a guiding hand in the search for
> order.
>
> 320 PP.
>
> Charles Handy
>
> **HD58.8.H84 1979**
>
> PATH OF LEAST RESISTANCE, THE: PREPARING EMPLOYEES FOR CHANGE
>
> Written particularly for supervisors and managers, this book is for
> anyone who believes that they have a responsibility to initiate change
> that has a positive impact on all those affected by it. Unlike so many
> other books, the author outlines in this book, one detailed approach
> for overcoming resistance to change.
>
> Ken Hultman
>
> **HD58.8.H865 1995**
>
> CRISIS AND RENEWAL: MEETING THE CHALLENGE OF ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE
>
> This radical view of how all successful organizations evolve and renew
> themselves\--and what managers need to do to lead the revival\--argues
> that there are times when managers must deliberately create rises in
> acts of \"ethical anarchy\" in order to break the constraints of
> success and renew their organizations.
>
> 228 PP.
>
> David K Hurst
>
> **HD58.8.K52 1985**
>
> HOW TO MANAGE CHANGE EFFECTIVELY: APPROACHES, METHODS AND CASE
> EXAMPLES
>
> This highly praised book shows how to manage changes\--while gaining
> acceptance and commitment from employees\--in such areas as incentive
> plans, personnel policies, production systems, job designs, and
> organizational goals.
>
> 280 PP.
>
> Donald L. Kirkpatrick
>
> **HD58.8.K55 1991**
>
> CHANGE RIDERS, THE: MANAGING THE POWER OF CHANGE
>
> The author serves up a multitude of usable ideas in witty, bite-sized
> portions. The unusual annotated footnotes add yet another dimension of
> value.
>
> 313 PP.
>
> Gary D. Kissler
>
> **HD58.8.K58 1993**
>
> TEN STEPS TO A LEARNING ORGANIZATION
>
> 239 PP.
>
> Peter Kline and
>
> Bernard Saunders
>
> **HD58.8.K645 2002**
>
> HEART OF CHANGE, THE: REAL-LIFE STORIES OF HOW PEOPLE CHANGE THEIR
> ORGANIZATIONS
>
> This book struck a powerful chord with legions of managers everywhere.
> It acknowledged the cynicism, pain, and fears they faced in
> implementing large-scale change-but also armed them with an eight-step
> plan of action for leaping boldly forward in a turbulent world.
>
> 190 PP.
>
> John P. Kotter
>
> **HD58.8.K67 1978**
>
> ORGANIZATIONAL DYNAMICS: DIAGNOSIS AND INTERVENTION
>
> 98 PP.
>
> John P. Kotter
>
> **HD58.8.L375 1989**
>
> LARGE-SCALE ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE
>
> A team of renowned authors provides strategies for fostering the
> committed leadership, widespread participation, and effective
> communication necessary to bring about significant change throughout
> an entire organization. \"The experienced researcher, consultant, and
> practitioner engaged in change processes will appreciate the different
> perspectives and enrich their own change philosophy and practices for
> having read this well-written and researched book.\"\--The HRD Review
>
> 314 PP.
>
> Allan M. Mohrman, Jr., et al
>
> **HD58.8.M34 1992**
>
> CAUGHT IN THE MIDDLE: HOW TO SURVIVE AND THRIVE IN TODAY\'S MANAGEMENT
> SQUEEZE
>
> Caught in the Middle provides a wealth of practical guidance and 12
> key strategies to help middle managers take charge of their careers,
> maximize their contributions to their organizations, and gain
> satisfaction from their work.
>
> 299 PP.
>
> Lynda McDermott
>
> **HD58.8.M528 2002**
>
> CHANGE AGENT\'S GUIDE TO RADICAL IMPROVEMENT, THE
>
> Change agents are individuals with the knowledge, skills and tools to
> help organizations achieve radical improvement. Miller offers this
> guide for change agents to use in meetings as they facilitate teams
> through the change agent model. Each chapter presents the concepts and
> explains the step-by-step procedure for that phase of the change agent
> model.
>
> 312 PP.
>
> Ken Miller
>
> **HD58.8.M55 1991**
>
> REBIRTH OF THE CORPORATION
>
> Drawing on his wide-ranging experiences the author provides a
> provocative road map for executives looking to eliminate bureaucracy
> and shorten their lines of communication. Recommended for all managers
> interested in organizational theory and structure.
>
> 320 PP.
>
> D. Quinn Mills
>
> **HD58.8.M655 1996**
>
> SECOND CURVE, THE: MANAGING THE VELOCITY OF CHANGE
>
> The author creates a revolutionary new business model that can be used
> no matter what the market upheaval.
>
> 240 PP.
>
> Ian Morrison
>
> **HD58.8.N297 1997**
>
> CHAMPIONS OF CHANGE: HOW CEO\'S AND THEIR COMPANIES ARE MASTERING THE
> SKILLS OF RADICAL CHANGE
>
> This highly readable guide offers leaders and managers at every level
> a coherent approach and compelling new repertoire of concepts, ideas,
> tools, and techniques for understanding the dynamics of change and
> managing it effectively.
>
> 352 PP.
>
> David A. Nadler
>
> **HD58.8.O86 1994**
>
> LEADING CHANGE: OVERCOMING THE IDEOLOGY OF COMFORT AND THE TYRANNY OF
> CUSTOM
>
> One of America\'s most esteemed management thinkers offers a book that
> transcends how-to management primers, offering an unorthodox approach
> to leadership based on the lessons of history, moral and political
> philosophy, and the practical experience of men and women across
> cultures and circumstances.
>
> 282 PP.
>
> James O\'Toole
>
> **HD58.8.P10 1990**
>
> EXECUTIVE LIBRARY FOR ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE, VOLUMES 1-14
>
> \"Business as Unusual\" is part of this series and is a reference for
> the course Managing Change.
>
> Price Pritchett
>
> **HD58.8.P13 1996**
>
> EMPLOYEE HANDBOOK OF NEW WORK HABITS FOR A RADICALLY CHANGING WORLD,
> THE: 13 GROUND RULES FOR JOB SUCCESS IN THE INFORMATION AGE
>
> Provides high-powered guidelines on how to take personal
> responsibility for your career and seize the many opportunities you
> will encounter in the Information Age.
>
> Price Pritchett
>
> **HD58.8.P14 1991**
>
> QUANTUM LEAP STRATEGY, THE
>
> 90 PP.
>
> Price Pritchett
>
> **HD58.8.P15 1992**
>
> TEAM RECONSTRUCTION: BUILDING A HIGH PERFORMANCE WORK GROUP DURING
> CHANGE
>
> Price Pritchett and
>
> Ron Pound
>
> **HD58.8.P16 1989**
>
> SMARTMOVES: A CRASH COURSE ON MERGER INTEGRATION MANAGEMENT
>
> 33 PP.
>
> Price Pritchett and
>
> Ron Pound
>
> **HD58.8.P17 1987**
>
> EMPLOYEE SURVIVAL GUIDE TO MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS, THE
>
> Price Pritchett
>
> **HD58.8.P19 1990**
>
> YOU 2: A HIGH VELOCITY FORMULA FOR MULTIPLYING YOUR PERSONAL
> EFFECTIVENESS IN QUANTUM LEAPS
>
> Price Pritchett
>
> **HD58.8.P20 1996**
>
> MINDSHIFT: THE EMPLOYEE HANDBOOK FOR UNDERSTANDING THE CHANGING WORLD
> OF WORK
>
> Price Pritchett
>
> **HD58.8.P21 1993**
>
> TEAM RECONSTRUCTION: BUILDING A HIGH PERFORMANCE WORK GROUP DURING
> CHANGE
>
> Price Pritchett and
>
> Ron Pound
>
> **HD58.8.P34 1996**
>
> DIARY OF A CHANGE AGENT
>
> 296 PP.
>
> Tony Page
>
> **HD58.8.P478 1992**
>
> LIBERATION MANAGEMENT: NECESSARY DISORGANIZATION FOR THE NANOSECOND
> NINETIES
>
> The author demonstrates that the key to success in business future is
> total engagement, dynamism, speed, and independence.
>
> Thomas J. Peters
>
> **HD58.8.P483 1994**
>
> TOM PETERS SEMINAR, THE: CRAZY TIMES CALL FOR CRAZY ORGANIZATIONS
>
> Peters shows how to understand and thrive in the face of the crazy
> demands the business world makes upon us.
>
> 336 PP.
>
> Tom Peters
>
> **HD58.8.Q56 1996**
>
> DEEP CHANGE: DISCOVERING THE LEADER WITHIN
>
> Through a series of stories, Quinn offers a new path that will help
> people in the trenches of today\'s modern organizations move beyond
> daily struggles into a position of peace, power, freedom and
> influence. Deep Change explores the process of internally driven
> leadership.
>
> 236 PP.
>
> Robert E. Quinn
>
> **HD58.8.R62 1996**
>
> WHY CHANGE DOESN\'T WORK: WHY INITIATIVES GO WRONG AND HOW TO TRY
> AGAIN - AND SUCCEED
>
> In this book you\'ll discover how timing can make or break a change
> program, how best to communicate to the troops, how to identify and
> nurture change makers, and, most important, how to fire the
> organizational imagination so that even the most recalcitrant are
> amenable to change.
>
> 232 PP.
>
> Harvey Robbins and
>
> Michael Finley
>
> **HD58.8.S39 1989**
>
> MANAGING ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE: A PRACTICAL GUIDE FOR MANAGERS
>
> This self-study book offers examples and exercises which help managers
> and supervisors help their employees cope with organizational change.
>
> 96 PP.
>
> Cynthia D. Scott and
>
> Jaffe Scott
>
> **HD58.8.S42 1994**
>
> UNWRITTEN RULES OF THE GAME, THE: MASTER THEM, SHATTER THEM, AND BREAK
> THROUGH BARRIERS TO ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE
>
> A book that introduces a unique new approach to mastering corporate
> change. An associate of one of the world\'s leading consulting firms
> has discovered that the silent engines are not official policies but
> unwritten rules. Here readers learn how to decipher those rules and to
> break free of the barriers to change. Illustrated.
>
> 56 PP.
>
> Peter Scott-Morgan
>
> **HD58.8.S638 1997**
>
> 7 LEVELS OF CHANGE, THE: CREATE, INNOVATE AND MOTIVATE WITH THE
> SECRETS OF THE WORLD\'S LARGEST CORPORATIONS
>
> Change can be used to your advantage if you manage it properly. By
> breaking down change into levels, you can develop a strategy for
> creativity, innovation, and continuous self-improvement that will
> propel you toward success.
>
> 262 PP.
>
> Rolf Smith
>
> **HD58.8.S77 1992**
>
> BREAKPOINTS: HOW MANAGERS EXPLOIT RADICAL BUSINESS CHANGE
>
> Many companies have fallen from grace, not because they ignored
> customers or lacked superior management skills, but because business
> conditions shifted beneath them. In this book are strategies and
> real-life scenarios, which show readers how to create competitive
> discontinuities\--and become true market leaders.
>
> 261 PP.
>
> Paul Strebel
>
> **HD58.8.T42 1981**
>
> TECHNIQUES OF ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE
>
> Stephen R. Michael
>
> **HD58.8.T5 Unkn**
>
> MANAGING STRATEGIC CHANGE
>
> Noel Tichy
>
> **HD58.8.T65 1993**
>
> RETHINKING THE CORPORATION: THE ARCHITECTURE OF CHANGE
>
> Looks at companies through resizing & reshaping/provides mini-models &
> practical guidelines.
>
> 224 PP.
>
> Robert M. Tomasko
>
> **HD58.8.T86 2000**
>
> MANAGING CHANGE: PRACTICAL STRATEGIES FOR COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE
>
> As business operations and competition become more global, companies
> have to rise to the challenges posed by changes in technology,
> products, and individual competencies. The author addresses these
> issues and provides sound strategies for incorporating change into any
> organization\'s management.
>
> 335 PP.
>
> Kari Tuominen
>
> **HD58.8.T885 1997**
>
> WINNING THROUGH INNOVATION: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO LEADING
> ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE AND RENEWAL
>
> Winning through Innovation reveals why short-term corporate success
> often increases the chances of long-term failure.
>
> 259 PP.
>
> Michael Tushman and
>
> Charles O\'Rielly, III
>
> **HD58.8.W386 1990**
>
> ADHOCRACY: THE POWER TO CHANGE
>
> In an era of accelerating change, the people, organizations, and
> national economies most likely to succeed are those with the ability
> to adjust and adapt. The coauthor of In Search of Excellence offers
> clear instructions on how to make adhocracy work. An essential
> handbook for managers at all levels.
>
> 88 PP.
>
> Robert H. Waterman, Jr.
>
> **HD58.8.W485 1993**
>
> PHOENIX AGENDA, THE: POWER TO TRANSFORM YOUR WORKPLACE
>
> This book reveals a proven, 12 step approach for effectively renewing
> companies in the face of turbulent change. It shows managers how to:
> generate trust; uncover context; invent the future; articulate
> strategies; source action; exploit moments of truth; maintain
> awareness; realize results; create wisdom; transcend addictions;
> complete the past; and acknowledge freely.
>
> 318 PP.
>
> John Whiteside, et al
>
> **HD58.8K65 1996**
>
> LEADING CHANGE
>
> Geared toward managers and business students, this leadership guide
> identifies an eight-step process that companies must go through to
> achieve their goals. It also details change issues, the force behind
> successful change and future trends for organizations. To help
> illustrate principles, the author provides interesting stories and
> examples.
>
> 187PP.
>
> John P. Kotter
>
> **HD58.8W10 1992**
>
> CHANGE: COPING WITH TOMORROW TODAY
>
> 118 PP.
>
> Patricia Wilson
>
> **HD58.9.E37 1988**
>
> CHANGE AGENT SKILLS A : ASSESSING AND DESIGNING EXCELLENCE
>
> Gerard Egan
>
> **HD58.9.E371 1988**
>
> CHANGE- AGENT SKILLS B: MANAGING INNOVATION & CHANGE
>
> Gerard Egan
>
> **HD58.9.H10 1998**
>
> THIN BOOK OF APPRECIATIVE INQUIRY, THE \[2nd Ed.\]
>
> This is an easy to read introduction to Appreciative Inquiry.
>
> 63 PP.
>
> Sue Annis Hammond
>
> **HD58.9.K37 1995**
>
> MANAGING THE RAPIDS: STORIES FROM THE FOREFRONT OF THE LEARNING
> ORGANIZATION
>
> 124 PP.
>
> Kellie W. O\'Reilly
>
> **HD62.15.J65 1994**
>
> FOURTH GENERATION MANAGEMENT: THE NEW BUSINESS CONSCIOUSNESS
>
> This is a clear, concise synthesis of the best of current management
> practice and a host of dynamic prescriptions for the future.
>
> 289 PP.
>
> Brian L. Joiner
>
> **HD66.D94 1987**
>
> TEAM BUILDING: ISSUES AND ALTERNATIVES
>
> This book is written for managers and consultants interested in
> knowing how to design and conduct an effective program in team
> development.
>
> William G. Dyer
>
> **HD70.U5P426 1987**
>
> THRIVING ON CHAOS: HANDBOOK FOR A MANAGEMENT REVOLUTION
>
> Addressing American industry\'s continuing decline in foreign and
> domestic markets, Peters (In Pursuit of Excellence) here offers a
> detailed plan for unstructured business activity in which some readers
> will see not only chaos but also anarchy.
>
> Tom Peters
>
> **HD8072.5.U5 1997**
>
> UNIONS AND WORKPLACE REORGANIZATION
>
> Bruce Nissen, Editor
>
> **HD9680.B74S67 2004**
>
> SEVEN-DAY WEEKEND, THE: CHANGING THE WAY WORK WORKS
>
> Mr. Semler\'s premise is remarkably simple: If work can spill over
> into our weekends, thanks to cell phones, faxes and pagers, why cannot
> our weekends- read free time-be integrated into the traditional
> workweek. \'To put it another way,\' Mr. Semler writes in this chatty,
> engaging book, \'people who have learned to answer e-mails on Sunday
> evenings also need to learn how to go to the movies on Monday
> afternoons.
>
> 246 PP.
>
> Ricardo Semler
>
> **HD9696.A3U655 1997**
>
> CHANGING BY DESIGN: ORGANIZATIONAL INNOVATION AT HEWLETT-PACKARD
>
> Deone Zell
>
> **HD9708.U64E274 1993**
>
> TEAM ZEBRA: HOW 1500 PARTNERS REVITALIZED EASTMAN KODAK\'S BLACK AND
> WHITE FILM-MAKING FLOW
>
> The first insider\'s account of how an American company turned to its
> people to save a vital, but failing, business unit. Told as a personal
> narrative from the perspective of Steve Frangos, the manager of
> Eastman Kodak\'s Black and White Film Division, Team Zebra is a
> powerful account of a billion dollar 100-year-old business and the
> 1500 partners who pulled off \"the turnaround of the decade.\"
>
> 223 PP.
>
> Stephen J. Frangos and
>
> Steven J. Bennett
>
> **HF5.549.5.S8R63 2003**
>
> IDEAS ARE FREE: HOW THE IDEA REVOLUTION IS LIBERATING PEOPLE AND
> TRANSFORMING ORGANIZATIONS
>
> The author\'s have teamed up for an energetic examination of the
> \"idea revolution\" framework. They show how organizations can move
> away from the scientific management model that expects workers to do
> instead of think and accept a culture that values the experience,
> creativity, and ideas of the ordinary people. They address the
> fundamentals of idea programs and rewards schemes-how to implement and
> nourish them and then keep them from running amok.
>
> 232 PP.
>
> Alan G. Robinson and
>
> Dean M. Schroeder
>
> **HF5386.K855 1991**
>
> IF IT AIN\'T BROKE\... BREAK IT! AND OTHER UNCONVENTIONAL WISDOM FOR A
> CHANGING BUSINESS WORLD
>
> Robert Kriegel and
>
> Louis Patler
>
> **HF5386.W456 1993**
>
> WORKING SCARED: ACHIEVING SUCCESS IN TRYING TIMES
>
> Kenneth Wexley and
>
> Stan Silverman
>
> **HF5548.32.C58X 2000**
>
> CLUETRAIN MANIFESTO, THE: THE END OF BUSINESS AS USUAL
>
> The Cluetrain Manifesto presents a stunning tapestry of anecdotes,
> object lessons, parodies, war stories, and suggestions, all aimed at
> illustrating what it will take to survive and prosper in the
> fast-forward world on the wire.
>
> 190 PP.
>
> Rick Levine, et al
>
> **HF5548.8.S626 1993**
>
> YOU CAN MAKE IT HAPPEN: A GUIDE TO SELF ACTUALIZATION AND ORGANIZATION
>
> Len Sperry
>
> **HF5548.85 .P68 1987**
>
> PREVENTING JOB BURNOUT: TRANSFORMING WORK PRESSURES INTO PRODUCTIVITY
>
> This book offers intelligent and insightful alternatives to burning
> out on the job.
>
> 104 PP.
>
> Beverly A. Potter
>
> **HF5549.5.C6T15 1994**
>
> COMMUNICATING CHANGE: HOW TO WIN EMPLOYEE SUPPORT FOR NEW BUSINESS
> DIRECTIONS
>
> Now, here is a book that reveals to all managers how to implement
> important changes and make them work. This is not a theoretical book.
> It is advice from the trenches. Packed with checklists, sample
> communications, diagrams, surveys, step-by-step guidance.
>
> 252 PP.
>
> T. J. Larkin and
>
> Sandar Larkin
>
> **HF5549.5.J10 1997**
>
> MULTIPOINT FEEDBACK: A 360-DEGREE CATALYST FOR CHANGE
>
> Deborah Jude-York and
>
> Susan Wise
>
> **HF5549.U39 1997**
>
> HUMAN RESOURCE CHAMPIONS: THE NEXT AGENDA FOR ADDING VALUE AND
> DELIVERING RESULTS
>
> The author helps us understand prior failures and the necessary steps
> for future successes in human resource management.
>
> 281 PP.
>
> Dave Ulrich
>
> **HM101.T47 1987**
>
> RAPIDS OF CHANGE, THE: SOCIAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN TURBULENT TIMES
>
> Robert Theobald
>
> **HM131.N63 1993**
>
> HEALING THE WOUNDS: OVERCOMING THE TRAUMA OF LAYOFFS AND REVITALIZING
> DOWNSIZED ORGANIZATIONS
>
> Provides executives, human resource professionals, managers, and
> consultants with an original model and clear guidelines for
> revitalizing a downsized organization.
>
> 288 PP.
>
> David M. Noer
>
> **HM73.M567 1983**
>
> NINE AMERICAN LIFESTYLES, THE
>
> Arnold Mitchell
>
> **HN17.5.T636 1995**
>
> CREATING A NEW CIVILIZATION: THE POLITICS OF THE THIRD WORLD
>
> In this book, the author, as well as in his other books, has given way
> to the second wave industrial age, which it in turn has yielded to the
> third knowledge revolution. He outlines the differences and prescribes
> the need for change.
>
> Alvin Tofler and
>
> Heidi Toffler
>
> **HN17.5.T6417 1990**
>
> POWERSHIFT: KNOWLEDGE, WEALTH, AND VIOLENCE AT THE EDGE OF THE 21ST
> CENTURY
>
> Toffler argues that while headlines focus on shifts of power at the
> global level, equally significant shifts are taking place in our
> everyday world\--supermarkets, hospitals, banks, television, and
> politics. As old antagonisms fade, Toffler identifies where the next,
> far more important world division will arise . . . between the
> \"fast\" and the \"slow. Thought-provoking on every page.
>
> 592 PP.
>
> Alvin Toffler
>
> **HN18.T6418 1991**
>
> DO IT! LET\'S GET OFF OUR BUTS
>
> 400 PP.
>
> John Roger and
>
> Peter McWilliams
>
> **HQ1121.C10 1996**
>
> CAREER TRANSITION: A GUIDE FOR FEDERAL EMPLOYEES IN A TIME OF TURMOIL
>
> Robert Carey
>
> **JK1764.L36 1994**
>
> QUICKENING OF AMERICA, THE: REBUILDING OUR NATION, REMAKING OUR LIVES
>
> This book is an extremely useful and practical guide. It reaffirms
> that personal and social change are intertwined; that each of us
> counts; that our lives do make a difference; and that, through
> involvement and by developing our skills, we can make an even greater
> difference.
>
> 338 PP.
>
> Frances Moore Lappe\' and
>
> Paul Martin DuBois
>
> **LC5225.T4V45 1995**
>
> TRAINING THROUGH DIALOGUE: PROMOTING EFFECTIVE LEARNING AND CHANGE
> WITH ADULTS
>
> Jane Vella
>
> **Q172.5.C45G54 1988**
>
> CHAOS: MAKING A NEW SCIENCE
>
> James Gleick
>
> **RC492.R87 1986**
>
> I WANT TO CHANGE BUT I DON\'T KNOW HOW!
>
> 350 PP.
>
> Tom Rush and
>
> Randy Read
>
> **RC969.P10 1995**
>
> SURVIVAL GUIDE TO THE STRESS OF ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE, A
>
> Make sure your people know how to manage their own stress! Teach your
> employees and managers to cope successfully with today\'s accelerating
> rate of change, and assume personal responsibility for their own
> emotional well-being.
>
> 30 PP.
>
> Price Pritchett and
>
> Ron Pound
>
> **RC969.P11 1990**
>
> EMPLOYEE HANDBOOK FOR ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE, THE
>
> 40 PP.
>
> Price Pritchett and
>
> Ron Pound
>
> **RC969.P12 1996**
>
> RESISTANCE: MOVING BEYOND THE BARRIERS TO CHANGE
>
> 34 PP.
>
> Price Pritchett
>
> **[Communication]{.underline}**
>
> **Book/Videos**
>
> **HM132.B7426 1994**
>
> DEALING WITH PEOPLE YOU CAN\'T STAND: HOW TO BRING OUT THE BEST IN
> PEOPLE AT THEIR WORST
>
> The following video is a compliment to this book: MV-1685 Workplace
> Communication: The Gaps and Traps.
>
> Rick Brinkman
>
> **[Communication - Continued]{.underline}**
>
> **BC177.G54 1995**
>
> HOW TO WIN AN ARGUMENT: SUREFIRE STRATEGIES FOR GETTING YOUR POINT
> ACROSS
>
> An introduction to critical thinking, including the various fallacies,
> arguing techniques, and defenses. Learn how to argue effectively and
> sway others to your line of thought. With real-life examples
> illustrating the use of the principles.
>
> 208 PP.
>
> Michael Gilbert
>
> **HM1121.C78 2005**
>
> CRUCIAL CONFRONTATIONS: TOOLS FOR RESOLVING BROKEN PROMISES, VIOLATED
> EXPECTATIONS, AND BAD BEHAVIOR
>
> Crucial Confrontations teaches skills drawn from 10,000 hours of
> real-life observations to increase confidence in facing issues. It
> teaches you how to deal with violated expectations in a way that
> solves the problem at hand, and does not harm the relationship\--and
> in fact, even strengthens it
>
> 284 PP.
>
> Kerry Patterson, et. al.
>
> **BF323.L5.B10 1988**
>
> BUSINESS OF LISTENING, THE: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO EFFECTIVE LISTENING
>
> Studies prove that people listen at about one third their ability!
> Learn how to improve your listening skills with this book.
>
> 88 PP.
>
> Diane Bone
>
> **BF323.L5D10 1991**
>
> LISTEN UP: HEAR WHAT\'S REALLY BEING SAID
>
> Communication fails without someone to listen. Moreover, even though
> communication is a two-way street, little attention is given to
> learning how to listen effectively. You will also learn how to
> interpret nonverbal communication and respond with non-judgmental
> phrases.
>
> 70 PP.
>
> Jim Dugger
>
> **BF637.P11 1997**
>
> ART OF GIVING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK, THE
>
> 101 PP.
>
> Shirley Poertner and
>
> Karen M. Miller
>
> **BJ1581.2.C523 1995**
>
> BOUNDARIES: WHEN TO SAY YES, WHEN TO SAY NO, TO TAKE CONTROL OF YOUR
> LIFE
>
> This book presents a biblical treatment of boundaries, identifies how
> boundaries are developed, and how they become injured. It also shows
> Christian misconceptions of the function and purpose of boundaries,
> and provides a program for developing and maintaining healthy limits.
>
> 219 PP.
>
> Henry Cloud and
>
> John Townsend
>
> **HD30.3.C33 2000**
>
> MANAGER\'S POCKET GUIDE TO INFLUENCE WITH INTEGRITY, THE: POWER,
> PRINCIPLES AND PERSUASION
>
> This book is written specifically for those supervisors, managers, and
> organizational leaders who recognize that position alone is not enough
> to influence others toward accomplishment. With this guide, you will
> learn more than how to make plans, schedules, or changes. You will
> lean how to make a difference.
>
> 185 PP.
>
> Marion Caroselli
>
> **BF633.E52 1987**
>
> MAKING THE MESSAGE CLEAR: COMMUNICATING FOR BUSINESS
>
> 123 PP.
>
> James P. Eicher
>
> **BF633.S3 1990**
>
> SHARED MINDS: THE NEW TECHNOLOGIES OF COLLABORATION
>
> The author has written a trailblazing guide to help people in diverse
> fields move from mere communication to true collaboration. Snippets on
> such duos as Picasso/Braque, F. Scott Fitzgerald/Maxwell Perkins and
> Francis Crick/James Watson (co-discoverers of DNA\'s double helix)
> throw light on the collaborative process.
>
> 227 PP.
>
> Michael Schrage
>
> **BF637.C45.C78 2002**
>
> CRUCIAL CONVERSATIONS: TOOLS FOR TALKING WHEN STAKES ARE HIGH
>
> \"Crucial\" conversations are interpersonal exchanges at work or at
> home, that we dread having but know we cannot avoid. It offers readers
> a proven seven-point strategy for achieving their goals in all those
> emotionally, psychologically, or legally charged situations that can
> arise in their professional and personal lives.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Kerry Patterson, et al
>
> **BF637.C45.M9 Unkn**
>
> COMMUNICATIONS TOMORROW: THE COMING OF THE INFORMATION SOCIETY
>
> Edward Cornish
>
> **BF637.C45H66 1993**
>
> COMMUNICATION: SKILLS TO INSPIRE CONFIDENCE
>
> 84 PP.
>
> Barrie Hopson and
>
> Mike Scally
>
> **BF637.C45H7 1982**
>
> EMPATHIC COMMUNICATOR, THE
>
> 272 PP.
>
> William S. Howell
>
> **BF637.C45N48 1993**
>
> HOW TO READ A PERSON LIKE A BOOK: THE LANGUAGE EVERYBODY USES BUT
> NOBODY SPEAKS\--BODY TALK!
>
> This illustrated guide teaches us how to spot the hidden messages that
> we send to each other with our bodies. Learning how to decipher the
> meaning of this unspoken vocabulary and controlling your response can
> radically influence the outcome of almost any situation.
>
> 180 PP.
>
> Gerard I. Nierenberg and
>
> Henry H. Calero
>
> **BF637.C45S78 1999**
>
> DIFFICULT CONVERSATIONS: HOW TO DISCUSS WHAT MATTERS MOST
>
> This is a step-by-step guide to weathering conversational storms. It
> breaks down a conversation into three parts, illuminating the moments
> where misunderstandings arise. The techniques in this book will not
> surprise you.
>
> 272 PP.
>
> Douglas Stone, et al
>
> **BF637.C74H371 1990**
>
> GIVING AND RECEIVING CRITICISM: YOUR KEY TO INTERPERSONAL SUCCESS
>
> This book explores the factors that hinder giving criticism and
> presents a step-by-step process to learn and apply this important
> skill.
>
> 69 PP.
>
> Patti Hathaway
>
> **BF637.V47E432 1986**
>
> LAST WORD ON THE GENTLE ART OF VERBAL SELF DEFENSE, THE
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Suzette Haden Elgin
>
> **HD30.26.N49 1995**
>
> BIG BOOK OF BUSINESS GAMES, THE: ICEBREAKERS, CREATIVITY EXERCISES,
> AND MEETING ENERGIZERS
>
> Two of today\'s acknowledged games masters serve up a cookbook of
> activities that you can learn to use, guaranteed to generate a lively
> discussion. Each of the 75 group games and activities here is adapted
> and shortened to suit the needs of managers and team leaders to use
> with their departments, staff, or committees.
>
> 170 PP.
>
> John Newstrom and
>
> Edward Scannell
>
> **HD30.3.C33 2000**
>
> MANAGER\'S POCKET GUIDE TO INFLUENCE WITH INTEGRITY, THE: POWER,
> PRINCIPLES AND PERSUASION
>
> This book is written specifically for those supervisors, managers, and
> organizational leaders who recognize that position alone is not enough
> to influence others toward accomplishment. With this guide, you will
> learn more than how to make plans, schedules, or changes. You will
> lean how to make a difference.
>
> 185 PP.
>
> Marlene Caroselli
>
> **HD30.3.D462 2004**
>
> SQUIRREL INC.: A FABLE OF LEADERSHIP THROUGH STORYTELLING
>
> With wisdom and a healthy dose of wit, Denning introduces a cast of
> furry characters who together learn the fine art of change. Through
> the stories of Squirrel Inc., readers will learn that the ability to
> tell the right story at the right time can determine the outcome of
> any major change effort.
>
> 182 PP.
>
> Stephen Denning
>
> **HD30.3.G447 1995**
>
> COMMUNICATING, TRAINING, AND DEVELOPING: FOR QUALITY PERFORMANCE
>
> Management is often considered a \"neglected art\". It is not possible
> to know how to manage before you are made a manager. It is our purpose
> to help you confront the difficult task of managing in these turbulent
> times.
>
> 47 PP.
>
> Saul W. Gellerman
>
> **HD30.3.G7413 1991**
>
> VISUAL FACTORY, THE: BUILDING PARTICIPATION THROUGH SHARED INFORMATION
>
> This book is a collection of dozens of specific examples of successful
> and unsuccessful use of visual techniques juxtaposed in such a way as
> to indicate what has to be done and undone to create the visual
> factory.
>
> 281 PP.
>
> Michael Greif
>
> **HD30.3.H13 1995**
>
> INTERACTIVE TOASTER, THE
>
> 120 PP.
>
> Sidney Harris
>
> **HD30.3.L33 1983**
>
> INFLUENCING WITH INTEGRITY: MANAGEMENT SKILLS FOR COMMUNICATION AND
> NEGOTIATION
>
> 235 PP.
>
> Genie Z. Laborde
>
> **HD30.3.N10 1989**
>
> INFLUENCING OTHERS: A HANDBOOK OF PERSUASIVE STRATEGIES
>
> This concise book provides proven techniques to influence others using
> written and verbal communication and strategies that help to
> understand his or her audience and influence them.
>
> 74 PP.
>
> William L. Nothstine
>
> **HD30.3.N66 1995**
>
> KNOWLEDGE-CREATING COMPANY, THE: HOW JAPANESE COMPANIES CREATE THE
> DYNAMICS OF
>
> INNOVATION
>
> The authors contend that Japanese firms are successful because they
> are innovative\--and not merely masters of imitation as some
> think\--and because they create new knowledge and use it to produce
> successful products and technologies.
>
> 304 PP.
>
> Ikujior Nonaka and
>
> Hirotaka Takeuchi
>
> **HD30.3.W49 1993**
>
> DEVELOPING MANAGEMENT SKILLS: APPLIED COMMUNICATION SKILLS
>
> 102 PP.
>
> David Whetten and
>
> Kim Cameron
>
> **HD30.3.W492 1993**
>
> DEVELOPING MANAGEMENT SKILLS: COMMUNICATING SUPPORTIVELY
>
> 146 PP.
>
> David Whetten and
>
> Kim Cameron
>
> **HD38.2.F10 1995**
>
> TELEPHONE SKILLS FROM A TO Z: THE TELEPHONE \"DOCTOR\" PHONE BOOK
>
> 106 PP.
>
> Nancy J. Friedman
>
> **HD57.5.S10 1998**
>
> BUILDING TRUST: A MANAGER\'S GUIDE FOR BUSINESS SUCCESS
>
> Through looking at the Foundations of Trust (Instinct, Past
> Experience, Current Observation/Experience) the author shows the
> reader familiar concepts and demonstrates them through exercises. The
> consequences resulting from a lack of trust are examined and pursued
> through another set of exercises.
>
> 96 PP.
>
> Mary Galbreath Shurtleff
>
> **HD69.C810 1993**
>
> NETWORKING: HOW TO CREATIVELY TAP YOUR PEOPLE RESOURCES
>
> Coleen Clarke
>
> **HD69.S8M25 1997**
>
> DIG YOUR WELL BEFORE YOU\'RE THIRSTY: THE ONLY NETWORKING BOOK YOU\'LL
> EVER NEED
>
> Syndicated columnist and business speaker, Harvey Mackay proves
> \"it\'s not what you know, it\'s who you know\". In this provocative
> networking book, he contends that talent alone will not save you in
> the current economy. Genius, guts, and hard work can also be counted
> out as life preservers. In fact, according to Mackay, there is only
> one thing you can depend on \-- your network.
>
> 336 PP.
>
> Harvey Mackay
>
> **HF5541.T4F58 1994**
>
> TELEPHONE SKILLS AT WORK
>
> Judith E. Fisher
>
> **HF5549.5.C6M29 1994**
>
> FEEDBACK TOOLKIT: 16 TOOLS FOR BETTER COMMUNICATION IN THE WORKPLACE
>
> In the book, the author has combined guidelines with instructional and
> anecdotal insights that make this a practical guide on this subject.
>
> 93 PP.
>
> Rick Maurer
>
> **HF5549.B877 Unkn**
>
> EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION
>
> Harvard Business Review
>
> **5718.B654 1994**
>
> COMMUNICATE WITH CONFIDENCE: HOW TO SAY IT RIGHT THE FIRST TIME AND
> EVERY TIME
>
> In a book designed to be read by professionals on the go,
> communications dynamo Booher covers speaking, listening, and all the
> dynamics of verbal communication on the job. Each savvy tip is based
> on real-life problems raised by participants in Booher Consultants
> workshops. 10 illustrations.
>
> 400 PP.
>
> Dianna Boother
>
> **HF5718.G38 1996**
>
> 101 WAYS TO CAPTIVATE A BUSINESS AUDIENCE
>
> This handy book is a smorgasbord of over one hundred audience-tested
> quotes, anecdotes, experiences, and insights that will add creative
> sizzle to your presentations and speeches.
>
> 144 PP.
>
> Sue Gaulk
>
> **HF5718.H284 1989**
>
> HOW TO TALK SO PEOPLE LISTEN
>
> Sonya Hamlin
>
> **HF5718.M553 1995**
>
> WOMAN\'S GUIDE TO THE LANGUAGE OF SUCCESS, A: COMMUNICATING WITH
> CONFIDENCE AND POWER
>
> Packed with powerful techniques and real-world tips, this practical,
> candid guide shows women how to shed the language of weakness and gain
> the language of power.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Phyllis Mindell
>
> **HF5718.S22 1994**
>
> PRACTICAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
>
> Through this book\'s contemporary examples and exercises, you will
> discover how to organize concise, logical messages, deliver good and
> bad news, develop professional writing habits, and avoid communication
> styles that are bland, confusing, or culturally insensitive.
>
> 94 PP.
>
> Tim J. Saben
>
> **HF5718.S52 1994**
>
> BREAKING THE ICE: HOW TO IMPROVE YOUR ON-THE-SPOT COMMUNICATIONS
> SKILLS
>
> Deborah Shouse
>
> **HF5718.S568 1994**
>
> WORKING WOMAN\'S COMMUNICATIONS SURVIVAL GUIDE: HOW TO PRESENT YOUR
> IDEAS WITH IMPACT, CLARITY AND POWER AND GET THE RECOGNITION YOU
> DESERVE
>
> In this book you will discover dozens of business-tested techniques
> and strategies that show you how to build your self-esteem and make it
> work for you: practical advice for enhancing your self-esteem and
> projecting your most powerful image.
>
> 250 PP.
>
> Ruth Hermann Siress
>
> **HF5718.T11 2000**
>
> COMMUNICATION ICEBREAKERS AND TRAINING ACTIVITIES
>
> Louis E. Tagliaferri
>
> **HF5718.T36 1994**
>
> TALKING 9 TO 5: WOMEN AND MEN IN THE WORKPLACE: LANGUAGE, SEX AND
> POWER
>
> The author presents information that will have a dramatic impact on
> those who are struggling with co-workers, jobs, & companies, and will
> help individuals as well as companies thrive in a working world made
> up of increasingly diverse work forces and markets that are ever more
> competitive.
>
> 368 PP.
>
> Deborah Tannen
>
> **HF5718.T464 1989**
>
> LITTLE BLACK BOOK OF BUSINESS SPEAKING, THE
>
> Michael C. Thomsett
>
> **HF5718.T66 1995**
>
> ARTICULATE EXECUTIVE, THE: LEARN TO LOOK, ACT, AND SOUND LIKE A LEADER
>
> The author works with a long list of blue-chip clients, served as a
> consultant to 38 of the Fortune 50 CEOs, senior-level executives,
> elected officials, and diplomats throughout the world. This book is
> based on his acclaimed corporate workshops in executive
> communications.
>
> 204 PP.
>
> Granville N. Toogood
>
> **HF5781.F74 1986**
>
> HOW TO GET YOUR POINT ACROSS IN 30 SECONDS OR LESS
>
> Milo O. Frank
>
> **HM131.S797 1975**
>
> OPEN ORGANIZATION, THE: THE IMPACT OF SECRECY AND DISCLOSURE ON PEOPLE
>
> 240 PP.
>
> Fritz Steele
>
> **HM132.B10 1996**
>
> EFFECTIVE PEOPLE SKILLS \[MBTI section\]
>
> Terry R. Bacon
>
> **HM132.C10 1992**
>
> THINKING ON YOUR FEET: TOOLS TO COMMUNICATE CLEARLY AND CONVINCINGLY
>
> Marlene Caroselli
>
> **HV8142.T46 2004**
>
> VERBAL JUDO: THE GENTLE ART OF PERSUASION
>
> How often do you find yourself on the losing end of an argument? What
> percentage of your success in life depends on your success in
> conversation? Believe it or not, if you are like most people, your
> answer would be 98 percent or more.
>
> 222 PP.
>
> George J. Thompson and
>
> Jerry B. Jenkins
>
> **LB1043.5.W10 1992**
>
> DEALING EFFECTIVELY WITH THE MEDIA: WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT PRINT,
> RADIO AND TELEVISION INTERVIEWS
>
> \"Dealing Effectively with the Media\" is for virtually every person
> in business, regardless of profession, industry or the size of the
> organization. It provides a reader with the basic skills to be
> comfortable, confident and effective when dealing with any sector of
> the media at any level.
>
> 90 PP.
>
> John Wade
>
> **LB2804.T10 1998**
>
> FAST FEEDBACK
>
> The 39 internationally-authored chapters address perceptual,
> physiological, scientific, and engineering issues that affect
> successful pictorial communication. Topics presented reflect work in
> the broad range of disciplines, which contribute to the field: visual
> and spatial perception, human factors and ergonomics, telerobotics,
> manual and supervisory control, cartography, scientific visualization,
> and medical illustration.
>
> 615 PP.
>
> Bruce Tulgan
>
> **P90.B10 1989**
>
> DYNAMIC COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR WOMEN
>
> 72 PP.
>
> Carla Brown
>
> **P90.H298 1990**
>
> GETTING YOUR MESSAGE ACROSS
>
> Innovative ideas, practical examples, and exercises help readers
> identify and overcome communication problems.
>
> 135 PP.
>
> Kurt Hanks
>
> **P90.J10 1994**
>
> COACHING THROUGH EFFECTIVE FEEDBACK: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SUCCESSFUL
> COMMUNICATION
>
> Giving and receiving performance feedback successfully is one of the
> most critical and difficult interpersonal skills in the workplace. To
> increase performance, individuals at all levels need to master this
> critical coaching skill.
>
> 98 PP.
>
> Paul J. Jerome
>
> **P90.W38 1990**
>
> WAYS OF COMMUNICATING: THE DARWIN COLLEGE LECTURES
>
> Ways of Communicating is a stimulating exploration of the single most
> powerful force that gives humankind its control over the natural
> world\--the communication among us.
>
> 117 PP.
>
> D. H. Mellor, Editor
>
> **P93.P5 1993**
>
> PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION IN VIRTUAL AND REAL ENVIRONMENTS \[2nd
> Edition\]
>
> The topics presented in this text reflect work in the broad range of
> disciplines, which contribute to the field: visual and spatial
> perception, human factors and ergonomics, telerobotics, manual and
> supervisory control, cartography, scientific visualization, and
> medical illustration.
>
> 615 PP.
>
> Stephen R. Ellis, Editor
>
> **P95.A35 1989**
>
> YOU ARE THE MESSAGE: GETTING WHAT YOU WANT BY BEING WHO YOU ARE
>
> 240 PP.
>
> Roger Ailes
>
> **P95.W87 1991**
>
> FOLLOW THE YELLOW BRICK ROAD; LEARNING TO GIVE, TAKE, AND USE
> INSTRUCTIONS
>
> The author\'s innovative and thought-provoking approach will help you
> overcome \"instruction-anxiety\", discover how instructions work - and
> will not work - and find out how to make them work for you.
>
> 400 PP.
>
> Richard Saul Wurman
>
> **PE1408.D10 1988**
>
> ART OF COMMUNICATING, THE: ACHIEVING INTERPERSONAL IMPACT IN BUSINESS
>
> 77 PP.
>
> Bert Decker
>
> **PE1585.H36 1992**
>
> LANGUAGE IN THOUGHT AND ACTION \[5th Edition\]
>
> The author discusses ways of better understanding language, and
> therefore thought, and therefore action, including the use of the
> \'operational definition\' and the need to recognize different levels
> of abstraction.
>
> 287 PP.
>
> S. I. Hayakawa and
>
> Alan Hayakawa
>
> **PE2808.N4 1977**
>
> STRICTLY SPEAKING: WILL AMERICA BE THE DEATH OF ENGLISH?
>
> Edwin Newman
>
> **PN4121.B66K76 1991**
>
> COMMUNICATING IN THE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
>
> Gloria Boone and
>
> Richard P. Kropp
>
> **PN4121.F84S54 1990**
>
> COMMUNICATING COMFORTABLY: YOUR GUIDE TO OVERCOMING SPEAKING AND
> WRITING ANXIETIES
>
> Today\'s managers must be just as comfortable with the basics of
> information technology (IT) as they are with accounting techniques and
> marketing principles. This guide demystifies the IT revolution,
> defining in accessible language the terms and concepts that are
> directly relevant to managers and explaining the impact of IT on all
> aspects of business.
>
> 240 PP.
>
> Linda K. Fuller and
>
> Lilless McPherson Shilling
>
> **PN4121.M5792 Unkn**
>
> PRINCIPLES AND TYPES OF SPEECH
>
> Alan H. Monroe
>
> **PN4121.W47 Unkn**
>
> WINNING WORDS: A NEW APPROACH TO DEVELOPING EFFECTIVE SPEAKING SKILLS
>
> Carol Coulter
>
> **PN4145.S4 Unkn**
>
> YOUR ROLE IN ORAL INTERPRETATION
>
> Virgil D. Sessions
>
> **[Computer Science]{.underline}**
>
> **HD9.T54M535 1998**
>
> MICROSOFT OUTLOOK 98: STEP BY STEP
>
> Microsoft Press
>
> **QA76.76.H94HR389 1998**
>
> HTML 4 FOR DUMMIES: A REFERENCE FOR THE REST OF US!
>
> Ed Tittel and
>
> Stephen N. James
>
> **QA76.76.H94S62 1998**
>
> CREATING WEB PAGES FOR DUMMIES: A REFERENCE FOR THE REST OF US! \[3rd
> Edition\]
>
> Whether you want to post a personal home page or a business Web site
> on the World Wide Web, do it the quick and easy way with this
> step-by-step book and accompanying CD-ROM. Discover the wide range of
> creation tools already on-line. It tells you how to create Web pages
> with or without HTML; how to place your Web pages on a Web server
> (sometimes for free!). Learn how to add graphics, formatting,
> hypertext links, and even multimedia to create a first-rate page
> without being an HTML pro!
>
> 368 PP.
>
> Bud Smith and
>
> Arthur Bebak
>
> **QA76.76.K23 1998**
>
> JAVA PROGRAMMING FOR DUMMIES: A QUICK REFERENCE FOR THE REST OF US!
>
> In Java Programming for Dummies Java experts Don and David Koosis give
> you all the practical information and code you need to create
> platform-independent, stand-alone applications as well as applets for
> Web pages.
>
> 355 PP.
>
> Donald Koosis and
>
> David Koosis
>
> **QA76.76.O63M575 1998**
>
> MASTERING WINDOWS NT SERVER 4 \[5^th^ Edition\]
>
> Already the best-selling NT guide on the market, Mastering Windows NT
> Server 4 reaches its ultimate form in this revised and expanded
> edition, which includes information on the latest service pack
> changes. Mark Minasi, the world\'s leading expert, provides complete
> coverage for installing, configuring, and administering NT Server 4 in
> the enterprise. CD includes tools, utilities, and complete book in
> searchable form.
>
> 1744 PP.
>
> Mark Minasi
>
> **TK5105.8885.D11 1997**
>
> FRONTPAGE 98 FOR DUMMIES: A REFERENCE FOR THE REST OF US!
>
> Asha Dornfest
>
> **TR858.A36 2002**
>
> ADOBE AFTER EFFECTS 5.0: CLASSROOM IN A BOOK
>
> Introduces the core 2D and 3D tools for the digital post-production of
> film, motion graphics, video multimedia, and the web. The author
> covers viewing 3D from different perspectives, creating and editing
> expressions, editing masks, defining parent-child relationships
> between layers, and animating lights and cameras. The CD-ROM contains
> source files for the lessons in the book.
>
> 376 PP.
>
> Adobe Press
>
> **TR858.B66 2002**
>
> ADOBE AFTER EFFECTS: FOR MACINTOSH AND WINDOWS
>
> Anthony Bolante
>
> **HD30.37.K44 1998**
>
> BUSINESS INTERNET AND INTRANETS: A MANAGER\'S GUIDE TO KEY TERMS AND
> CONCEPTS
>
> Peter Keen delivers another comprehensive guide for managers, bringing
> clarity to the muddled vocabularies of the Internet and intranets. \"A
> useful, lucid explanation of how to use the Net in business to deliver
> actual service and create real value\--rather than hype and
> image\".\--Esther Dyson, Chairman, EDventure Holdings.
>
> 304 PP.
>
> Peter G.W. Keen et al
>
> **HD69.754H6 1998**
>
> 10 MINUTE GUIDE TO OUTLOOK 98: MASTERTHE ESSENTIALS YOU NEED IN 10
> MINUTES OR LESS
>
> 10 minutes is all you need to learn how to: customize Outlook 98 for
> your personal use; send, receive and distribute email from workgroups
> and the Web.
>
> 224 PP.
>
> Joe Habraken
>
> **HD69.N10B10 2001**
>
> DOMINO AND WEBSPHERE TOGETHER \[2nd Edition\]
>
> In this IBM Redbook we explain how you can use the combined
> capabilities of Lotus Domino and IBM Web Sphere to provide a complete
> and integrated platform for solutions like collaborative commerce.
>
> 574 PP.
>
> Soren Peter Nielsen, et al
>
> **HF30.37.K44 1998**
>
> BUSINESS INTERNET AND INTRANETS, THE: A MANAGER\'S GUIDE TO KEY TERMS
> AND CONCEPTS
>
> Peter Keen delivers another comprehensive guide for managers, bringing
> clarity to the muddled vocabularies of the Internet and intranets.
>
> Peter W. Keen, et al
>
> **HF5548.32.L69 1998**
>
> NETREPRENEUR: THE DIMENSIONS OF TRANSFERRING YOUR BUSINESS MODEL TO
> THE INTERNET
>
> The author offers a tremendous wealth of knowledge about how companies
> can successfully adapt themselves to this powerful and exciting
> marketing tool.
>
> 424 PP.
>
> Joseph Lowrey
>
> **QA76.27.C58 1996**
>
> COMPLETE COMPUTER TRAINER, THE
>
> Written by a renowned trainer and columnist for IT Training magazine,
> this book shows the veteran and novice alike how to train students to
> learn on their own rather than rely on someone else to supply the
> answers. Engaging and succinct, it is sure to change the way trainers
> think.
>
> 299 PP.
>
> Paul Clothier
>
> **QA76.5.O16 1997**
>
> COMPUTER TRIANGLE, THE
>
> From the very start the author grabs our attention and forces us to
> think about the roles, both good and bad, computers play in our daily
> lives - - and how we can take advantage of the good and avoid the bad.
>
> 336 PP.
>
> Robert L. Oakman
>
> **QA76.625.P87 1998**
>
> WEB DEVELOPER.COM: GUIDE TO CREATING WEB CHANNELS
>
> Expert Lee Purcell explains the design issues and authoring options,
> and also describes the standards that are essential to next-generation
> Web developers, including DHTML, XML, RDF, and CDF.
>
> Lee Purcell
>
> **QA76.73.B3S44 1998**
>
> VISUAL BASIC 6 FOR DUMMIES: A QUICK REFERENCE FOR THE REST OF US!
>
> Get in and get right out quickly, with just the information you need -
> without reading tons of extra material! Inside, you will find
> clear-cut, plain English explanations for using Visual Basic syntax to
> develop powerful applications for Windows.
>
> 240 PP.
>
> Namir Clement Shammas
>
> **QA76.76.H94T568 1998**
>
> HTML 4 FOR DUMMIES: QUICK REFERENCE
>
> HTML 4 For Dummies Quick Reference is the right book for anyone who
> wants to start developing Web pages quickly or for experienced HTML
> authors who need an \"at-your-fingertips\" reference to keep those
> tags straight. No matter which tool you use to create Web pages, you
> will need to have fundamental HTML instructions and reference
> information readily available. Concise and relevant examples,
> effective analogies, and samples of what really works make this book
> the indispensable choice.
>
> 228 PP.
>
> Deborah S. Ray and
>
> Eric J. Ray
>
> **QA76.76.L11 1998**
>
> CREATING WEB PAGES FOR DUMMIES: A QUICK REFERENCE FOR THE REST OF US!
>
> Suddenly found yourself Webmaster by default? Thinking about creating
> your own Web page? Or maybe you just need a bit of brushing up on the
> details of Web design. Creating Web Pages for Dummies Quick Reference
> brings you all the essentials you need. With easy-to-follow
> instructions for using the hottest new Web features, including HTML
> tags, channel scripts, and Dynamic HTML, this no-nonsense guide will
> save you a great deal of time \-- the fun and easy way!
>
> 224 PP.
>
> Doug Lowe
>
> **QA76.76.S64Y68 1997**
>
> TIME BOMB 2000: WHAT THE YEAR 2000 COMPUTER CRISIS MEANS TO YOU!
>
> Time Bomb 2000, by Jennifer and Edward Yourdon, is the layperson\'s
> approach to the year 2000 computer crisis. The Yourdons are not
> offering a placebo solution: \"\...given the complexity of the
> problem, we think it\'s pretentious for anyone to suggest that he or
> she \[has one\].\" In lieu of a solution, the Yourdons have delineated
> the issues necessary for the noncomputer expert to consider in the
> face of Time Bomb 2000.
>
> 404 pp.
>
> Edward Yourdon
>
> **QA76.76.V23 1998**
>
> JAVA SCRIPT FOR DUMMIES: A QUICK REFERENCE FOR THE REST OF US!
>
> Emily A. VanderVeer
>
> **QA76.9.C66 B35 1996**
>
> AFTER THOUGHT: THE COMPUTER CHALLENGE TO HUMAN INTELLIGENCE
>
> This profound book reveals the potential of computers to reshape how
> we think. Bailey asserts that computers are about to take a giant
> scientific step forward, enabling us to finally understand such
> complex biological and social phenomena as weather patterns,
> economies, and more.
>
> **QA76.9.H65C73 1998**
>
> WORK AND REWARDS IN THE VIRTUAL WORKPLACE: A \"NEW DEAL\" FOR
> ORGANIZATIONS AND EMPLOYEES
>
> Presents a three-stage model for redesigning workflow and managing
> employees in the new workplace of telecommuting, frontline, and
> cyberlink. Explains what new skills and competencies are required and
> how to develop them with special attention to the critical role that
> compensation and rewards play in boosting performance.
>
> N. Fredric Crandall and
>
> Marc J. Wallace, Jr.
>
> **QA76.9.H85V57 1993**
>
> VIRTUAL REALITY: APPLICATIONS AND EXPLORATIONS
>
> A collection of original essays, including contributions from some of
> the leaders in the field that illustrates the myriad and potentially
> powerful applications of virtual reality.
>
> 245 PP.
>
> Alex Wexelblat
>
> **QA76.P465 1991**
>
> COMPUTERS AND THE IMAGINATION: VISUAL ADVENTURES BEYOND THE EDGE
>
> The author examines the manifold ways in which visualization
> transforms how we both perceive and understand the world around us,
> with topics including scientific visualization, simulation, number
> theory, and computer art. Filled with remarkable graphics, including
> an eight-page color insert.
>
> 444 PP.
>
> Clifford A. Pickover
>
> **TK5015.73.H34 1996**
>
> 3 R\'s OF E-MAIL, THE: RISKS, RIGHTS, AND RESPONSIBILITIES
>
> Diane B. Hartman and
>
> Karen S. Mantz
>
> **TK5105.875.I57B76 1998**
>
> USING THE INTERNET SMARTER AND FASTER: AT HOME, ON THE ROAD, OR AT THE
> OFFICE
>
> Brook Broadbent
>
> **Z675.BM38 1999**
>
> ADAPTIVE TECHNOLOGY FOR THE INTERNET: MAKING ELECTRONIC RESOURCES
> ACCESSIBLE TO ALL
>
> Mates states that there are over 12 million visually impaired and 39
> million learning impaired people in this country. The Americans with
> Disabilities Act stipulates that these individuals have equal access
> to all library resources. She explains user-friendly document design
> (for library home pages) and goes on to highlight large print,
> Braille, hearing, and different keyboard access through specific
> products. The last several chapters are devoted to staff training,
> announcing improved access, and creating plans and goals for your
> library.
>
> 192 PP.
>
> Barbara T. Mates
>
> **[Customer Relations]{.underline}**
>
> **HD39.5.L48 1995**
>
> CONNECTED CORPORATION, THE: HOW LEADING COMPANIES WIN THROUGH
> CUSTOMER-SUPPLIER ALLIANCES
>
> Drawing on his hands-on experience and worldwide research in
> best-practice firms such as Chrysler, DuPont, Motorola, and Marks &
> Spencer, Lewis shows precisely how customer-supplier alliances enable
> companies to dramatically lower costs, raise quality, shrink cycle
> times, and boost value for customers without added expense.
>
> 368 PP.
>
> Jordan D. Lewis
>
> **HD9980.5.P398 1999**
>
> REINVENTING WORK: THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICE FIRM 50
>
> In 50 easy-to-grasp sections and over 200 Things To Do, the author
> explains how to generate excitement, partner with your clients, master
> information flow and timelines, design \"hot\" spaces, and deliver
> WOW! Results - - every time.
>
> 228 PP.
>
> Tom Peters
>
> **HD9981.5.A42 1988**
>
> AT AMERICA\'S SERVICE: HOW CORPORATIONS CAN REVOLUTIONIZE THE WAY THEY
> TREAT THEIR CUSTOMERS
>
> This book outlines a phased strategy for achieving a customer focus.
>
> Karl Albrecht
>
> **HF5415.335.H45 1997**
>
> ONE SIZE FITS ONE: BUILDING RELATIONSHIPS ONE CUSTOMER AND ONE
> EMPLOYEE AT A TIME
>
> Gary Heil, et al
>
> **HF5415.5.A425 1992**
>
> ONLY THING THAT MATTERS, THE: BRINGING THE POWER OF CUSTOMER INTO THE
> CENTER OF YOUR BUSINESS
>
> The author challenges American business to a commitment that will
> transform it to its very core. Albrecht\'s plan goes beyond lip
> service and simple cosmetic approaches to show the way to a radical
> bottom-up, top-down, total company commitment to the customer.
>
> Karl Albrecht
>
> **HF5415.5.A43 1990**
>
> SERVICE ADVANTAGE, THE: HOW TO IDENTIFY AND FULFILL CUSTOMER NEEDS
>
> This thoughtful, well-organized guide to the management of service
> offers a challenge to both middle managers and senior managers.
>
> Karl Albrecht and
>
> Lawrence J Bradford
>
> **HF5415.5.G547 1994**
>
> BUILDING CUSTOMER LOYALTY: HOW YOU CAN HELP KEEP CUSTOMERS RETURNING
>
> Barbara A. Glanz
>
> **HF5415.5.L58 1995**
>
> SHARED EXPECTATIONS: SUSTAINING CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS
>
> Spend an hour with this author and find new ways to assure quality
> customer relationships.
>
> 41 PP.
>
> Wayne A. Little
>
> **HF5415.5.M53 1995**
>
> BUILDING BRIDGES TO CUSTOMERS
>
> Customers give you repeat business when you\'ve built bridges they
> want to cross. Every employee in your organization is responsible for
> creating and maintaining links to your customers. Spend the time with
> this author and learn the blueprints and guiding principles for
> building great bridges to customers.
>
> 69 PP.
>
> Gerald A. Michaelson
>
> **HF5415.5.S44 1995**
>
> CREATING CUSTOMERS FOR LIFE
>
> In this book you will find ways to delight your customers, and you\'ll
> find rewards that translate into more profit and more business for
> your organization.
>
> 53 PP.
>
> Eberhard E Scheuing
>
> **HF5415.5.S49 1998**
>
> CUSTOMERS.COM: HOW TO CREATE A PROFITABLE BUSINESS STRATEGY FOR THE
> INTERNET AND BEYOND
>
> The author shares her thoughts on what it takes to build a successful
> online business focused on intimately knowing a customer\'s wants and
> needs. While many of her 16 case studies describe larger companies,
> her powerful strategies offer important insights for small-business
> owners.
>
> Patricia B. Seybold
>
> **HF5415.5.Z45 1990**
>
> DELIVERING QUALITY SERVICE: BALANCING CUSTOMER PERCEPTIONS AND
> EXPECTATIONS
>
> The authors\' groundbreaking model tracks five attributes of quality
> service - reliability, empathy, assurance, responsiveness, and
> tangibles. The model provides marketing managers with a two-part
> measure of perceived quality that enables them to segment a market
> into groups with different service expectations.
>
> Valerie A. Zeithaml, et al
>
> **HF5415.C10 1994**
>
> SATISFYING INTERNAL CUSTOMERS FIRST! A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO IMPROVING
> INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL CUSTOMER SATISFACTION
>
> Richard Chang and
>
> P. Keith Kelly
>
> **HF5415.G578 2003**
>
> PURPLE COW: TRANSFORM YOUR BUSINESS BY BEING REMARKABLE
>
> The author concentrates on niche areas, maximizing a marketing plan
> with significantly less funding that traditional marketing insists,
> and finding your Purple Cow. There is no magic formula for a purple
> cow but he presents avenues to look around at existing
> businesses/products/services and see where there is room for
> improvement. Moreover, sometimes the improvement comes in surprising
> ways.
>
> 144 PP.
>
> Seth Godwin
>
> **HF5415.H11 1999**
>
> 180 WAYS TO WALK THE CUSTOMER SERVICE TALK: THE HOW-TO HANDBOOK FOR
> EVERYONE IN YOUR ORGANIZATION
>
> 56 PP.
>
> Eric Harvey
>
> **HF5415.H43 1990**
>
> SERVICE BREAKTHROUGHS: CHANGING THE RULES OF THE GAME
>
> Building on five years of exhaustive research in 14 service
> industries, the authors demonstrate how one or two companies in each
> industry constantly set new standards for quality that force
> competitors to either adapt or fail.
>
> 306 PP.
>
> James L Heskett and
>
> W. Earl Sasser, Jr.
>
> **HF5415.P10 1991**
>
> SERVICE EXCELLENCE!
>
> Price Pritchett
>
> **HF5438.25.A424 1992**
>
> IDEA-A-DAY GUIDE TO SUPER SELLING AND CUSTOMER SERVICE, THE
>
> This book provides a personal roadmap for increased personal
> productivity. It contains a wealth of information for anyone who has
> the desire to be known as a professional in their chosen career.
>
> 310 PP.
>
> Tony Alessandra, et al
>
> **HF5541.T4B43 1994**
>
> CUSTOMER SERVICE AND THE TELEPHONE
>
> Dennis Becker and
>
> Paula Becker
>
> **HF5548.5.B10 1995**
>
> WINNING AT CUSTOMER RETENTION: 101 WAYS TO KEEP \'EM HAPPY, KEEP \'EM
> LOYAL, AND KEEP \'EM COMING BACK!
>
> Joanna Brandi
>
> **LD1780.M10 1993**
>
> GREAT IDEAS ON\... CUSTOMER SATISFACTION
>
> Harold R. McAlindon, Editor
>
> **[Decision Making]{.underline}**
>
> **BF448.B42 1990**
>
> IMAGE THEORY: DECISION MAKING IN PERSONAL AND ORGANIZATONAL CONTEXTS
>
> This book focuses on the theoretical and empirical nature of images
> and their constituent principles, goals and plans, and up the details
> of the compatibility and profitability tests.
>
> 254 PP.
>
> Lee Roy Beach, Editor
>
> **HD30.23.W5 2001**
>
> WHARTON ON MAKING DECISIONS
>
> The book assembles leading researchers from Wharton\'s business
> faculty who demonstrate how to apply the latest approaches in
> decision-making from four perspectives: personal, managerial,
> negotiator, and consumer. Each chapter describes how decisions are
> actually made, presents the ideal scenario, and then provides
> practical suggestions for improvement.
>
> 179 PP.
>
> Stephen J. Hoch, et. al.
>
> **HD30.23.H374 2001**
>
> HARVARD BUSINESS REVIEW ON DECISION MAKING
>
> The Harvard Business Review on Decision Making is designed to bring
> today\'s managers and professionals the fundamental information they
> need to stay competitive in a fast-moving world.
>
> 200 PP.
>
> Harvard Business School
>
> HD30.23.W5 2001
>
> WHARTON ON MAKING DECISIONS
>
> The book assembles leading researchers from Wharton\'s business
> faculty who demonstrate how to apply the latest approaches in
> decision-making from four perspectives: personal, managerial,
> negotiator, and consumer. Each chapter describes how decisions are
> actually made, presents the ideal scenario, and then provides
> practical suggestions for improvement.
>
> 339 PP.
>
> Stephen J. Hoch et. al.
>
> **HD30.23.H374 2001**
>
> HARVARD BUSINESS REVIEW ON DECISION MAKING
>
> The "Harvard Business Review on Decision Making" is designed to bring
> today\'s managers and professionals the fundamental information they
> need to stay competitive in a fast-moving world.
>
> 200 PP.
>
> Harvard Business School
>
> **HD30.23.H374 2001**
>
> HARVARD BUSINESS REVIEW ON DECISION MAKING
>
> The "Harvard Business Review on Decision Making" is designed to bring
> today\'s managers and professionals the fundamental information they
> need to stay competitive in a fast-moving world.
>
> 200 PP.
>
> Harvard Business School
>
> **HD30.23.A73 Unkn**
>
> ART OF DECISION MAKING, THE
>
> John D. Arnold
>
> **HD30.23.C67 1980**
>
> DECISION-MAKER\'S HANDBOOK, THE
>
> Alexander H. Cornell
>
> **HD30.23.D75 1993**
>
> DYNAMIC DECISION MAKER, THE: FIVE DECISION STYLES FOR EXECUTIVE AND
> BUSINESS SUCCESS
>
> A practical, results-driven approach to managerial decision-making,
> detailing a decision-making strategy made up of five readily
> identifiable styles: decisive, flexible, hierarchic, integrative, and
> systemic.
>
> 248 PP.
>
> Michael Driver and
>
> Ken Brousseau
>
> **HD30.23.S192 1999**
>
> DECISION MAKING FOR LEADERS: THE ANALYTIC HIERARCHY PROCESS FOR
> DECISIONS IN A COMPLEX WORLD
>
> 315 PP.
>
> Thomas L. Saaty
>
> **HD30.28.RG76 1987**
>
> MANAGING WITH STYLE
>
> Analyzes psychological styles used in decision-making and shows how an
> understanding of style helps one to manage successfully.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Alan J. Rowe and
>
> Richard O. Mason
>
> **HD38.2.R68 1986**
>
> INTUITIVE MANAGER, THE
>
> Rowan speaks eloquently in this work to the value of \`\`hunches,
> instinct, and gut feelings\'\' as management tools. Perhaps the
> work\'s most important contribution is a clear statement that
> intuition is not only okay, but necessary, for good management. Good
> decisions are based on much more than just numbers from a printout.
>
> 188 PP.
>
> Roy Rowan
>
> **HD38.25.U6D78 1966**
>
> EFFECTIVE EXECUTIVE, THE
>
> The measure of the executive, Peter Drucker reminds us, is the ability
> to \"get the right things done.\" This usually involves doing what
> other people have overlooked as well as avoiding what is unproductive.
>
> Peter F. Drucker
>
> **HD61.C35 1993**
>
> HIGHWIRE MANAGEMENT: RISK-TAKING TACTICS FOR LEADERS, INNOVATORS, AND
> TRAILBLAZERS
>
> Highwire Management shows managers how to embrace the opportunities of
> risk taking by changing their perceptions of risk and its
> consequences.
>
> 225 PP.
>
> Gene Calvert
>
> **HD61.K56 1990**
>
> RISK TAKING: A GUIDE FOR DECISION MAKERS
>
> This book deals with risk-taking in business. How much risk is
> necessary and/or acceptable? Readers will learn how to deal with risk
> more effectively.
>
> 88 PP.
>
> Herbert S. Kindler
>
> **HD66.L38 1994**
>
> RULES FOR REACHING CONSENSUS: A MODERN APPROACH TO DECISION MAKING
>
> A step-by-step process and rules for reaching consensus. How to run a
> consensus-management meeting. The benefits of using a consensus
> process. How to facilitate the consensus process\...and more!
>
> 80 PP.
>
> Steven Saint and
>
> James R. Lawson
>
> **[Delegation]{.underline}**
>
> **HD50.S73 1976**
>
> ART AND SKILL OF DELEGATION, THE
>
> Lawrence L. Steinmetz
>
> **HD50.T46 1994**
>
> DELEGATION SKILLS
>
> This book offers a complete prescription for overcoming common fears
> of delegation, knowing when and how to delegate work, identifying the
> best employees for delegated tasks, and keeping delegated projects on
> track.
>
> 100 PP.
>
> Bruce B. Tepper
>
> **HD69.T54B56 1989**
>
> ONE MINUTE MANAGER MEETS THE MONKEY, THE
>
> Kenneth Blanchard et al.
>
> **HF5549.B76 1988**
>
> TECHNIQUES OF SUCCESSFUL DELEGATION
>
> Carla L. Brown
>
> **[Discipline]{.underline}**
>
> **HF5548.6.R460 2000**
>
> FEDERAL MANAGER\'S GUIDE TO DISCIPLINE, THE \[4th Edition\]
>
> 85 PP.
>
> FPMI Communications
>
> **HF5549.12.M38 1994**
>
> SUPERVISING THE DIFFICULT EMPLOYEE
>
> Ann M. McGill
>
> **LB1715.C12 2003**
>
> TAKING DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS: A FEDERAL SUPERVISOR\'S GUIDE TO
> CORRECTIVE DISCIPLINE
>
> This book is about establishing and enforcing written and unwritten
> rules of the workplace. It is written specifically for the federal
> supervisor and when disciplining employees with appeal rights, you not
> only have to do the right thing you have to do things right.
>
> 192 PP.
>
> Michael Corum
>
> **HF5549.DOT/FAA Unkn**
>
> TO DISCIPLINE-MANAGEMENT\'S DIFFICULT DECISION
>
> Department of Transportation, and
>
> Federal Aviation Administration
>
> Office of Labor Relations
>
> **[Diversity]{.underline}**
>
> **E185.615.K57 1983**
>
> BLACK AND WHITE: STYLES IN CONFLICT
>
> The book goes a long way in explaining some of the differences and
> subtitles that we do not often understand in race relations.
>
> 177 PP.
>
> Thomas Kochman
>
> **HF5549.5M5 2000**
>
> MANAGING DIVERSITY: THE COURAGE TO LEAD
>
> Demonstrates how oppression functions at the individual, group, and
> systems levels, and how leaders of public and private organizations
> must, and can, combat it in work settings.
>
> 250 PP.
>
> Elsie Y. Cross
>
> **E185.625.G68 1968**
>
> BLACK RAGE
>
> One of the most important books\" (New York Times) on black life in
> America\".
>
> 240 PP.
>
> William H. Grier
>
> Price M. Cobbs
>
> **HD2785.D38 1982**
>
> CORPORATE CULTURES: THE RITES AND RITUALS OF CORPORATE LIFE
>
> Terrence E. Deal
>
> **HD30.3.S555 1993**
>
> TRANSCULTURAL LEADERSHIP: EMPOWERING THE DIVERSE WORKFORCE
>
> 260 PP.
>
> George F. Simons
>
> **HD38.2.M67 1992**
>
> NEW LEADERS, THE: GUIDELINES ON LEADERSHIP DIVERSITY IN AMERICA
>
> From the author who brought the term \"glass ceiling\" into our
> vernacular comes a grounded and practical approach to vaulting women
> and people of color into the leadership ranks of corporate America.
>
> 317 PP.
>
> Ann M. Morrison
>
> **HD38.25.U6W66 1985**
>
> WOMEN IN MANAGEMENT \[2nd Edition\]
>
> The author designed this book to bring women\'s need for progress
> toward EEO into focus and to address new topics such as dual-career
> families, sexual harassment, and networking.
>
> 432 PP.
>
> Bette Ann Stead and
>
> **HD4903.5.S10 1997**
>
> MANAGING DIVERSITY IN THE NEW REALITY: A HANDBOOK FOR DIVERSITY
> MANAGERS
>
> 94 PP.
>
> Fred Soto
>
> **HD58.9.F46 1993**
>
> DIVERSITY ADVANTAGE, THE: HOW AMERICAN BUSINESS CAN OUT-PERFORM
> JAPANESE AND EUROPEAN COMPANIES IN THE GLOBAL MARKETPLACE
>
> Management consultants Fernandez and Barr view heterogeneity as an
> American business advantage. Success in the global marketplace, they
> argue, hinges on a country\'s ability to utilize \`\`all of its people
> regardless of their diversity\'\' in the work force.
>
> 344 PP.
>
> John Fernandez and
>
> Mary Barr
>
> **HD58.9.S10 1997**
>
> DIVERSITY: STRAIGHT TALK FROM THE TRENCHES
>
> 61 PP.
>
> Fred Soto
>
> **HD6053.P56 1979**
>
> WOMEN AT WORK: OVERCOMING THE OBSTACLES
>
> Marlene A. Pinkstaff
>
> **HD69.17H355 1979**
>
> MANAGING CULTURAL DIFFERENCES
>
> Philip R. Harris and
>
> Robert T. Moran
>
> **HD8038.A1R33 1986**
>
> CLASH OF CULTURES, THE: MANAGERS AND PROFESSIONALS
>
> Joseph A. Raelin
>
> **HD8081.A5.S55 1989**
>
> WORKING TOGETHER: HOW TO BECOME MORE EFFECTIVE IN A MULTICULTURAL
> ORGANIZATION
>
> George Simons
>
> **HF538.7.H10 1995**
>
> SEXES AT WORK, THE: WORKSHOP DESIGNS AND ACTIVITIES FOR IMPROVING
> GENDER RELATIONS IN THE WORKPLACE
>
> Lois B. Hart and
>
> David Dankle
>
> **HF5500.3.U54D5 1982**
>
> BLACK MANAGER, THE: MAKING IT IN THE CORPORATE WORLD
>
> Floyd Dickens, Jr. and
>
> Jacqueline B. Dickens
>
> **HF5549.5.B10 1997**
>
> MANAGING DIVERSITY: A PRACTICAL GUIDE
>
> Kenneth Burger and
>
> Alvin Ray
>
> **HF5549.5.B11 1994**
>
> HUMAN DIVERSITY WORKSHOP: PARTICIPANT WORKBOOK
>
> George Banks
>
> **HF5549.5.B12 1994**
>
> HUMAN DIVERSITY WORKSHOP: INSTRUCTOR\'S GUIDE
>
> George Banks
>
> **HF5549.5.C6T49 1990**
>
> BRIDGING CULTURAL BARRIERS FOR CORPORATE SUCCESS: HOW TO MANAGE THE
> MULTICULTURAL WORK FORCE
>
> Sondra Thiederman
>
> **HF5549.5.M3F467 1991**
>
> MANAGING A DIVERSE WORK FORCE: REGAINING THE COMPETITIVE EDGE
>
> John P. Fernandez
>
> **HF5549.5.M3J36 1991**
>
> MANAGING WORKFORCE 2000: GAINING THE DIVERSITY ADVANTAGE
>
> David Jamieson and
>
> Julie O\'Mara
>
> **HF5549.5.M3L64 1991**
>
> WORKFORCE AMERICA: MANAGING EMPLOYEE DIVERSITY AS A VITAL RESOURCE
>
> This best seller shows how to recognize and rectify problems that can
> inhibit the full participation of a diverse workforce and create an
> environment that capitalizes on the creativity and richness that
> increased diversity offers.
>
> 260 PP.
>
> Marilyn Loden and
>
> Judy B. Rosener
>
> **HF5549.5.M5G10 1994**
>
> MANAGING DIVERSITY SURVIVAL GUIDE, THE: A COMPLETE COLLECTION OF
> CHECKLISTS, ACTIVITIES, AND TIPS
>
> Lee Gardenswartz and
>
> Anita Rowe
>
> **HF5549.5.M5G37 1993**
>
> MANAGING DIVERSITY: A COMPLETE DESK REFERENCE AND PLANNING GUIDE
>
> Lee Gardenswartz and
>
> Anita Rowe
>
> **HF5549.5.M5P76 1994**
>
> PROMISE OF DIVERSITY, THE: OVER 40 VOICES DISCUSS STRATEGIES
> ELIMINATING DISCRIMINATION IN ORGANIZATIONS
>
> Elsie Y. Cross, et. al.
>
> **HF5549.5.M5T46 1991**
>
> BEYOND RACE AND GENDER: UNLEASHING THE POWER OF YOUR TOTAL WORK FORCE
> BY MANAGING DIVERSITY
>
> 250 PP.
>
> R. Roosevelt Thomas, Jr.
>
> **HF5549.5.M5T464 1996**
>
> REDEFINING DIVERSITY
>
> R. Roosevelt Thomas, Jr.
>
> **HF5549.5.M5W34 1994**
>
> CULTURAL DIVERSITY IN THE WORKPLACE
>
> Sally J. Walton
>
> **HF5549.5M5 2000**
>
> MANAGING DIVERSITY: THE COURAGE TO LEAD
>
> Demonstrates how oppression functions at the individual, group, and
> systems levels, and how leaders of public and private organizations
> must, and can, combat it in work settings.
>
> 250 PP.
>
> Elsie Y. Cross
>
> **HF5549.M5S10 1995**
>
> 25 DIVERSITY EXERCISES TO BRIDGE CULTURAL BARRIERS
>
> Kelly S. Meier and
>
> Jeffrey S. Stafford
>
> **HM131.C749 1993**
>
> CULTURAL DIVERSITY IN ORGANIZATIONS: THEORY, RESEARCH AND PRACTICE
>
> 328 PP.
>
> Taylor Cox, Jr.
>
> **HM132.S446 1990**
>
> MEN AND WOMEN-PARTNERS AT WORK
>
> George F. Simons
>
> **HM258.H29 1976**
>
> BEYOND CULTURE
>
> Edward T. Hall
>
> **HM259.M67 1991**
>
> PEOPLES OF THE WORLD: NORTH AMERICANS
>
> Joyce Moss and
>
> George Wilson
>
> **HM260.B4C63 1990**
>
> CORPORATE CULTURE SOURCEBOOK, THE
>
> 264 PP.
>
> Richard Bellingham and
>
> Barry Cohen
>
> **HM260.G44 1992**
>
> HOW TO COMPLY WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT
>
> Judith B. Geller
>
> **HN90.S6L47 1994**
>
> FUTURE OF WHITE MEN AND OTHER DIVERSITY DILEMMAS, THE
>
> Joan Steinau Lester
>
> **HQ1064.U5D93 1989**
>
> AGE WAVE, THE: THE CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES OF AN AGING AMERICA
>
> Ken Dychtwald and
>
> Joe Flower
>
> **LC1099.3.B45 1996**
>
> CULTURAL DIVERSITY, EDUCATIONAL EQUITY AND THE TRANSFORMATION OF
> HIGHER EDUCATION: GROUP PROFILES AS A GUIDE TO POLICY AND PROGRAMMING
>
> Cultural diversity policy in higher education requires detailed
> knowledge of the groups in question, guiding principles, and insight
> into universities as complex ecological systems. The integration of
> these elements becomes the basis for proposing a variety of changes
> whose enactment would transform the university as we now know it.
>
> 212 PP.
>
> Michael Benjamin
>
> **LC1099.BNA10 1998**
>
> DIVERSITY WORKS: RESOURCE SERIES, Volumes 1-10
>
> BNA Communication
>
> **PS3553.A7378P43 1994**
>
> PEACOCK IN THE LAND OF PENGUINS, A: A TALE OF DIVERSITY AND DISCOVERY
>
> A Peacock in the Land of Penguins brings new insight to an important
> topic - workforce diversity. Written in a charming, engaging style, it
> is a contemporary \"corporate fable\" - a tale for our times. This
> story echoes one that is unfolding each and every day in organizations
> all across the country - how to manage the increasing diversity of the
> workforce and capture the talent, energy, and commitment of all
> employees.
>
> 120 PP.
>
> Barbara Hateley
>
> Warren Schmidt
>
> **[Economics]{.underline}**
>
> **CB161.C39 1989**
>
> AMERICAN RENAISSANCE: OUR LIFE AT THE TURN OF THE 21ST CENTURY
>
> America enters the 1990\'s beset by political and economic competition
> from abroad and by endless controversy at home, and can expect much of
> the same at home. By the dawn and early years of the 21st century, we
> will have passed the crisis.
>
> 400 PP.
>
> Marvin Cetron
>
> **D849.D78 1989**
>
> NEW REALITIES, THE: IN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS, IN ECONOMICS AND
> BUSINESS, IN SOCIETY AND WORLD VIEW
>
> In this book Drucker posits that, the future began with the end of the
> belief in salvation by society, the disappearance of Roosevelt\'s
> America, the unraveling of the Russian Empire, and the increasing
> impotence of arms politically as well as militarily.
>
> 276 PP.
>
> Peter F. Drucker
>
> **E98.M7M37 1995**
>
> SHELL GAME: A TRUE ACCOUNT OF BEADS AND MONEY IN NORTH AMERICA
>
> A unique and extraordinary investigation into the nature of money and
> the origins of our present indebtedness, Shell Game is the account of
> a tragic misunderstanding between colonists and Native Americans and
> the monumental repercussions that followed.
>
> 224 PP.
>
> Jerry Martein
>
> **HC106.8.D46 1993**
>
> GREAT BOOM AHEAD, THE: YOUR COMPREHENSIVE GUIDE TO PERSONAL AND
> BUSINESS PROFIT IN THE NEW ERA OF PROSPERITY
>
> The author gives a specific timetable for the economic trends he
> predicts, calling highs and lows in interest rates, inflation, and the
> stock market. In his daring and broad sweeping analysis, Dent
> documents the impact the waves of maturing baby boomers will have on
> all aspects of American life.
>
> 261 PP.
>
> Harry S. Dent, Jr.
>
> **HD75.6.H458 1996**
>
> BUILDING A WIN-WIN WORLD: LIFE BEYOND GLOBAL ECONOMIC WARFARE
>
> Building a Win-Win World demonstrates how the global economy is
> unsustainable because of its negative effects on employees, families,
> communities, and the ecosystem. Henderson shows how win-win strategies
> can become the norm at every level when people see the true current
> and future costs of short-sighted, narrow economic policies.
>
> Hazel Henderson
>
> **HD9696.8.A2C64 1999**
>
> NET PROFIT: HOW TO INVEST AND COMPETE IN THE REAL WORLD OF INTERNET
> BUSINESS
>
> This book shows how to distinguish companies with successful Internet
> strategies from those that will be left behind in cyberspace.
>
> 313 PP.
>
> Peter S. Cohan
>
> **HF5686.C80453 1999**
>
> COST MANAGEMENT TOOLBOX, THE: A MANAGER\'S GUIDE TO CONTROLLING COSTS
> AND BOOSTING PROFITS
>
> With a special emphasis on cost management, cost analysis, and cost
> control, this book provides you with a highly practical, real-world
> approach for understanding this information - so you can manage your
> part of the organization more effectively.. \"Intended for both
> manufacturing and services businesses.
>
> 353 PP.
>
> Lianabel Oliver
>
> **HF5686.C8S459 1993**
>
> STRATEGIC COST MANAGEMENT: THE NEW TOOL FOR COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE
>
> This is a balanced and penetrating review of the information companies
> need to support continuous .
>
> 270 PP.
>
> John K. Shank and
>
> Vijay Govindarajan
>
> **HF5686.J10M10 1992**
>
> ACCOUNTING CYCLE, THE: A PRIMER FOR NONFINANCIAL MANAGERS: A PRACTICAL
> GUIDE TO ACCOUNTING BASICS
>
> Jay L. Jacquet and
>
> William C. Miller, Jr.
>
> **HF5693.P10.W10 1998**
>
> IT ALL ADDS UP: AN INTRODUCTION TO BASIC BUSINESS MATH
>
> Carla Berg Pope and
>
> Kathryn Shaw Whitver
>
> **HG13.G10 1990**
>
> UNDERSTANDING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: A PRIMER OF USEFUL INFORMATION:
> PRACTICAL FINANCIAL APPLICATIONS FOR NON-FINANCIAL MANAGERS
>
> James O. Gill
>
> **HG179.K10 1993**
>
> PERSONAL FINANCIAL FITNESS: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO IMPROVE THE HEALTH OF
> YOUR WEALTH
>
> A step-by-step plan to help reduce taxes, increase investment income,
> build wealth, and plan for a more secure retirement.
>
> 120 PP.
>
> Allen Klosowski
>
> **HG4028.B8 K46 2003**
>
> BUDGETING FOR MANAGERS
>
> While managers may have vast experience dealing with people and
> experts in their field, they are often novices when it comes to
> managing money. This book starts with the basics of a simple expense
> budget and gives you everything you need to know to create, present,
> and track a budget with a spreadsheet or accounting package.
>
> 203 PP.
>
> Sid Kemp and
>
> Eric Dunbar
>
> **HG4028.B8S558 1994**
>
> BUDGETING BASICS & BEYOND: A COMPLETE STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE FOR
> NONFINANCIAL MANAGERS
>
> This book makes it easy for managers with little or no budgeting
> experience to prepare and analyze budget information - and build the
> knowledge and skills needed to handle increasingly complex budgeting
> issues. Step-by-step, the guide discusses what budgets are, how they
> work, how to prepare and present them, and how to monitor actual
> results against budget figures.
>
> 446 PP.
>
> Jae K. Shim and
>
> Joel G. Seigel
>
> **HG4028.D10 1992**
>
> BASICS OF BUDGETING, THE: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO BETTER BUSINESS
> PLANNING
>
> Terry Dickey
>
> **[Equal Employment Opportunity]{.underline}**
>
> **HD28.G11 1996**
>
> EEO TODAY: A GUIDE TO UNDERSTANDING THE EEO PROCESS
>
> Understanding how the EEO process works can be critical to the career
> of a federal employee. This book explains the basic principles
> underlying the federal EEO program. Moreover, if an employee files an
> EEO complaint, it explains how the EEO process works and provides
> practical advice on how to work with this system.
>
> 50 PP.
>
> FPMI Communications
>
> **HF28.G57 2005**
>
> FEDERAL MANAGER\'S GUIDE TO EEO, THE (7th Edition)
>
> With this book, you will learn the requirements of the EEO program
> that every supervisor or manager should know. It covers areas such as:
> how the selection process works, how to develop employees, how to
> create a positive work environment, how to deal with discrimination
> complaints, key positions, references and terms used in the program.
>
> 105 PP.
>
> Robert J. Gilson
>
> **HD29.R45 1992**
>
> FEDERAL MANAGER\'S GUIDE TO PREVENTING SEXUAL HARASSMENT, THE
>
> Dennis K. Reischl
>
> **HD6060.D10 1998**
>
> LEGAL ISSUES FOR MANAGERS: ESSENTIAL SKILLS FOR AVOIDING YOUR DAY IN
> COURT
>
> Mike Deblieux
>
> **HD6060.E10 1995**
>
> SEXUAL HARASSMENT IN THE FEDERAL WORKPLACE: TRENDS, PROGRESS,
> CONTINUING CHALLENGES
>
> 85 PP.
>
> U.S. Government
>
> Printing Office
>
> **HD6060.M427 1997**
>
> STOPPING SEXUAL HARASSMENT BEFORE IT STARTS: A BUSINESS AND LEGAL
> PERSPECTIVE
>
> 112 PP.
>
> Mike Deblieux
>
> **HD6060.W10 1992**
>
> SEXUAL HARASSMENT IN THE WORKPLACE: A GUIDE TO PREVENTION
>
> Concise, self-study workbook explaining legal, professional, and
> personal aspects of sexual harassment.
>
> 116 PP.
>
> Juliana Lightle and
>
> Betsy Doucet
>
> **HD7256.U5A65 1994**
>
> AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT, THE: WHAT SUPERVISORS NEED TO KNOW
>
> Joan Ackerstein
>
> **HF28.G56 2003**
>
> FEDERAL MANAGER\'S GUIDE TO EEO, THE (5th Edition)
>
> With this book you will learn the requirements of the EEO program that
> every supervisor or manager should know. It covers areas such as: how
> the selection process works, how to develop employees, how to create a
> positive work environment, how to deal with discrimination complaints,
> key positions, references and terms used in the program.
>
> 102 PP.
>
> Robert J. Gilson
>
> **HF5501.HBR 1965**
>
> WHEN THE EXECUTIVE IS A WOMAN
>
> Harvard Business Review
>
> **HM260.D11 1993**
>
> SUPERVISING EMPLOYEES WITH DISABILITIES: BEYOND ADA COMPLIANCE
>
> Mary B. Dickson
>
> **HM260.EEO12 1996**
>
> EMPLOYMENT OF PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES: A HANDBOOK FOR LEADERS
>
> 33 PP.
>
> Department of Transportation
>
> Federal Aviation Administration
>
> **HQ1237.5.U6L36 1993**
>
> BACK OFF! HOW TO CONFRONT AND STOP SEXUAL HARASSMENT AND HARASSERS
>
> 380 PP.
>
> Martha J. Langelan
>
> **HV3018.GOV10 1998**
>
> OPENING DOORS TO ABILITY EDUCATION KIT 1998
>
> President\'s Committee on Employment of People with Disabilities.
>
> Department of Transportation and
>
> Federal Aviation Administration
>
> **KF3457.Z34 1990**
>
> ECONOMIC STATUS OF BLACK WOMEN, THE: AN EXPLORATORY INVESTIGATION
>
> Nadja Zalokar
>
> **KF3464.P762 1989**
>
> PROMOTING MINORITIES AND WOMEN
>
> A special report for employers who must adapt to demographic changes
> as well as legislative developments. Includes case studies and
> appendices of sample corporate promotion plans, court decisions,
> surveys.
>
> Bureau of National Affair
>
> **KF475.F10 1995**
>
> SEX, LAWS AND STEREOTYPES: WORKING WITH PEOPLE IN A COMPLEX WORLD
>
> 238 PP.
>
> N. Elizabeth Fried
>
> **PS3568.I3168Z47 1997**
>
> ZERO TOLERANCE: AN EMPLOYER\'S GUIDE TO PREVENTING SEXUAL HARASSMENT
> AND HEALING THE WORKPLACE
>
> The book features advice from more than 30 experts on sexual
> harassment, guidance from the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity
> Commission, and in-depth reporting from The Bureau of National
> Affairs, Inc.
>
> 144 PP.
>
> BNA Communications, Inc. and
>
> Tony Cornish, Editor
>
> **[Ethics]{.underline}**
>
> **B3310.J63 1990**
>
> ETHICS IN HUMAN COMMUNICATION
>
> Johannesen stimulates individuals to reflect critically on the many
> nuances of ethics, inviting them to make personal choices about
> balancing freedom and responsibility during the communication process.
>
> 343 PP.
>
> Richard L. Johannesen
>
> **B3313.J43E5 1966**
>
> BEYOND GOOD AND EVIL: PRELUDE TO A PHILOSOPHY OF THE FUTURE
>
> One of the most popular of the 19th-century philosophers refines his
> previously expressed ideal of the superman in a fascinating
> examination of human values and morality. This inexpensive, unabridged
> edition of one of Nietzsche\'s most important works offers a rich
> sampling of the philosopher\'s influential school of thought.
>
> 288 PP.
>
> Friedrich Nietzsche
>
> **BD232.L48 1991**
>
> QUESTION OF VALUES, A: SIX WAYS WE MAKE THE PERSONAL CHOICES THAT
> SHAPE OUR LIVES
>
> The author illuminates how contemporary Americans come to believe what
> we believe. Comparing the varying value systems in our pluralistic
> society\--authority, logic, experience, emotion, intuition, and
> science\--he brings clarity and a common vocabulary to the diversity
> that is a source of both strength and dissension.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Hunter Lewis
>
> **HD58.8.N39 1995**
>
> TRUTH AND TRUST: THE FIRST TWO VICTIMS OF DOWNSIZING
>
> Frank J. Navran
>
> **HD60.B38 1998**
>
> LIBERATING THE CORPORATE SOUL: BUILDING A VISIONARY ORGANIZATION
>
> This book is a process blueprint for building a visionary organization
> with a values-driven approach. Based on tested models and tools
> developed internationally on how work, values and leadership will
> change in the 21st century.
>
> 226 PP.
>
> Richard Barrett
>
> **HD8072.5.S46 1998**
>
> CORROSION OF CHARACTER, THE: THE PERSONAL CONSEQUENCES OF WORK IN THE
> NEW CAPITALISM
>
> The author reveals the vivid and illuminating contrast between two
> worlds of work: the vanished world of rigid, hierarchical
> organizations, where what mattered was a sense of personal character,
> and the brave new world of corporate re-engineering, risk,
> flexibility, networking, and short-term teamwork.
>
> 176 PP.
>
> Richard Sennett
>
> **HF5387.B56 1988**
>
> POWER OF ETHICAL MANAGEMENT, THE
>
> Kenneth Blanchard and
>
> Norman Vincent Peale
>
> **HF5387.E847 1989**
>
> ETHICS IN PRACTICE: MANAGING THE MORAL CORPORATION
>
> Harvard Business School
>
> Kenneth R. Andrews, Editor
>
> **HF5387.H10 2002**
>
> ETHICS 4 EVERYONE: THE HANDBOOK FOR INTEGRITY-BASED BUSINESS PRACTICES
>
> Pay attention! Business ethics and integrity are under a microscope,
> and the stakes are higher than ever before.
>
> Eric Harvey and
>
> Scott Airitam
>
> **HF5387.H847 2003**
>
> LEADING TO ETHICS: 10 LEADERSHIP STRATEGIES FOR BUILDING A
> HIGH-INTEGRITY ORGANIZATION
>
> As a leader, the task of building an integrity and values-based
> organization falls squarely on your shoulders. Ethical business starts
> with ethical leadership. Moreover, while everyone must do their part,
> ultimately it is up to you to ensure that your organization avoids the
> pitfalls of doing wrong\...and reaps the benefits of doing right.
>
> 44 PP.
>
> Eric Harvey, et al.
>
> **HF5387.L10 2004**
>
> ETHICAL VIRTUOSITY: SEVEN STEPS TO HELP YOU DISCOVER AND DO THE RIGHT
> THING AT THE RIGHT TIME
>
> The author presents seven steps that lead to ethical virtuosity: 1)
> Become self-aware, 2) Seek ethical knowledge, 3) Develop an ethical
> belief system, 4) Practice emotional discipline, 5) Consciously
> exercise your free will, 6) Demonstrate moral courage and personal
> accountability, 7) Immediately act on your personal commitment to
> become ethically virtuous.
>
> 159 PP.
>
> Louie V. Larimer
>
> **HF5549.5.B64C73 1991**
>
> READINGS IN MARKETING ETHICS
>
> Jan Willem Bol, et. al.
>
> **HF5549.5.P11 1994**
>
> ETHICS OF EXCELLENCE, THE
>
> Price Pritchett
>
> **HF5549.S64 1993**
>
> PRACTICAL ETHICS FOR THE FEDERAL EMPLOYEE: STAKING OUT THE HIGH GROUND
>
> Susan McGuire Smith
>
> **HF5587.N35 1990**
>
> GOOD INTENTIONS ASIDE
>
> Laura L. Nash
>
> **JK2249.S76 1990**
>
> GOVERNMENT ETHICS AND MANAGERS: A GUIDE TO SOLVING ETHICAL DILEMMAS IN
> THE PUBLIC SECTOR
>
> S. Steinberg and
>
> D. Austern
>
> **[Experiential Learning]{.underline}**
>
> **BF161.L44 1990**
>
> CHALLENGE OF EXCELLENCE, THE \[NLP\]
>
> Using the principles of NeuroLinguistic Programming. The Challenge of
> Excellence shows the interconnection between the mind and the body and
> our capacity for learning patterns of excellence.
>
> 192 PP.
>
> Scout Lee and
>
> Jan Summers
>
> **BF162.S3P76 1988**
>
> ISLANDS OF HEALING: A GUIDE TO ADVENTURE BASED COUNSELING
>
> Jim Schoel, et al
>
> **GV1200.F57 1974**
>
> NEW GAMES BOOK, THE
>
> 224 PP.
>
> Andrew Fluegelman
>
> **GV1201.07 1978**
>
> COOPERATIVE SPORTS AND GAMES BOOK, THE
>
> Represents a new direction in sports for adults as well as kids with
> over 100 new games based on the idea of cooperation, not competition.
>
> 129 PP.
>
> Terry Orlick
>
> **GV1201.F57 1981**
>
> MORE NEW GAMES
>
> 192 PP.
>
> Andrew Fluegelman
>
> **GV1201.T10 1994**
>
> QUICK START ICEBREAKERS AND ENERGIZERS: EXPERIENTIAL TRAINING
> ACTIVITIES
>
> Louis E. Tagliaferri
>
> **GV181.2.R64 1994**
>
> BOTTOMLESS BAG AGAIN, THE?!
>
> 335 PP.
>
> Karl Rohnke
>
> **GV360.R10 1995**
>
> QUICKSILVER: ADVENTURE GAMES, INITIATIVE PROBLEMS, TRUST ACTIVITIES
> AND A GUIDE TO EFFECTIVE LEADERSHIP
>
> 304 PP.
>
> Karl Rohnke and
>
> Steve Butler
>
> **GV361.1.R6 1991**
>
> BOTTOMLESS BAGGIE
>
> 384 PP.
>
> Karl Rohnke
>
> **GV361.R6 1988**
>
> BOTTOMLESS BAG, THE
>
> 384 PP.
>
> Karl Rohnke
>
> **GV362.R59 1989**
>
> COWSTAILS AND COBRAS II
>
> 209 PP.
>
> Karl Rohnke
>
> **HD66.C14 1998**
>
> TEAMWORK AND TEAMPLAY
>
> 512 PP.
>
> Jim Cain and
>
> Barry Jolliff
>
> **HM133.N49 1980**
>
> GAMES TRAINERS PLAY: EXPERIENTIAL EXERCISES
>
> John Newstrom and
>
> Edward Scannell
>
> **HM133.S3 1983**
>
> MORE GAMES TRAINERS PLAY: EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING EXERCISES
>
> Edward Scannell and
>
> John Newstrom
>
> **HM133.S314 1991**
>
> STILL MORE GAMES TRAINERS PLAY: EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING
>
> Edward Scannell and
>
> John Newstrom
>
> **PS3568.A471B55 1995**
>
> BILLIBONK AND THE THORN PATCH
>
> Philip Ramsey
>
> **[Group Dynamics]{.underline}**
>
> **HD30.3.S373 1994**
>
> SKILLED FACILITATOR, THE: PRACTICAL WISDOM FOR DEVELOPING EFFECTIVE
> GROUPS
>
> This book shows what makes a group effective and how a facilitator can
> improve group effectiveness by identifying patterns of behavior that
> are getting in the way, helping the group stick to a few critical
> ground rules, and encouraging them to deal more openly with conflict.
>
> 314 PP.
>
> Roger M. Schwarz
>
> **HD58.8.S73 1990**
>
> TEAMWORK: WE HAVE MET THE ENEMY AND THEY ARE US
>
> 147 PP.
>
> Matt M. Starcevich and
>
> Steven J. Stowell
>
> **HD66.C59 1990**
>
> STRAIGHT TALK FOR MONDAY MORNING
>
> A best-selling author and one of America\'s most sought-after
> consultants, Cox provides guidance and inspiration for anyone who
> relies on others to get things done at work.
>
> 376 PP.
>
> Allan Cox
>
> **HD66.G76 1989**
>
> GROUPS THAT WORK: AND THOSE THAT DON\'T
>
> Explores the design and leadership of groups, providing detailed
> descriptions of twenty-seven diverse work groups to offer insights
> into what factors affect group productivity, and what leaders and
> group members can do to improve work group effectiveness.
>
> 512 PP.
>
> J. Richard Hackman, Editor
>
> **HD66.K39 1996**
>
> MINING GROUP GOLD: HOW TO CASH IN ON THE COLLABORATIVE BRAIN POWER OF
> A GROUP
>
> Throughout the 1980s, a handful of Xerox employees devoted their time
> exclusively to working on a new approach to doing business. Kayser,
> who was one of these employees, now reveals the philosophy and
> techniques of management that were the fruits of the team\'s labor.
>
> 248 PP.
>
> Thomas Kayser
>
> **HM132.O25 1992**
>
> OPEN SPACE TECHNOLOGY: A USER\'S GUIDE
>
> Harrison Owen
>
> **[Health Awareness]{.underline}**
>
> **AC672.G10 1993**
>
> HEALTHY HEART CUISINE: HEALTHY HEART RECIPES FROM PHYSICIANS ACROSS
> THE COUNTRY
>
> Antonio M. Gotto
>
> **BF221.A10 2006**
>
> CMEL HEALTH AWARENESS INITIATIVES
>
> This book is intended to supplement a Health Awareness discussion,
> however, most of the pages do stand-alone and are comprehendible
> without assistance.
>
> 86 PP.
>
> Angela Lee, Health Awareness Coordinator,
>
> Center for Management and Executive Leadership
>
> **GV481.F725 1989**
>
> FITNESS FACTS: THE HEALTHY LIVING HANDBOOK
>
> B. Don Franks and
>
> Edward T. Howley
>
> **GV481.R10O8 2005**
>
> YOU, THE OWNER\'S MANUAL: AN INSIDER\'S GUIDE TO THE BODY THAT WILL
> MAKE YOU HEALTHIER AND YOUNGER
>
> Designed as a \"from the inside out\" guide to total body health, this
> book presents the human body as you have never seen it before. Instead
> of dry, impenetrable scientific jargon, this myth-breaking guide
> presents simple yet memorable analogies. This is a health book like no
> other.
>
> 417 PP.
>
> Michael F. Rozien and
>
> Mehmet C. Oz
>
> **GV482.N45 1997**
>
> STRONG WOMEN STAY YOUNG
>
> This classic bestseller draws on exercise physiologist Miriam
> Nelson\'s exciting discovery that a moderate regimen of free-weight
> training, performed even as seldom as twice a week, has startlingly
> positive effects on strength, balance, energy levels, and bone density
> in older women. She has turned her research into a practical program
> that can be done at home, detailed in this highly accessible book.
>
> 276 PP.
>
> Miriam E. Nelson
>
> **QP85.B66 1991**
>
> WE LIVE TOO SHORT AND DIE TOO LONG
>
> Walter M. Bortz
>
> **R726.5.T3 1992**
>
> HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY: AN INTRODUCTION TO BEHAVIOR AND HEALTH
>
> Kenneth Thompson
>
> **RA776.9.L54 1992**
>
> LIFE CHOICES \[2^nd^ Edition\]
>
> Lori Turner and
>
> Frances Sizer
>
> **RA776.G741 1990**
>
> PERSONAL WELLNESS: YOUR MOST PROFITABLE INVESTMENT
>
> Rick Griggs
>
> **RA776.N10 1995**
>
> BOOK OF VITALITY, THE: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO EVERYDAY SELF-CARE
>
> **RA776.T10 1991**
>
> SEEKING YOUR HEALTHY BALANCE: A DO-IT-YOURSELF GUIDE TO WHOLE PERSON
> WELL-BEING
>
> 203 PP.
>
> Donald A. Tubesing and
>
> Nancy Loving Tubesing
>
> **RA777.8.D375 1999**
>
> MAN\'S HEALTH SOURCEBOOK, THE \[2nd Edition\]
>
> Provides tools, tips, and advice on leading an improved quality of
> life. Contains an overview of the cardiovascular, gastrointestinal,
> respiratory, endocrine, and reproductive systems and includes a
> section on mental health and its impact on physical health. Along with
> a sensible diet, regular exercise routine, and medical checkups, this
> reference book is an invaluable resource that is useful at every stage
> in a man\'s life.
>
> 304 PP.
>
> Alfred M. Dashe
>
> **RA777.8.O66 1994**
>
> MAN\'S HEALTH BOOK, THE
>
> Michael Oppenheim
>
> **RA778.W748 1995**
>
> WOMEN\'S COMPLETE HEALTHBOOK, THE
>
> The American Medical Women\'s
>
> Association, Inc.
>
> **RA781.6.B34 1991**
>
> NEW FIT OR FAT BOOK, THE
>
> Covert Bailey
>
> **RA781.65.M35 1995**
>
> AEROBIC WALKING: THE WEIGHT-LOSS EXERCISE: A COMPLETE PROGRAM TO
> REDUCE
>
> An authority on the subject, Dr. Malkin has created an innovative
> walking program that can be tailored to fit each individual\'s needs.
> Features information on diet, footwear, safety, walking techniques,
> medical considerations and much more. Concentrates on measurable
> benefits as well as the actual, verifiable changes in metabolism that
> occur as a result of this aerobic walking agenda.
>
> 232 PP.
>
> Mort Malkin
>
> **RA784.G75 1988**
>
> GREAT RECIPES FOR GOOD HEALTH
>
> Reader\'s Digest Association
>
> **RA784.S654 1995**
>
> MEGAHEALTH
>
> Marcus B. Sorenson
>
> **RA785.E27 1989**
>
> YOUR VITALITY QUOTIENT
>
> Richard Earl and
>
> David Imrie
>
> **RC552.B84S48 1989**
>
> FOOD ADDICTION: THE BODY KNOWS
>
> 128 PP.
>
> Kay Sheppard
>
> **RC632.H83B97 1991**
>
> UNDERSTANDING AND MANAGING CHOLESTEROL: A GUIDE FOR WELLNESS
> PROFESSIONALS
>
> 344 PP.
>
> Kevin P. Byrne
>
> **RC685.H8M33 1999**
>
> MAYO CLINIC ON HIGH BLOOD PRESSURE
>
> The Mayo Clinic promotes lifestyle changes to reduce high blood
> pressure, helping readers make those changes by providing answers to
> questions on diet, exercise, and medication.
>
> 180 PP.
>
> Sheldon G. Sheps, M.D.
>
> **RC685.I6C7 1983**
>
> HEALING HEART, THE: ANTIDOTES TO PANIC AND HELPLESSNESS
>
> 302 PP.
>
> Norman Cousins
>
> **RC800.C66 1990**
>
> YOU DON\'T HAVE TO GO HOME FROM WORK EXHAUSTED; THE EMERGING
> ENGINEERING APPROACH
>
> Ann McGee Cooper
>
> **RC81.V5 1990**
>
> TAKE CARE OF YOURSELF: YOUR PERSONAL GUIDE TO SELF-CARE AND PREVENTING
> ILLNESS
>
> Donald M. Vickers and
>
> James F. Fries
>
> **RC899.R672 1994**
>
> PROSTATE BOOK, THE: SOUND ADVICE ON SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT
>
> Dr. Stephen Rous draws on his forty years of clinical experience to
> give readers the best information available on how the prostate works,
> diseases that affect it, treatment choices for different conditions,
> and the recuperation process after surgery, including possible side
> effects.
>
> 287 PP.
>
> Stephen N. Rous
>
> **RC965.03D66 1989**
>
> SITTING ON THE JOB: HOW TO SURVIVE THE STRESS OF SITTING DOWN TO WORK
>
> Lifesaver for those who earn their living while sitting; instructs
> readers how to sit and exercise in order to prevent or alleviate aches
> and pains.
>
> 160 PP.
>
> Scott W. Donkin
>
> **RM222.2.R628 2000**
>
> VOLUMETRICS: FEEL FULL ON FEWER CALORIES
>
> Volumetrics is designed to help you lose weight safely, effectively,
> and permanently without feeling hungry or deprived. Volumetrics will
> teach you how to consume fewer calories while enjoying a satisfying
> portion of food. With Volumetrics you can put an end to years of yo-yo
> dieting and frustrating weight gain and learn to look at food in a
> whole new way.
>
> 336 PP.
>
> Barbara Rolls
>
> **RM236.V44 1996**
>
> VEGETARIAN TIMES: VEGETARIAN BEGINNERS GUIDE
>
> Vegetarian Times: Vegetarian Beginner\'s Guide is the only book
> written for beginner vegetarians or anyone just thinking about
> becoming one. It is packed with information written by the editors of
> Vegetarian Times, the leading authorities on the subject.
>
> 192 PP.
>
> Vegetarian Times Editors
>
> **RM722.H10 2001**
>
> SELF-CARE ESSENTIALS: A SIMPLE GUIDE TO MANAGING YOUR HEALTH CARE AND
> LIVING WELL
>
> 128 PP.
>
> David Hunnicutt and
>
> Craig Johnson
>
> **TX361.A8C54 1997**
>
> NANCY CLARK\'S SPORTS NUTRITION GUIDEBOOK: EATING TO FUEL ACTIVE LIFE:
> EATING TO FUEL YOUR ACTIVE LIFESTYLE
>
> Renowned sports nutritionist Nancy Clark tells you how to fuel your
> active lifestyle. This revised and expanded best-seller will help you
> maximize the nutritional value of your diet for high energy and
> lifelong health.
>
> 430 PP.
>
> Nancy Clark
>
> **[Human Relations]{.underline}**
>
> **HF5549.5.C16 1998**
>
> CONTENTED COWS GIVE BETTER MILK: THE PLAIN TRUTH ABOUT EMPLOYEE
> RELATIONS AND YOUR BOTTOM LINE
>
> The authors have taken pains to explode many of the myths about
> employee relations, including those based on the notion that \'more is
> better\', and instead, tried to offer practical, fad-free advice for
> transforming your workforce\--be it a Fortune 500 or a start-up, into
> a lethal competitive weapon.
>
> 224 PP.
>
> Bill Catlette and
>
> Richard Hadden
>
> **HF5549.5.P10H10 1999**
>
> NEW HR, THE: STRATEGIC POSITIONING OF THE HUMAN RESOURCE FUNCTION
>
> Karl F. Price and
>
> James W. Walker, Editors
>
> **HF5549.5.S8J5613 1990**
>
> SERVICE INDUSTRY IDEA BOOK, THE: EMPLOYEE INVOLVEMENT IN RETAIL AND
> OFFICE IMPROVEMENT
>
> This is an abundant book with literary \"snapshots\" of ideas on how
> to improve the way we conduct business in the future. For those of us
> interested in total employee involvement and quality, this is the way
> to go!
>
> 273 PP.
>
> Japan Human Relations Association,
>
> Editors
>
> **HF5549.5.S8K3515 1995**
>
> IMPROVEMENT ENGINE, THE: CREATIVITY & INNOVATION THROUGH EMPLOYEE
> INVOLVEMENT
>
> This book presents a methodology for developing and sustaining an
> employee suggestion (teian) program that is simple, flexible, cost
> effective, and creates a corporate culture of continuous improvement
> (kaizen\].
>
> Japan Human Relations Association
>
> **HF5549.Q53 1988**
>
> POWER, INFLUENCE, AND YOUR EFFECTIVENESS IN HUMAN RESOURCES
>
> Thomas L. Quick
>
> **HF5550.G72 1989**
>
> BEFORE IT\'S TOO LATE: EMPLOYEE INVOLVEMENT AN IDEA WHOSE TIME HAS
> COME
>
> Peter B. Grazier
>
> **HM132.B46 1973**
>
> GAMES PEOPLE PLAY
>
> Eric Berne
>
> **RC969.T10 1997**
>
> MEETING THE CHALLENGE OF MEDICAL ISSUES: A HANDBOOK FOR FEDERAL
> SUPERVISORS, MANAGERS AND HUMAN RESOURCE PRACTITIONERS
>
> Marilyn L. Teplitz
>
> **[Innovation]{.underline}**
>
> **BF408.A3 1986**
>
> CARE AND FEEDING OF IDEAS, THE: A GUIDE TO ENCOURAGING CREATIVITY
>
> 223 PP.
>
> James L. Adams
>
> **LB2395.3.P10E11 2001**
>
> MINIATURE GUIDE TO CRITICAL THINKING CONCEPTS AND TOOLS, THE
>
> This miniature book focuses on the essence of critical thinking
> concepts and tools distilled into pocket size.
>
> 19 PP.
>
> Richard Paul and
>
> Linda Elder
>
> **BF408.B55 1990**
>
> CREATIVE MIND, THE: MYTHS AND MECHANISMS
>
> This book includes recent developments in artificial intelligence,
> with a new preface, introduction and conclusion by the author. It is
> an essential work for anyone interested in the creativity of the human
> mind.
>
> Margaret A. Boden
>
> **BF408.M484 1998**
>
> CRACKING CREATIVITY: THE SECRETS OF CREATIVE GENIUS
>
> This is a book on how creative people think\--and how to put their
> secrets to work for you. Genius strategies are explained and broken
> down into simple lessons, liberally illustrated with fascinating
> anecdotes about such greats as Leonardo da Vinci and Pablo Picasso.
>
> 309 PP.
>
> Michael Michalko
>
> **BF408.M625 1992**
>
> CREATIVE BREAKTHROUGHS: TAP THE POWER OF YOUR UNCONSCIOUS MIND
>
> Whether you are a businessperson faced with a difficult challenge or
> an artist trying to overcome a creative block, the 28 exercises in his
> book are designed to put you in touch with your unconscious mind - -
> that part of you that is most creative, insightful, spontaneous, and
> ruly ingenious.
>
> 272 PP.
>
> Jill Morris
>
> **BF408.N57 1986**
>
> ART OF CREATIVE THINKING, THE
>
> [The Art of Creative Thinking]{.underline}, will help you be
> recognized as an idea person, get the completive edge, make creativity
> work for you at your convenience, and develop and use a system for
> creativity.
>
> Gerard I. Nierenberg
>
> **BF408.R24 1980**
>
> CREATIVE GROWTH GAMES
>
> Eugene Raudsepp
>
> **BF408.R2425 1981**
>
> HOW CREATIVE ARE YOU
>
> Von Oech shares his proven techniques for stimulating creativity and
> innovation. He provides exercises, stories, tips, and Roger von
> Oech\'s proven techniques to help you strengthen each of your own
> creative roles.
>
> 153 PP.
>
> Eugene Raudsepp
>
> **BF408.R243 1980**
>
> MORE CREATIVE GROWTH GAMES: 75 NEW MIND-STRETCHING GAMES TO EXPAND
> YOUR IMAGINATION
>
> Eugene Raudsepp
>
> **BF408.T46 1992**
>
> WHAT A GREAT IDEA! KEY STEPS CREATIVE PEOPLE TAKE
>
> [What a Great Idea!]{.underline} instructs readers on how to challenge
> and defeat widely held notions that stifle creativity. Based on his
> hugely successful seminars, Chic Thompson, one of the country\'s
> leading students of the creative process, promotes aggressive and
> visionary thinking and unleashes readers\' creative processes.
>
> Charles Thompson
>
> **BF408.V579 1986**
>
> KICK IN THE SEAT OF THE PANTS, A
>
> Roger Von Oech
>
> **BF408.V581 1998**
>
> WHACK ON THE SIDE OF THE HEAD, A: HOW YOU CAN BE MORE CREATIVE
> \[Revised Edition\]
>
> Revised and expanded for the 1990s, here is the best-selling
> creative-thinking classic written by America\'s foremost creativity
> consultant. Illustrated.
>
> Roger Von Oech
>
> **BF408.W386 1993**
>
> CREATIVITY: BEYOND THE MYTH OF GENIUS
>
> In this volume, the author demystifies the phenomenon of creativity.
> Backed with case studies, psychological research findings, and
> investigations of the work of some of history\'s most creative
> personalities, he demonstrates that creative thinking is an extension
> of our normal mental capacity\--that the roots of \'genius\' lie in
> all of us.
>
> 312 PP.
>
> Robert W. Weisberg
>
> **BF441.K55 1991**
>
> UNIVERSAL TRAVELER, THE: A SOFT SYSTEM GUIDE TO CREATIVITY,
> PROBLEM-SOLVING, AND THE PROCESS OF REACHING GOALS
>
> This book serves as a general guide to behaving creatively in a
> fast-changing world. It can help you deal with life\'s various events
> more effectively and creatively. It can help you plan problem-solving
> voyages to both familiar and strange places. It remains your job to
> understand how systematic thinking can work for you.
>
> 148 PP.
>
> Don Koberg and
>
> Jim Bagnall
>
> **BF455.D433 1985**
>
> SIX THINKING HATS
>
> The author presents a simple but effective way to become a better
> thinker. He separates thinking into six distinct modes, identified
> with six colored \"thinking hats\".
>
> 173 PP.
>
> Edward De Bono
>
> **HF5353.D4 1992**
>
> OPPORTUNITIES: A HANDBOOK OF BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY SEARCH
>
> \"Opportunities\" is a handbook, which offers a total, systematic
> approach to opportunity seeking at both corporate and executive
> levels.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Edward De Bono
>
> **HD53.D4 1992**
>
> SUR / PETITION: CREATING VALUE MONOPOLIES WHEN EVERYONE ELSE IS MERELY
> COMPETING
>
> De Bono\'s term \`\`sur/petition\'\' means choosing not to compete in
> the same race as everyone else, but rather in one\'s own race. This
> can only be accomplished through rethinking the way organizations
> value and support what de Bono calls \`\`serious creativity.\'\'
>
> Edward De Bono
>
> **BL24.D38 1992**
>
> FREEING THE CREATIVE SPIRIT: DRAWING ON THE POWER OF ART TO TAP THE
> MAGIC & WISDOM WITHIN
>
> An art-as-spirituality sourcebook that integrates personal healing and
> renewal in a context of multicultural awareness, spiritual depth, and
> creative meditation - for artists and non-artists alike.
>
> 223 PP.
>
> Adriana Diaz
>
> **HD2346.U5.D78 1985**
>
> INNOVATION AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP: PRACTICE AND PRINCIPLES
>
> This is the first book to present entrepreneurship as a systematic
> discipline and to explain its great challenges and opportunities.
>
> 265 PP.
>
> Peter F. Drucker
>
> **HD45.G39 1987**
>
> GENERATING TECHNOLOGICAL INNOVATION
>
> 316 PP.
>
> Edward B. Roberts
>
> **HD45.K335 1983**
>
> CHANGE MASTERS, THE: INNOVATION AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN THE AMERICAN
> CORPORATION
>
> 432 PP.
>
> Rosabeth Moss Kanter
>
> **HD53.G10 1989**
>
> CREATIVITY IN BUSINESS: A PRACTICAL GUIDE FOR CREATIVE THINKING
>
> Carol Kinsey Gorman
>
> **HD53.G76 1988**
>
> INNOVATION, INC.: UNLOCKING CREATIVITY IN THE WORKPLACE
>
> S. R. Grossman and
>
> B. R. Rogers
>
> **HD53.L46 1980**
>
> IMAGINEERING: HOW TO PROFIT FROM YOUR CREATIVE POWERS
>
> 240 PP.
>
> Michael LeBoeuf
>
> **HD53.R39 1989**
>
> CREATIVITY IN BUSINESS
>
> 222 PP.
>
> Michael Ray and
>
> Rochelle Myers
>
> **HD5650.S8 1990**
>
> MINDWORKS: HOW TO BECOME MORE CREATIVE AND CRITICAL THINKER
>
> C. W. Swansea
>
> **HD58.8.H54 1994**
>
> INNOVATE OR EVAPORATE: TEST AND IMPROVE YOUR ORGANIZATION\'S IQ - ITS
> INNOVATION QUOTIENT
>
> Used as the criteria for selection for the Global Innovation Award,
> this book features questionnaires that allow firms to test their
> current levels of innovation in the areas of product, process,
> marketing and management.
>
> 400 PP.
>
> James M. Higgins
>
> **HD58.8.K365 1989**
>
> WHEN GIANTS LEARN TO DANCE: MASTERING THE CHALLENGE OF STRATEGY,
> MANAGEMENT, AND CAREERS IN THE 1990\'S
>
> Invest in the future, but meet your short-term goals. Support
> entrepreneurial risk-taking, but do not lose the company money.
> Streamline your operation, but make it a great place to work.
>
> 415 PP.
>
> Rosabeth Moss Kanter
>
> **HD58.8.L66 1988**
>
> CHANGE AGENTS: NEW ROLES AND INNOVATION STRATEGIES FOR HUMAN RESOURCE
> PROFESSIONALS
>
> Manuel London
>
> **HD58.8.M10 1993**
>
> POCKET COURSE IN\...INNOVATION, A
>
> 80 PP.
>
> Harold R. McAlindon, Editor
>
> **HD58.8.M11 1993**
>
> GREAT IDEAS ON\... INNOVATION AND CREATIVITY
>
> Harold R. McAlindon, Editor
>
> **HD58.8.P394 1997**
>
> MARS PATHFINDER, THE: APPROACH TO \"FASTER-BETTER-CHEAPER\"
>
> 85 PP.
>
> Price P Pritchett and
>
> Brian Muirhead
>
> **HF5549.9.M63M56 1992**
>
> INDIVIDUAL MOTIVATION: REMOVING THE BLOCKS TO CREATIVE INVOLVEMENT
>
> This book extracts a model that managers can use to begin to shape
> work around the unique aptitudes of the people who perform it. Using
> this approach, a manager can begin to turn employees\' personal
> characteristics into assets, skillfully integrating them in a
> responsive team-based approach.
>
> 245 PP.
>
> Etienne Minarik
>
> **HF5827.N67 1990**
>
> YOUNG & RUBICAM TRAVELING CREATIVE WORKSHOP, THE
>
> Explains how to create the environment for creativity, determine a
> strategy, create better print, radio, and TV advertising, and much
> more.
>
> 352 PP.
>
> Hanley Norins
>
> **L273.D67 1970**
>
> LATERAL THINKING: CREATIVITY STEP BY STEP
>
> The seminal book that introduced a new way of reasoning and
> decision-making. \"Dr. de Bono does not claim to be able to turn us
> all into Miltons, da Vinci\'s, and Einstein\'s. . . . The Muse never
> appears to most of us - hence the value of this book.\"
>
> Edward De Bono
>
> **NC730.E33 1986**
>
> DRAWING ON THE ARTIST WITHIN: KEYS TO AWAKEN YOUR CREATIVE POWER
>
> Through simple step-by-step exercises that require no special artistic
> abilities, the author will teach you how to take a new point of view,
> how to look at things from a different perspective, how to see the
> forest and the trees, in short, how to bring your visual, perceptual
> brainpower to bear on creative problem-solving.
>
> 224 PP.
>
> Betty Edwards
>
> **NC730.E34 1979**
>
> DRAWING ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE BRAIN
>
> Edwards uses brain research to explain how anyone can learn to draw
> more accurately and creatively. This edition contains an illustrated
> section in color, several fully revised chapters, sample drawings, and
> a section on handwriting.
>
> 207 PP.
>
> Betty Edwards
>
> **QA76.9.C66P46 1990**
>
> IDEAS AND INFORMATION
>
> For beginner or professional, an accessible, exciting book on the
> power and limits of computer technology from the Nobel Prize-winning
> physicist.
>
> 224 PP.
>
> Arno Penzias
>
> **T49.H36 1984**
>
> WAKE UP YOUR CREATIVE GENIUS
>
> This is an invigorating short course in creativity. It is designed to
> maximize the number of bright ideas that hit their targets.
>
> Kurt Hanks and
>
> Jay A. Parry
>
> **TA1632.W10L8 1997**
>
> PICTURE\'S WORTH 1,000 WORDS, A: A WORKBOOK FOR VISUAL COMMUNICATIONS
>
> Designed for reuse, this workbook will help you gain the skills and
> confidence to express your ideas with pictures. You do not have to be
> a graphic artist to add graphic dimension to your presentation. With
> these simple graphics tips, you will be on your way to creating a fun
> presentation that has impact!
>
> 72 PP.
>
> Jean Westcott
>
> **[Interviewing]{.underline}**
>
> **BF637.C6054 1976**
>
> EFFECTIVE HELPING: INTERVIEWING AND COUNSELING TECHNIQUES
>
> Barbara Okun
>
> **BF638.B10 1990**
>
> PREPARING FOR YOUR INTERVIEW: GETTING THE JOB YOU WANT
>
> This guide \"preps\" and \"primes\" interviewees during the
> job-hunting process in a concise and direct manner.
>
> 62 PP.
>
> Diane Berk
>
> **H61.28.M47 1990**
>
> FOCUSED INTERVIEW, THE: A MANUAL OF PROBLEMS AND PROCEDURES
>
> Here is the classic work that laid the groundwork for focus-group
> research. This new edition features a new preface by Merton and an
> introduction updating developments in the field.
>
> 200 PP.
>
> Robert K. Merton, et al
>
> **HF5382.7.K457 1996**
>
> ELECTRONIC JOB SEARCH REVOLUTION: HOW TO WIN WITH THE NEW TECHNOLOGY
> THAT\''S RESHAPING TODAY\'S JOB MARKET
>
> Joyce Lain Kennedy and
>
> Thomas J. Morrow
>
> **HF5415.2.T46 1994**
>
> FOCUS GROUP, THE: A STRATEGIC GUIDE TO ORGANIZING, CONDUCTING AND
> ANALYZING THE FOCUS GROUP INTERVIEW
>
> The Focus Group provides a complete and clear framework for staging
> effective interview sessions, accurately interpreting their results
> and using them in successful marketing strategies.
>
> 308 PP.
>
> Jane Farley Templeton
>
> **HF5549.5.16M326 1994**
>
> HIRING THE BEST
>
> An engaging, fast-paced book that\'s essential for anyone who makes
> hiring decisions. Tips, checklists, and sample worksheets make the
> hiring process smoother\--from posting the job to making the
> offer\--so readers can concentrate on finding the candidates that best
> meet the needs of the job and the company. Part of the Business Skills
> Express series.
>
> 100 PP.
>
> Ann M. McGill
>
> **HF5549.5.F364 2000**
>
> BEHAVIOR-BASED INTERVIEWING: SELECTING THE RIGHT PERSON FOR THE JOB
>
> 120 PP.
>
> Terry L. Fitzwater
>
> **HF5549.5.G67 1988**
>
> SUCCESSFUL INTERVIEWING: HOW TO FIND & KEEP THE BEST PEOPLE
>
> Jack Gratus
>
> **HF5549.5.I6C36 1991**
>
> ULTIMATE INTERVIEW, THE
>
> In clear, concise prose, and with real case studies and observations
> from leading business people, John Caple offers a fresh new approach
> to the job search, to mastering the art of the interview, to getting
> the job that is right for every reader. 10 line drawings.
>
> 196 PP.
>
> John Caple
>
> **HF5549.5.I6D443 1994**
>
> INTERVIEWING: MORE THAN A GUT FEELING - HOW TO HIRE THE RIGHT PERSON
> THE FIRST TIME
>
> Richard S. Deems
>
> **HF5549.5.I6G74 1996**
>
> GET HIRED! WINNING STRATEGIES TO ACE THE INTERVIEW
>
> Like no other book, this guide is packed with expert advice, tips, and
> secrets gained from Dr. Green\'s years of front-line experience. In
> short, this book will dramatically increase your ability to ace the
> interview and land the job you want.
>
> 262 PP.
>
> Paul C. Green
>
> **HF5549.5.I6M18 1976**
>
> HOW EFFECTIVE EXECUTIVES INTERVIEW
>
> Walter R. Mahler
>
> **HF5549.5.I6U73 1988**
>
> 88 MISTAKES INTERVIEWERS MAKE: AND HOW TO AVOID THEM
>
> Auren Uris
>
> **HF5549.5.R44A75 1986**
>
> RECRUITING, INTERVIEWING, SELECTING, AND ORIENTING NEW EMPLOYEES
>
> Diane Arthur
>
> **[Labor Relations]{.underline}**
>
> **FAA 1831 2001**
>
> NATCA AGREEMENT BETWEEN NATIONAL AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLERS ASSOCIATION
> ENGINEERS AND ARCHITECTS AFL/CIO AND THE FEDERAL AVIATION
> ADMINISTRATION DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
>
> Federal Aviation Administration
>
> **FAA 1840 1998**
>
> FAA/NATCA COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENT: CONTRACT REFERENCE AND
>
> RESOURCE GUIDE
>
> Federal Aviation Administration
>
> **HD58.9.S11 2000**
>
> YOU\'RE IN THE UNIT NOW: THE FEDERAL EMPLOYEE\'S GUIDE TO
> UNDERSTANDING LABOR-MANAGEMENT RELATIONS
>
> 61 PP.
>
> Susan McGuire Smith
>
> **HD28.U10 2005**
>
> FEDERAL EQUAL OPPORTUNITY 2006 YEAR BOOK
>
> The Federal Equal Opportunity 2006 Year Book examines 2005's most
> significant federal EEOC and related court decisions. This one-stop
> resource gives you summaries and full text of FY 05's critical EEOC
> decisions involving identifying individuals with disabilities; medical
> exams; religious accommodation; compensatory damages; and more
>
> 397 PP.
>
> Allison B. Uehling
>
> **HD589.FPMI11 2001**
>
> SUPERVISOR\'S GUIDE TO FEDERAL LABOR RELATIONS, THE \[6th Edition\]
>
> Federal supervisors need the current guidance and knowledge on
> day-to-day issues provided in this helpful, practical guide, topics
> include making changes and improvements, how to manage under a labor
> agreement, handling grievances and unfair labor practices, and
> meetings with employees.
>
> FPMI Communications, Inc.
>
> **HD69.6B57 1999**
>
> FLAWLESS CONSULTING: A GUIDE TO GETTING YOUR EXPERTISE USED
>
> Flawless Consulting focuses on ways of behaving with line managers and
> includes case studies and commentary to demonstrate consultant
> integrity and interpersonal dynamics.
>
> Peter Block
>
> **HD69.C6B66 1999**
>
> FLAWLESS CONSULTING: A GUIDE TO GETTING YOUR EXPERTISE USED
>
> Flawless Consulting focuses on ways of behaving with line managers and
> includes case studies and commentary to demonstrate consultant
> integrity and interpersonal dynamics.
>
> Peter Block
>
> **HD6971.R10 1990**
>
> DESKTOP GUIDE TO UNFAIR LABOR PRACTICES, THE
>
> Donald G. Rider
>
> **HD6971.W13 1998**
>
> FEDERAL EMPLOYMENT LAW PRACTITIONER\'S HANDBOOK 1998-1999
>
> 632 PP.
>
> FPMI Communications
>
> **HDO6971.W12 1997**
>
> FEDERAL EMPLOYMENT LAW PRACTITIONER\'S HANDBOOK 1997-1998
>
> FPMI Communications
>
> **KF3372.F12 1998**
>
> UNION REPRESENTATIVE\'S GUIDE TO FEDERAL LABOR RELATIONS, THE \[3rd
> Edition\]
>
> FPMI Communications
>
> **KF3455.S68 1998**
>
> PERSONNEL LAW
>
> Offers new case law where the legal principles have been changed by
> the courts. Covers all the new statutes. Continues to find an
> economical way for the E-personnel function to live with its law
> partner,\<70\> whose principles are laid down by legislation and
> interpreted by the courts. An excellent resource for those in the
> personnel/ human resources field.
>
> 362 PP.
>
> Kenneth L. Sovereign
>
> William Bransford
>
> **KF5365.G15 2004**
>
> FEDERAL LABOR RELATIONS 2004 YEAR BOOK
>
> Effectively prevent labor-management disputes in your organization
> with the thirteenth edition of the Federal Labor Relations Year Book.
> The Year Book gives you summaries and full text of important FLRA
> decisions of FY03. In addition, expert analyses help you understand
> how these cases affect your federal workplace.
>
> 205 PP.
>
> Seth W. Pachter, Editor
>
> **KF5365.G16 2005**
>
> FEDERAL LABOR RELATIONS 2005 YEAR BOOK
>
> Effectively prevent labor-management disputes in your organization
> with the thirteenth edition of the Federal Labor Relations Year Book.
> The Year Book gives you summaries and full text of important FLRA
> decisions of FY03. In addition, expert analyses help you understand
> how these cases affect your federal workplace.
>
> 205 PP.
>
> Sean D. Hurley
>
> **[Leadership]{.underline}**
>
> **BF637.H10 2001**
>
> CASES IN EFFECTIVE LEADERSHIP
>
> 67 PP.
>
> David Hornstay
>
> **BF637.L4B37 1989**
>
> ON BECOMING A LEADER
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Warren Bennis
>
> **HD6054.3.Z53 2000**
>
> WOMEN AND THE LEADERSHIP Q: THE BREAKTHROUGH SYSTEM FOR ACHIEVING
> POWER & INFLUENCE
>
> Every woman has leadership skills within her. The self-assessment
> tests, exercises, and profiles in Women and the Leadership Q will
> bring your skills into the open---and help you create your own roadmap
> to career fulfillment and success. Success secrets of today\'s most
> accomplished women: ABC journalist Diane Sawyer, Maryland Lieutenant
> Governor Kathleen Kennedy Townsend, and Fortune president Jolene
> Sykes, has worked to identify her personal strengths, overcome her
> weak spots, and carve her own path to unqualified success. Now, let
> author Shoya Zichy\'s innovative, interactive Leadership Q
> Self-Assessment system reveal your leadership personality.
>
> 310 PP.
>
> **HD57.7.K665 1999**
>
> JOHN P. KOTTER ON WHAT LEADERS REALLY DO
>
> In this collection of John Kotter\'s acclaimed Harvard Business Review
> articles, is an astute assessment of the real work of leaders, as only
> he can offer. To complement these articles, Kotter also contributes a
> new introduction, a thoughtful reflection on the themes that have
> developed throughout his work. Convinced that most organizations today
> lack the leadership they need, Kotter\'s mission is to help us better
> understand what leaders-real leaders-do.
>
> **BF637.L4G633 2001**
>
> LEADER EFFECTIVENESS TRAINING: THE FOUNDATION FOR PARTICIPATIVE
> MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEE INVOLVEMENT
>
> L.E.T. has changed countless corporations and private
> businesses-including many Fortune 500 companies-with its down-to-earth
> communication and conflict resolution skills. Now, this indispensable
> source has been newly revised with updated research and timely case
> studies.
>
> 320 PP.
>
> Gordon Thomas
>
> **BF637.L4M43 1990**
>
> MEASURES OF LEADERSHIP
>
> 636 PP.
>
> Kenneth E. Clark and
>
> Miriam B. Clark
>
> **BF637.S8C67 1991**
>
> PRINCIPLE-CENTERED LEADERSHIP
>
> Dr. Covey offers insights and guidelines that can help you apply these
> principles both at work and at home --- leading not just to a new
> understanding of how to increase quality and productivity, but also to
> a new appreciation of the importance of building personal and
> professional relationships in order to enjoy a more balanced, more
> rewarding, more effective life.
>
> 334 PP.
>
> Stephen R. Covey
>
> **BJ1533.A4C431 2000**
>
> ARC OF AMBITION, THE: DEFINING THE LEADERSHIP JOURNEY
>
> What separates the wannabes from the great achievers? For
> internationally renowned management experts Jim Champy and Nitin
> Nohria, the key ingredient is ambition. Highlighting the experiences
> of dozens of contemporary and historical figures from all walks of
> life, The Arc of Ambition is a practical and inspirational guide to
> harnessing your ambition and leaving a legacy of accomplishment.
>
> 272 PP.
>
> James Champy and
>
> Nitin Nohria
>
> **HD338.2.C43 1988**
>
> CHARISMATIC LEADERSHIP: THE ELUSIVE FACTOR IN ORGANIZATIONAL
> EFFECTIVENESS
>
> In this book, J. A. Conger reveals how the charismatic leader\'s
> qualities of creativity, inspiration, unconventionality, vision, and
> risk-taking can help bring about radical change in organizations
> damaged by long periods of inertia - and shows why we need charismatic
> leadership now more than ever before.
>
> 191 PP.
>
> Jay A. Conger
>
> Rabindra N. Kanungo & Associates
>
> **HD338.C10 2002**
>
> MONDAY MORNING LEADERSHIP: 8 MENTORING SESSIONS YOU CAN\'T AFFORD TO
> MISS
>
> Read a story that can help your career. This book offers encouragement
> and direction that will help you become a better manager, employee,
> and person.
>
> 112 PP.
>
> David Cottrell
>
> **HD338.M36 1988**
>
> LEADERSHIP: NINE KEYS TO SUCCESS
>
> 292 PP.
>
> George Manning
>
> Kent Curtis
>
> **HD38.2.A56 1990**
>
> SERVICE WITHIN: SOLVING THE MIDDLE MANAGEMENT LEADERSHIP CRISIS
>
> Mobilize your middle management team and deliver quality service
> within your organization. Albrecht shows how to increase cooperation
> between departments so that the entire organization works together
> more efficiently.
>
> 203 PP.
>
> Karl Albrecht
>
> **HD38.2.B4622 2003**
>
> EXECUTIVE CHARISMA: SIX STEPS TO MASTERING THE ART OF LEADERSHIP
>
> The author demonstrates that charismatic executives are not just born,
> they are made \-- and she introduces a proven six-step program for
> transforming yourself from a competent manager into a true leader. You
> will learn how to think, act, and communicate like a C-level executive
> (CEO, CFO, CIO, etc.), and you will discover powerful tools for
> developing and fine-tuning the complete executive charisma skill set.
>
> 2001 PP.
>
> D. A. Benton
>
> **HD38.2.K68 1985**
>
> POWER AND INFLUENCE: BEYOND NORMAL AUTHORITY
>
> In today\'s complex work world, things no longer are done simply
> because someone issues an order and someone else follows it.
>
> 240 PP.
>
> John P. Kotter
>
> **HD38.2.S8 1992**
>
> TAKING CHARGE: STRATEGIC LEADERSHIP IN THE MIDDLE GAME
>
> 240 PP.
>
> Stephen A. Stumpf and
>
> Thomas P. Mullen
>
> **HD38.2.SMI 1994**
>
> LEADERSHIP THROUGH INFLUENCE
>
> 148 PP.
>
> Self Management Institute and
>
> Terry Bacon
>
> **HD38.G225 1987**
>
> DYNAMICS OF TAKING CHARGE, THE
>
> 204 PP.
>
> John J. Gabarro
>
> **HD38.P4444 1983**
>
> PERSPECTIVES IN LEADER EFFECTIVENESS
>
> 175 PP.
>
> Paul Hersey and
>
> John Stinson
>
> **HD57.7.B33 1989**
>
> LEADERSHIP AND THE QUEST FOR INTEGRITY
>
> Describing three basic philosophies of leadership, the authors reveal
> how leaders who hold certain prejudices or dispositions can resolve
> dilemmas that managers face every day.
>
> 240 PP.
>
> Joseph & Valeria Badaracco
>
> Melvin & Aladine Ellsworth
>
> **HD57.7.B35 1996**
>
> BALANCING ACT, THE: MASTERING THE COMPETING DEMANDS OF LEADERSHIP
>
> The authors deliver bold, balanced, and proven ideas for moving your
> organization away from death and toward vitality by combining solid
> academic research with more than 70 years of testing what really works
> in the trenches.
>
> 456 PP.
>
> Kerry Patterson, et al
>
> **HD57.7.B377 1989**
>
> LEADERSHIP EQUATION, THE: LEADERSHIP, MANAGEMENT, AND THE MYERS-BRIGGS
> \[MBTI\]
>
> There are sixteen types of personalities in the Myers-Briggs system;
> the authors propose that leaders should develop the ability to
> identify and work with all types. \[MBTI\]
>
> 175 PP.
>
> Lee Barr and
>
> Norma Barr
>
> **HD57.7.B38 1989**
>
> TOUGH-MINDED LEADERSHIP
>
> Tough-Minded Leadership offers new insights, focus, and motivation for
> anyone committed to greater personal effectiveness as a leader. At a
> time when self-confidence and self-esteem are desperately lacking, it
> provides specific techniques and tools to help restore them.
>
> J. D. Batten
>
> **HD57.7.B447 1993**
>
> FLIGHT OF THE BUFFALO: SOARING TO EXCELLENCE, LEARNING TO LET
> EMPLOYEES LEAD
>
> Authors James Belasco and Ralph Stager show how to bring organizations
> to peak productivity by learning to let employees lead. They take
> viewers to the operations of the Navy\'s Blue Angels, the Furon
> Company, and a major medical supply distributor. A winning program for
> business and government.
>
> 368 PP.
>
> James Belasco and
>
> Ralph Stayer
>
> **HD57.7.B454 1992**
>
> GETTING THINGS DONE WHEN YOU ARE NOT IN CHARGE
>
> For everyone who has more responsibility than authority or is
> frustrated by feelings of powerlessness, Bellman (author of The Quest
> for Staff Leadership) explains how to be productive and
> effective\--and achieve job satisfaction\--in today\'s demanding
> workplace.278 PP.
>
> Geoffrey M. Bellman
>
> **HD57.7.B46 1993**
>
> AN INVENTED LIFE: REFLECTIONS ON LEADERSHIP AND CHANGE
>
> This collection brings together the best of Warren Bennis\--essays
> spanning three decades and covering such revolutions as the
> information explosion, Watergate, the emergence of Japan, and the
> collapse of the Soviet Union. A retrospective on the life and work of
> one of America\'s most respected authorities on business leadership.
>
> 224 PP.
>
> Warren Bennis
>
> **HD57.7.B463 1994**
>
> LEARNING TO LEAD: A WORKBOOK ON BECOMING A LEADER
>
> This workbook provides a practical way to work out the issues in
> Bennis\' best-selling book, showing readers how to assess present
> leadership skills and then, through theory and exercises, how to
> improve problem areas.
>
> 162 PP.
>
> Warren Bennis and
>
> Joan Goldsmith
>
> **HD57.7.B53 1998**
>
> 30 DAYS TO CONFIDENT LEADERSHIP: THE LIFE AT WORK COMPANY
>
> Being a good leader does not mean always having the right answers, but
> having the right questions\--about yourself and the work you do. That
> is what this book by noted consultant, Bob Biehl, teaches you to do.
> Asking the right questions is a key to success.
>
> 240 PP.
>
> Bob Biehl
>
> **HD57.7.B56 1985**
>
> LEADERSHIP AND THE ONE MINUTE MANAGER: INCREASING EFFECTIVENESS
> THROUGH SITUATIONAL LEADERSHIP
>
> In clear, simple terms, this program teaches managers a simple system
> that refutes the conventional management mandate of treating all
> employees equally. This remarkable, easy-to-follow book is a priceless
> guide to creative, personalized leadership that elicits the best
> performance from your staff\--and the best bottom line for any
> business.
>
> 111 PP.
>
> Ken Blanchard
>
> **HD57.7.B64 1994**
>
> LEADING WITH SOUL: AN UNCOMMON JOURNEY OF SPIRIT
>
> The authors draw upon spiritual traditions, poetry and philosophy,
> teachings on leadership and organizations, and their own extensive
> consulting experience to offer inspiration for today\'s embattled
> leaders.
>
> 208 PP.
>
> Lee Bolman and
>
> Terrence Deal
>
> **HD57.7.C10 1990**
>
> LEARNING TO LEAD: AN ACTION PLAN FOR SUCCESS
>
> Pat Heim and
>
> Elwood Chapman
>
> **HD57.7.C645 2001**
>
> GOOD TO GREAT: WHY SOME COMPANIES MAKE THE LEAP- - AND OTHERS DON\'T
>
> The author and his team of researchers established good-to-great
> benchmarks to identify a group of 11 elite companies that made the
> leap from good to great and sustained that greatness for at least 15
> years. The real surprise is not so much what good companies do to
> propel themselves to greatness - it is why more companies have not
> done the same things more often
>
> 300 PP.
>
> Jim Collins
>
> **HD57.7.C76 1986**
>
> RUNNING THINGS: THE ART OF MAKING THINGS HAPPEN
>
> In this practical guide to the art of leadership, Crosby, best-selling
> author and one of America\'s leading management consultants,
> demonstrates how running things is a down-to-earth attitude. It is an
> approach nearly anyone can master\--whether a president of a huge
> corporation or captain of a softball team.
>
> 254 PP.
>
> Philip B. Crosby
>
> **HD57.7.D46 1989**
>
> LEADERSHIP IS AN ART
>
> This revolutionary and thoughtful book offers an innovative style of
> business leadership for the 1990s\--a humanistic approach that is
> responsible for the remarkable success of some of America\'s most
> admired and best-managed companies.
>
> 176 PP.
>
> Max DePree
>
> **HD57.7.D47 1992**
>
> LEADERSHIP JAZZ: WEAVING VOICE WITH TOUCH
>
> DePree likens business leadership to the beautiful art of leading a
> jazz ensemble. He proves well the adage: leadership may be difficult
> to define, and especially to exemplify, but you will know it when you
> see it.
>
> 240 PP.
>
> Max DePree
>
> **HD57.7.D74 2003**
>
> SYNERGY OF ONE, THE: CREATING HIGH-PERFORMANCE SUSTAINABLE
> ORGANIZATONS THROUGH INTEGRATED PERFORMANCE LEADERSHIP
>
> Business consultant Dreikorn explains the dynamics in organizations,
> and describes business interactions as integrated processes that can
> be defined and managed as a holistic organism.
>
> 208 PP.
>
> Michael J. Dreikorn
>
> **HD57.7.G664 2002**
>
> PRIMAL LEADERSHIP: REALIZING THE POWER OF EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE
>
> One of the most impressive arguments made in Primal Leadership
> concerns the importance of emotional resonance, the ability of an
> individual to sense and respond to the feelings of another. Although
> the authors go on to discuss a multitude of different subjects, their
> argument is always firmly grounded in this idea of resonance.
>
> 306 PP.
>
> Daniel Goleman, et. el
>
> **HD57.7.H438 1999**
>
> ESSENTIAL MANAGERS: LEARNING TO LEAD
>
> In this book, you will learn all you need to know about leadership and
> understand the core skills and personal attributes needed to be an
> effective, responsible, and empowering manager.
>
> 72 PP.
>
> Robert Heller
>
> **HD57.7.H46 1997**
>
> SITUATIONAL LEADER, THE
>
> This is the story of a manager responsible for achieving results,
> developing people and contributing to organizational success. The
> Situational Leader reminds the reader that it is not enough to
> describe your leadership style or communicate your intentions. A
> Situational Leader assesses the performance of others and takes the
> responsibility for making things happen.
>
> 128 PP.
>
> Paul Hersey
>
> **HD57.7.H836 1985**
>
> TAO OF LEADERSHIP, THE: LEADERSHIP STRATEGIES FOR A NEW AGE
>
> 161 PP.
>
> John Heider
>
> **HD57.7.K10 1994**
>
> EXPANDING LEADERSHIP IMPACT: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO MANAGING PEOPLE AND
> PROCESSES
>
> Integrate leadership practices and behaviors into managerial
> responsibilities.
>
> 100 PP.
>
> Kevin R. Kehoe
>
> **HD57.7.K478 1993**
>
> LEADERS, FOOLS, AND IMPOSTORS: ESSAYS ON THE PSYCHOLOGY OF LEADERSHIP
>
> The author identifies distinct leader types, and shows that
> entrepreneurs possess many of the qualities of the impostor, including
> a capacity for self-dramatization and a deep understanding of how to
> profit by others\' wishes and desires.
>
> 224 PP.
>
> Manfred F.R. Kets De Vries
>
> **HD57.7.K66 1990**
>
> FORCE FOR CHANGE, A: HOW LEADERSHIP DIFFERS FROM MANAGEMENT
>
> Building upon his landmark analysis of the job of the general manager
> and his influential work on leadership, power, and influence, John
> Kotter now focuses on the human factors, which bring change.
>
> 192 PP.
>
> John Kotter
>
> **HD57.7.K678 1993**
>
> CREDIBILITY: HOW LEADERS GAIN AND LOSE IT, WHY PEOPLE DEMAND IT
>
> Credibility shows why leadership is above all a relationship\--with
> credibility as the cornerstone. The authors reveal the six key
> disciplines and related practices that strengthen a leader\'s capacity
> for developing and sustaining credibility.
>
> 332 PP.
>
> James Kouzes and
>
> Barry Posner
>
> **HD57.7.K68 1995**
>
> LEADERSHIP CHALLENGE, THE: HOW TO GET EXTRAORDINARY THINGS DONE IN
> ORGANIZATIONS
>
> This book captures the continuing interest in leadership as a critical
> aspect of human organizations. It offers a broader scope for viewing
> leaders in every industry and all occupations, including the education
> and nonprofit fields.
>
> 403 PP.
>
> James M. Kouzes and
>
> Barry Z. Posner
>
> **HD57.7.M10 1993**
>
> A POCKET COURSE IN\... LEADERSHIP
>
> 80 PP.
>
> Harold R. McAlindon, Editor
>
> **HD57.7.M33 1988**
>
> WHY WORK: LEADING THE NEW GENERATION
>
> Based on seven years of research and hundreds of interviews with
> professionals in many companies, [Why Work]{.underline} is a lively
> handbook for motivating workers.
>
> 272 PP.
>
> Michael Maccoby
>
> **HD57.7.M387 1991**
>
> MASTERING SELF-LEADERSHIP: EMPOWERING YOURSELF FOR PERSONAL EXCELLENCE
>
> This proven self-training tool contains concise, enjoyable, and
> effective self-leadership strategies complete with methods on how
> managers can rise to new levels of personal effectiveness.
>
> 146 PP.
>
> Charles C. Manz
>
> **HD57.7.M39 1989**
>
> SUPERLEADERSHIP: LEADING OTHERS TO LEAD THEMSELVES
>
> Supplies proven motivational strategies and applications-oriented case
> studies that show how to develop the leadership skills necessary in
> the competitive corporate world.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Charles Manz and
>
> Henry P. Sims
>
> **HD57.7.M3937 1998**
>
> 21 IRREFUTABLE LAWS OF LEADERSHIP, THE: FOLLOW THEM AND PEOPLE WILL
> FOLLOW YOU
>
> The author has combined insights learned from his thirty-plus years of
> leadership successes and mistakes with observations from the worlds of
> business, politics, sports, religion, and military conflict. The
> result is a revealing study of leadership delivered as only a
> communicator like Maxwell can.
>
> 233 PP.
>
> John C. Maxwell
>
> **HD57.7.M7524 1999**
>
> 21 INDISPENSABLE QUALITIES OF A LEADER, THE: BECOMING THE PERSON
> OTHERS WILL WANT FOLLOW
>
> \"Everything rises and falls on leadership,\" says Dr. Maxwell, \"but
> knowing how to lead is only half the battle. Understanding leadership
> and actually leading are two different activities.\" Dr. Maxwell
> explains that the key to transforming yourself from someone who
> understands leadership to a person who successfully leads in the real
> world is character. Your character qualities activate and empower your
> leadership ability, or they can stand in the way of your success!
>
> 157 PP.
>
> John C. Maxwell
>
> **HD57.7.N36 1989**
>
> LEADER\'S EDGE, THE: THE SEVEN KEYS TO LEADERSHIP IN A TURBULENT WORLD
>
> 192 PP.
>
> Burt Nanus
>
> **HD57.7.N367 1992**
>
> VISIONARY LEADERSHIP: CREATING A COMPELLING SENSE OF DIRECTION FOR
> YOUR ORGANIZATION
>
> The author shows why vision is the key to leadership, and demonstrates
> how any leader can use a logical, step-by-step process to create and
> implement a powerful new sense of direction in his or her
> organization.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Burt Nanus
>
> **HD57.7.P10 1989**
>
> POSITIVE LEADERSHIP: HOW TO BUILD A WINNING TEAM
>
> Mike Pegg
>
> **HD57.7.P354 2002**
>
> LEADER\'S EDGE, THE: SIX CREATIVE COMPETENCIES FOR NAVIGATING COMPLEX
> CHALLENGES
>
> The Leader\'s Edge offers a breakthrough approach to dealing with such
> situations, showing how to tap into a set of unique creative
> competencies that are necessary to survive and thrive in this
> turbulent environment.
>
> 304 PP.
>
> Charles J. Palus and
>
> David M. Horth
>
> **HD57.7.P4 1995**
>
> LEADING OUT LOUD: THE AUTHENTIC SPEAKER, THE CREDIBLE LEADER
>
> The leader's personal engagement will inspire commitment and action.
> In this world of cynicism, the lessons Terry teaches are as timely as
> they are timeless.
>
> 224 PP.
>
> Terry Pearce
>
> **HD57.7.S3 1993**
>
> WORKING LEADER, THE: THE TRIUMPH OF HIGH PERFORMANCE OVER CONVENTIONAL
> MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
>
> The working leader has an agenda, knows the system inside out, is
> comfortable with fluidity, and recognizes that the parts do not always
> fit into an integrated whole.
>
> 292 PP.
>
> Leonard R Sayles
>
> **HD57.7.T5 1997**
>
> LEADERSHIP ENGINE, THE: HOW WINNING COMPANIES BUILD LEADERS AT EVERY
> LEVEL
>
> The coauthor of Control Your Destiny or Someone Else Will provides
> companies with the vital information they need to create a business
> where leadership abounds from the bottom up.
>
> 384 PP.
>
> Noel Tichy and
>
> Eli Cohen
>
> **HD57.7.U45 1999**
>
> RESULTS-BASED LEADERSHIP: HOW LEADERS BUILD THE BUSINESS AND IMPROVE
> THE BOTTOM LINE
>
> Results-Based Leadership brings a refreshing clarity and directness to
> the leadership discussion, providing a hands-on program to help
> executives succeed with their leadership challenges.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Dave Ulrich, et al
>
> **HD57.7.W10 1988**
>
> LEADERSHIP SKILLS FOR EXECUTIVES
>
> Isabel Werner and
>
> James J. Cribbin
>
> **HD57.7.W335 1995**
>
> EMPIRES OF THE MIND: LESSONS TO LEAD AND SUCCEED IN A KNOWLEDGE-BASED
> WORLD
>
> Empires of the Mind is a revolutionary book that explains why standard
> management practices, job descriptions, and career tracks are
> obsolete.
>
> 252 PP.
>
> Denis Waitley
>
> **HD57.7.W38 2003**
>
> FIRST 90 DAYS, THE: CRITICAL SUCCESS STRATEGIES FOR NEW LEADERS AT ALL
> LEVELS
>
> Written by noted leadership transition expert Michael Watkins, The
> First 90 Days outlines proven strategies that will dramatically
> shorten the time it takes to reach what Watkins calls the \"breakeven
> point\": the point at which your organization needs you as much as you
> need the job. Based on three years of research into leadership
> transitions at all levels and hands-on work designing transition
> programs for top companies.
>
> 253 PP.
>
> Michael Watkins
>
> **HD57.7.W54 1984**
>
> PUSHING UP PEOPLE
>
> Art Williams
>
> **HD57.7.W56 2004**
>
> BUILDING THE BRIDGE AS YOU WALK ON IT: A GUIDE FOR LEADING CHANGE
>
> The author\'s work captures a crucial truth about great
> leadership\--that is about who we are and not what we do. In facing
> our fears and harnessing our uniqueness, we bring forth the capacity
> for inspired and for enduring change.
>
> 244 PP.
>
> Robert E. Quinn
>
> **HD57.7B46 1993**
>
> LEADERS: THE STRATEGIES FOR TAKING CHARGE
>
> In this illuminating study of corporate America\'s most critical issue
> leadership world-renowned leadership guru Bennis and his co-author,
> Nanus reveal the four key principles every manager should know:
> Attention Through Vision, Meaning Through Communication, Trust Through
> Positioning, and The Deployment of Self.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Warren Bennis and
>
> Burt Nanus
>
> **HD57.7M10 1988**
>
> POWERFUL LEADERSHIP SKILLS FOR WOMEN: LEARN CAREER-BOOSTING LEADERSHIP
> TECHNIQUES THAT GET RESULTS
>
> Patricia Murdock Miller
>
> **HD57.K5G10 1995**
>
> 50 ACTIVITIES TO IMPROVE LEADERSHIP AND WORK RELATIONSHIPS
>
> Dennis C. Kinlaw and
>
> Peter R. Garber
>
> **HD58.7.H3695 1985**
>
> MANAGEMENT IN TRANSITION
>
> Philip R. Harris
>
> **HD6054.3.M36 1989**
>
> LEADERSHIP SKILLS FOR WOMEN: ACHIEVING IMPACT AS A MANAGER
>
> Marilyn Manning and
>
> Patricia Haddock
>
> **HD6054.4.U6H45 1990**
>
> FEMALE ADVANTAGE, THE: WOMEN\'S WAYS OF LEADERSHIP
>
> Examines the styles & strategies of four successful businesswomen
> through \"diary studies\" that chronicle their daily schedules and
> describe their decision-making; company structures; hire/fire
> policies; & more.
>
> 288 PP.
>
> Sally Helgesen
>
> **HD66.C16 2000**
>
> LISTEN UP LEADER: PAY ATTENTION, IMPROVE AND GUIDE
>
> This book contains practical advice for anyone in management who wants
> to get the best from their associates.
>
> 56 PP.
>
> David Cottrell
>
> **HD70.U5P425 1985**
>
> PASSION FOR EXCELLENCE, A: THE LEADERSHIP DIFFERENCE
>
> Tom Peters is passionate about using passion for customers, employees,
> and everyone else to create great results for all of us. By awakening
> our passion, we will do more, we will try more, and we will succeed
> more often.
>
> Tom Peters and
>
> Nancy Austin
>
> **HD9710.5.U54H3778 2000**
>
> MORE THAN A MOTORCYCLE: THE LEADERSHIP JOURNEY AT HARLEY-DAVIDSON
>
> More Than a Motorcycle is the story behind the story of the purposeful
> transformation of an American icon, as told by the two individuals
> most deeply involved in that decade-long process. The book chronicles
> the victories and setbacks along Harley\'s difficult journey from a
> traditional \"command-and-control\" culture to an open, participative
> learning environment. Teerlink
>
> 278 PP.
>
> Rich Teerlink and
>
> Lee Ozley
>
> **HF5386.H434 1996**
>
> WHOLE BRAIN BUSINESS BOOK, THE: UNLOCKING THE POWER OF WHOLE BRAIN
> THINKING IN ORGANIZATIONS AND INDIVIDUALS
>
> This book will show you and your organization how to tap the talents
> of visionaries and communicators to blossom in times of chaos. This
> will build mentally diverse \"Whole Brain Teams\" that geometrically
> increase results in marketing, advertising, sales and all forms of
> problem solving. This approach will develop breakthrough insights to
> improve the way you supervise, manage, lead, and resolve conflict; and
> establish a climate for ongoing creativity and receptivity to change.
>
> Ned Herrmann
>
> **HF5415.153.N38 1994**
>
> BREAKTHROUGHS! HOW LEADERSHIP AND DRIVE CREATE COMMERCIAL INNOVATIONS
> THAT SWEEP THE WORLD
>
> The authors talk about mutual trust, mutual understanding, passionate
> caring and change in a company\'s destiny. In this well-written ramble
> through a variety of case histories\-\--the authors make a fair case
> for business.
>
> 400 PP.
>
> P. Ranganath Nayak and
>
> John M. Ketteringham
>
> **HF5549.12.T727 1992**
>
> 10 STEPS TO EMPOWERMENT: A COMMON-SENSE GUIDE TO MANAGING PEOPLE
>
> 163 PP.
>
> Diane Tracy
>
> **HF5549.5.E3J33 1996**
>
> 360-DEGREE FEEDBACK: STRATEGIES, TACTICS, AND TECHNIQUES FOR
> DEVELOPING LEADERS
>
> John E. Jones and
>
> William L. Bearley
>
> **HF5549.5.S710 1992**
>
> MENTORING: A PRACTICAL GUIDE
>
> Mentoring is a useful resource for anyone interested in this enriching
> and rewarding experience. The book covers key questions and
> considerations for the potential mentor, as well as assisting in
> identifying and understanding the needs of a mentee. Special topics
> discussed include cross-cultural, cross-gender, and
> supervisor/employee mentoring.
>
> 112 PP.
>
> Gordon F. Shea
>
> **HF5549.C11 2003**
>
> PERILS OF EMPOWERMENT, THE: ENGAGING THE STEWARDSHIP OF EMPLOYEES
> THROUGH LEADERSHIP AND EFFECTIVE MANAGEMENT
>
> In this book you may see a reflection of self, as it seems we all need
> to find more energy and joy in what we do. Most of what is missing has
> to do with how organizations drive the workforce to get things done.
> This book is about leadership and personal change. It is about common
> sense above rules and metrics, and it is about effective rather than
> justifying one\'s existence.
>
> 158 PP.
>
> John A. Cook
>
> **HF57.7.P11 1996**
>
> LEADER AS COACH: STRATEGIES FOR COACHING AND DEVELOPING OTHERS
>
> David Peterson and
>
> Mary Hicks
>
> **HF5718.3 .M10 1993**
>
> MEMOS TO MANAGEMENT: THERE\'S NOTHING WRONG WITH SERVING A LOUSY CUP
> OF COFFEE
>
> Michael H. Mescon, et. al.
>
> **HM1261.M3897 2002**
>
> LEADERSHIP 101: WHAT EVERY LEADER NEEDS TO KNOW
>
> Maxwell offers powerful inspiration that will challenge readers to
> reach for excellence in leadership. Quotes from well-known leaders,
> past and present, provide a quick and ready source of powerful nuggets
> of truth about leaders and leadership.
>
> 116 PP.
>
> John C. Maxwell
>
> **HM141.B434 1989**
>
> WHY LEADERS CAN\'T LEAD: THE UNCONSCIOUS CONSPIRACY CONTINUES
>
> Warren Bennis
>
> **HM141.B847 1978**
>
> LEADERSHIP
>
> Beyond his past major contributions to our understanding of the
> American political system, in this book James MacGregor Burns
> demonstrates that he is not only one of America\'s outstanding
> political scientists but a major social philosopher as well.
>
> 462 PP.
>
> James M. Burns
>
> **HM141.R6 1989**
>
> LEADERSHIP SECRETS OF ATTILA THE HUN
>
> The man who centuries ago shaped an aimless collection of nomads into
> rulers of the ancient world\--offers us lessons today.
>
> 86 PP.
>
> Wess Roberts
>
> **HN90.V64D4 1997**
>
> LEADING WITHOUT POWER: FINDING HOPE IN SERVING COMMUNITY
>
> This is a book to be read, re-read, and shared widely within any
> organization. Every chapter has pictures for our mind that will remain
> vivid long after the book is closed. A vibrant testament to human
> potential, the why of work.
>
> 192 PP.
>
> Max De Pree
>
> **HV6432.7.G585X 2002**
>
> LEADERSHIP
>
> Giuliani discusses how the leadership skills he practices can be
> employed successfully by anyone who has to run anything. After all,
> until the September 11 attacks on the World Trade Center pushed him
> into an unwanted role in history, Giuliani was only months away from
> leaving office with a reputation as one of the most effective mayors
> New York had ever seen.
>
> 407 PP.
>
> Rudolph W. Giuliani
>
> **JC330.3.G37 1990**
>
> ON LEADERSHIP
>
> A vision relevant for us today will build on values deeply embedded in
> human history and in our own tradition. It is not as though we come to
> the task unprepared. Men and women from the beginning of history have
> groped and struggled for various pieces of the answer. The materials
> out of which we build the vision will be the moral strivings of the
> species, today and in the distant past.
>
> 220 PP.
>
> John W. Gardner
>
> **JF1525.L4.K64 1997**
>
> TRANSFORMATIONAL LEADERSHIP IN GOVERNMENT
>
> If you are in government management - any level and type - this book
> is designed to help you become a more effective, quality leader. Here
> is your personal guide to becoming an empowerment leader. Learn how to
> redirect and re-energize leadership in government.
>
> 184 PP.
>
> Jerry W. Koehler and
>
> Joseph M. Pankowski
>
> **JK421.G48 2005**
>
> GETTING RESULTS: A GUIDE FOR FEDERAL LEADERS AND MANAGERS
>
> Getting Results is an integrated compilation of practical advice on
> how career and appointed leaders and managers can better manage for
> results, and how Congress, the media and the public can support and
> critique performance. The advice is non-political and non-partisan,
> reflecting the time-tested judgments of a broad cross section of
> experienced government leaders.
>
> 312 PP.
>
> Barry White and
>
> Kathryn E. Newcomer, Editors
>
> **LB1027.H10 2004**
>
> GUIDE TO EFFECTIVE LEADERSHIP IN THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT, THE
>
> This book presents and analyzes actual scenarios relevant to
> challenging issues like managing change, protecting and enhancing a
> downsizing workforce, identifying and developing potential leaders,
> building coalitions and optimizing communications, getting the most
> out of independent groups, applying emotional intelligence, and
> self-management.
>
> 67 PP.
>
> David Hornestay
>
> **LB2376.H10 1994**
>
> 144 WAYS TO WALK THE TALK
>
> Eric Harvey and
>
> Alexander Lucia
>
> **LB2376.H11 1995**
>
> WALKING THE TALK TOGETHER: AN EMPLOYEE HANDBOOK
>
> Eric Harvey and
>
> Alexander Lucia
>
> **LB2806.45.C10 1996**
>
> TAKING AIM ON LEADERSHIP
>
> Peter Capezio
>
> Debra Morehouse
>
> **Q158.5.W43 1992**
>
> LEADERSHIP AND THE NEW SCIENCE: LEARNING ABOUT ORGANIZATION FROM AN
> ORDERLY UNIVERSE
>
> Based on new science theories, this innovative management book sheds
> light on the issues that affect organizations most-order and change,
> autonomy and control, structure and flexibility, planning and
> innovation.
>
> 166 PP.
>
> Margaret J. Wheatley
>
> **Q158.5.W47 1999**
>
> LEADERSHIP AND THE NEW SCIENCE: DISCOVERING ORDER IN A CHAOTIC WORLD
>
> Based on new science theories, this innovative management book sheds
> light on the issues that affect organizations most\--order and change,
> autonomy and control, structure and flexibility, planning and
> innovation. The hardcover was considered the number-one management
> book of 1992.
>
> 200 PP.
>
> Margaret J. Wheatley
>
> **TS156.A32 1986**
>
> TRANSFORMING LEADERSHIP: FROM VISION TO RESULTS
>
> This is a valuable resource for leaders of any Organization. The
> challenges of leadership, the changing view of leaders, and actual
> case studies all provide a comprehensive overview necessary to a
> complete understanding of how best to lead your organization.
>
> John D. Adams and
>
> Sabina A. Spencer
>
> **TS156.B44C63 1989**
>
> LEADERSHIP: MYTHS & REALITIES
>
> 212 PP.
>
> Richard Bellingham and
>
> Barry Cohen
>
> **TS156.C37 1990**
>
> LANGUAGE OF LEADERSHIP, THE
>
> 253 PP.
>
> Marlene Caroselli
>
> **[Management]{.underline}**
>
> **BF633.K10 1987**
>
> NEVER WORK FOR A JERK!
>
> The author explains how to cope with fourteen varieties of jerk
> bosses. Her suggestions for dealing with these characters are
> affirmative, enabling you to make your work life reasonable, humane
> and successful. More than a manifesto, this self-help guide can help
> you take charge of your life.
>
> 279 PP.
>
> Patricia King
>
> **HF5549.C84286 2005**
>
> FIRST FOUR WEEKS, THE: A GUIDE FOR THE NEW FEDERAL SUPERVISOR
>
> This book is federal-specific and gives the new federal supervisor
> practical and prescriptive guidance for the steps he or she must
> follow to start out right. Starting with both the new subordinates and
> higher management will set the tone for the entire tenure in the job.
> The new supervisor will need to determine priorities, create the right
> structure, negotiate performance expectations, set the appropriate
> tone, and establish credibility with both higher management and
> subordinates.
>
> 154 PP.
>
> Michael Corum
>
> **HD38.S10 2006**
>
> NEW MANAGER\'S HANDBOOK, THE: 24 LESSONS FOR MASTERING YOUR NEW ROLE
>
> \"The New Manager\'s Handbook\" explains the rules of this new game,
> and gives you invaluable tips and pointers for teaming with your
> employees while inspiring them to breakthrough performance and
> results.
>
> 108 PP.
>
> Morey Settner
>
> **HD38.2.B833 2005**
>
> ONE THING YOU NEED TO KNOW, THE: ABOUT GREAT MANAGING, GREAT LEADING
> AND SUSTAINED INDIVIDUAL SUCCESS
>
> Great managing, leading, and career success \-- Buckingham draws on a
> wealth of applicable examples to reveal that a controlling insight
> lies at the heart of the three. Lose sight of this \"one thing\" and
> even the best efforts will be diminished or compromised. Readers will
> be eager to discover the surprisingly different answers to each of
> these rich and complex subjects.
>
> 304 PP.
>
> Marcus Buckingham
>
> **HD57.S10 1996**
>
> WIN-WIN PARTNERSHIPS: BE ON THE LEADING EDGE WITH SYNERGISTIC COACHING
>
> Because nearly everything we achieve is ultimately the result of a
> combined effort or partnership with others, synergistic teamwork is a
> vital element to success. Coaching comes in as a method of encouraging
> and supporting open dialogue, confidence, empowerment, and
> performance. In this book, you will discover an amalgam of ideas,
> skills, guidelines, and principles that will help you fill a coaching
> role.
>
> 283 PP.
>
> Steven J. Stowell and
>
> Matt M. Starcevich
>
> **HF5549.12.B77 1998**
>
> NEW SUPERVISOR, THE: HOW TO THRIVE IN YOUR FIRST YEAR AS A MANAGER
>
> This classic bestseller offers new managers a comprehensive primer to
> the essentials of effective management, including: problem solving,
> motivation, time management, communication, and performance appraisal
>
> 290 PP.
>
> Martin Broadwell with
>
> Carol Broadwell Dietrich
>
> **HF5384.H55 2003**
>
> BECOMING A MANAGER: HOW NEW MANAGERS MASTER THE CHALLENGES OF
> LEADERSHIP
>
> This guide for novice managers analyzes the experiences of 19
> beginning managers, emphasizing their new understandings of
> leadership, strategies for coping with stress, and creation of new
> identities. Hill (business administration, Harvard Business School)
> offers advice on dealing with organizational politics, team building,
> and preparations for leadership.
>
> 419 PP.
>
> Linda A. Hill
>
> **BJ1581.2.P46 1974**
>
> PETER PRESCRIPTION, THE
>
> Lawrence J. Peter
>
> **G154.R67 1992**
>
> CUSTOMER COMES SECOND, THE: AND OTHER SECRETS OF EXCEPTIONAL SERVICE
>
> 240 PP.
>
> Hal Rosenbluth and
>
> Diane McFerrin Peters
>
> **H38.2.B83 1999**
>
> FIRST, BREAK ALL THE RULES: WHAT THE WORLD\'S GREATEST MANAGERS DO
> DIFFERENTLY
>
> In this program the authors explains how the best managers select an
> employee for talent rather than for skills or experience; how they set
> expectations; how to motivate people by building on each person\'s
> unique strengths; and, finally, how great managers find the right fit
> for each person, not the next rung on the ladder.
>
> 271 PP.
>
> Marcus Buckingham and
>
> Curt Coffman
>
> **HD30.27.B36 1992**
>
> FUTURE EDGE: DISCOVERING THE NEW PARADIGMS OF SUCCESS
>
> From a strategic exploration viewpoint, this is an excellent
> guidebook. Understanding and mastering your paradigms (or mental
> models) is one of the most important things for making progress in
> life - and in business.
>
> 240 PP.
>
> Joel A. Barker
>
> **HD30.28.D59 1991**
>
> THINKING STRATEGICALLY: THE COMPETITIVE EDGE IN BUSINESS, POLITICS,
> AND EVERYDAY LIFE
>
> This entertaining guide builds on scores of case studies taken from
> business, sports, the movies, politics, and gambling. It outlines the
> basic good strategy making and then shows how you can apply them in
> any area of your life.
>
> Avinish K Dixit and
>
> Barry J Nalebuff
>
> **HD30.3.B76 1987**
>
> MANAGEMENT\'S HIDDEN ENEMY - AND WHAT CAN BE DONE ABOUT IT
>
> David S. Brown
>
> **HD30.3.K49 1992**
>
> INFOTRENDS: THE COMPETITVE USE OF INFORMATION
>
> The fantastic success stories of companies like Federal Express,
> American Express, Banker\'s Trust, Time Warner, and United Airlines
> are more than just interesting reading for sharp executives; they also
> demonstrate the brilliant use of information technology.
>
> 284 PP.
>
> Jessica Keys
>
> **HD30.4.M626 1994**
>
> MODELING FOR LEARNING ORGANIZATIONS
>
> A compilation of articles examining not only how to use modeling to
> simulate the actual performance of a system, but how to use that
> information to make major changes in an organization.
>
> 00 PP.
>
> John D.W. Morecroft and
>
> John D. Sterman, Editors
>
> **HD30.4.W46 1984**
>
> DEVELOPING MANAGEMENT SKILLS
>
> David A. Whetten
>
> **HD30.4.W463 1993**
>
> DEVELOPING MANAGEMENT SKILLS: GAINING POWER AND INFLUENCE
>
> 104 PP.
>
> David Whetten and
>
> Kim Cameron
>
> **HD30.5.D86 1989**
>
> GREAT IDEAS IN MANAGEMENT: LESSONS FROM THE FOUNDERS & FOUNDATIONS OF
> MANAGERIAL PRACTICE
>
> 303 PP.
>
> W. Jack Duncan
>
> **HD30.65.035 1987**
>
> HUMAN SIDE OF MANAGEMENT, THE: MANAGEMENT BY INTEGRATION AND
> SELF-CONTROL
>
> This is vintage George Odiorne-it pulls together some of his best
> thoughts on topics of management training, career advice, and (of
> course) planning.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> George Odiorne
>
> **HD31.2.M36 1988**
>
> PERFORMANCE: MANAGING FOR EXCELLENCE
>
> George Manning
>
> **HD31.A356 1978**
>
> SUCCESSFUL MANAGEMENT BY OBJECTIVES: AN ACTION MANUAL
>
> 226 PP.
>
> Karl Albrecht
>
> **HD31.A418 1994**
>
> AMA MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK
>
> This comprehensive guide gives businesspeople in every field the
> information they need to solve complex business problems, providing
> insights from over 200 experts in their fields. Includes almost 200
> chapters and 16 major subject areas.
>
> 1300 PP.
>
> John J. Hampton, Editor
>
> **HD31.B323 1983**
>
> TECHNICAL MANAGER, THE: HOW TO MANAGE PEOPLE AND MAKE DECISIONS
>
> 168 PP.
>
> Bruce F. Baird
>
> **HD31.B36942 1994**
>
> MANAGEMENT
>
> This Management text takes a functional approach and emphasizes four
> themes: managing diversity, global perspectives, managing innovation
> and valuing quality. Bartol captures the excitement of the business
> world by showing students how successful companies implement
> management concepts and techniques.
>
> 552 PP.
>
> Kathryn M Bartol and
>
> David C Martin
>
> **HD31.B369485 1990**
>
> MANAGEMENT: FUNCTION AND STRATEGY
>
> 752 PP.
>
> T. S. Bateman and
>
> C. P. Zeithaml
>
> **HD31.B523 1984**
>
> MANAGERIAL GRID III, THE: KEY ORIENTATIONS FOR ACHIEVING PRODUCTION
> THROUGH PEOPLE
>
> 300 PP.
>
> Robert R. Blake
>
> **HD31.B527 1981**
>
> ONE-MINUTE MANAGER, THE: THE WORLD\'S MOST POPULAR MANAGEMENT METHOD
>
> A phenomenon when first published, the strategies of One Minute
> Management are as timely as ever, and will remain so as long as job
> satisfaction, employee morale, and profit and productivity building
> are top workplace priorities. For any manager striving to get the most
> from people, The One Minute Manager is an indispensable success tool.
>
> 111 PP.
>
> Kenneth Blanchard and
>
> Spencer Johnson
>
> **HD31.B528 1984**
>
> PUTTING THE ONE-MINUTE MANAGER TO WORK
>
> Turns the three secrets of One Minute Management into day-to-day
> skills and shows how they can work in real-life situations, from
> boardrooms to assembly lines. Examples illustrate how to change the
> way America runs its business.
>
> 112 PP.
>
> Kenneth Blanchard
>
> **HD31.B53 1995**
>
> EMPOWERMENT TAKES MORE THAN A MINUTE
>
> Drawing on ten years of research and consultation with a wide variety
> of leading companies, the coauthor of the One Minute Manager series
> joins forces with a motivational speaker and an internationally known
> management educator to identify three keys to making empowerment work
> in organizations.
>
> 126 PP.
>
> Ken Blanchard, et al
>
> **HD31.B54 1993**
>
> STEWARDSHIP: CHOOSING SERVICE OVER SELF INTEREST
>
> The book covers redesigning management practices. By replacing
> self-interest, dependency, and control with service, responsibility,
> and partnership, Block believes we can increase productivity and
> enable democracy and economic success to thrive in our organizations.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Peter Block
>
> **HD31.B626 2002**
>
> EXECUTION: THE DISCIPLINE OF GETTING THINGS DONE
>
> Execution is a unique and indispensable guide to corporate strategy
> that focuses on the quality most essential to every business \-- the
> ability to get things done. This book shows how to get the job done
> and deliver results . . . whether you are running an entire company or
> in your first management job.
>
> 278 PP.
>
> Larry Bossidey and
>
> Ram Charan
>
> **HD31.B722 1984**
>
> MANAGING FOR EXCELLENCE: THE GUIDE TO DEVELOPING HIGH PERFORMANCE IN
> CONTEMPORARY ORGANIZATIONS
>
> This thought-provoking study that shows managers how to lay the
> groundwork for organizational excellence includes practical,
> step-by-step instructions for adopting a new management style.
>
> 320 PP.
>
> David L. Bradford and
>
> Allan R. Cohen
>
> **HD31.C042 Unkn**
>
> CHALLENGE TO LEADERSHIP: MANAGING IN A CHANGING WORLD
>
> Peter F. Drucker
>
> **HD31.C344 1983**
>
> MAC: CONVERSATIONS ABOUT MANAGEMENT
>
> Elliott Carlisle
>
> **HD31.D036 1982**
>
> ADAPTIVE ORGANIZATION, THE: ANTICIPATION AND MANAGEMENT OF CRISIS
>
> 394 PP.
>
> Kenyon B. Degreene
>
> **HD31.D4213 1991**
>
> SIX ACTION SHOES: A BRILLIANT NEW WAYTO TAKE CONTROL OF ANY BUSINESS
> OR
>
> LIFE SITUATION
>
> De Bono classifies organizational activities into six categories, each
> symbolized by a pair of shoes. The author believes that an
> organizational leader will not only be able to select the appropriate
> action shoes for him or herself but also direct others in the
> organization to put on whatever shoes the situation requires.
>
> 175 PP.
>
> Edward DeBono
>
> **HD31.D594 1990**
>
> FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGEMENT \[7th Edition\]
>
> Fundamentals of Management emphasizes three managerial tasks facing
> managers: 1) Managing work and organizations 2) Managing people and 3)
> Managing production and operations. This type of organization has been
> described as the \"Schools Approach\": The Classical School, The
> Behavioral School and The Quantitative School.
>
> 828 PP.
>
> James H. Donnelly and
>
> James L. Gibson
>
> **HD31.D7713 1987**
>
> FRONTIERS OF MANAGEMENT, THE
>
> A practical and incisive capsule of Drucker's thinking on economics,
> management and people.
>
> 384 PP.
>
> Peter F. Drucker
>
> **HD31.D773 1974**
>
> MANAGEMENT: TASKS, RESPONSIBILITIES, PRACTICES
>
> Management is an organized body of knowledge. \"This book,\" in Peter
> Drucker\'s words, \"tries to equip the manager with the understanding,
> the thinking, the knowledge and the skills for today\'s and also
> tomorrow\'s jobs.
>
> 854 PP.
>
> Peter F. Drucker
>
> **HD31.D774 1977**
>
> PEOPLE AND PERFORMANCE: THE BEST OF PETER DRUCKER ON MANAGEMENT
>
> 366 PP.
>
> Peter F. Drucker
>
> **HD31.E548 1982**
>
> HIDDEN AGENDA, THE: RECOGNIZING WHAT REALLY MATTERS AT WORK
>
> 208 PP.
>
> Priscilla Elfrey
>
> **HD31.F27 1993**
>
> SEARCHING FOR THE SPIRIT OF ENTERPRISE: DISMANTLING THE
> TWENTIETH-CENTURY CORPORATION- LESSONS FROM ASIAN, EUROPEAN, AND
> AMERICAN ENTREPRENEURS
>
> Farrell, a former president of a consulting firm with experience as a
> vice president at Xerox, recommends a revival of the spirit of
> enterprise characteristic of new and small businesses. Recommended for
> large public and academic library collections and, in particular, for
> executives in profit and nonprofit situations.
>
> 288 PP.
>
> Larry C. Farrell
>
> **HD31.F756 1994**
>
> MANAGEMENT 2000: THE PRACTICAL GUIDE TO WORLD CLASS COMPETITION
>
> Comprehensive and detailed, yet designed for action, Management 2000
> fulfills a crying need for usable advice. This exceptional resource
> emphasizes the understanding of customer needs - and translating
> customer needs and expectations into products and services.
>
> 478 PP.
>
> Harry K. Jackson, Jr. and
>
> Normand L. Frigon
>
> **HD31.G395 1984**
>
> MANAGING
>
> Harold Geneen
>
> **HD31.G438 1997**
>
> LIVING COMPANY, THE: HABITS FOR SURVIVAL IN A TURBULENT BUSINESS
> ENVIRONMENT
>
> The author draws a sharp distinction between \"living companies,\" the
> purpose of which is to fulfill their potential and perpetuate
> themselves as ongoing communities, and \"economic companies,\" which
> are in business solely to produce wealth for a small group of
> individuals.
>
> 240 PP.
>
> Arie de Geus
>
> **HD31.G537 Unkn**
>
> MANAGING BY DESIGN
>
> Rollin Glaser
>
> **HD31.G764 Unkn**
>
> HIGH OUTPUT MANAGEMENT
>
> Andrew S. Grove
>
> **HD31.H4492 1996**
>
> MANAGEMENT REDEEMED: DEBUNKING THE FADS THAT UNDERMINE OUR
> CORPORATIONS
>
> Management Redeemed argues that multiple layers of management and
> formal hierarchical structure actually help to make organizations more
> productive. Supporting another equally contrarian position, the
> authors demonstrate that reflection, analysis, and intellectual
> activity are as important to managerial success as quick action and
> intuition.
>
> 224 PP.
>
> Frederick G. Hilmer and
>
> Lex Donaldson
>
> **HD31.H489 1979**
>
> INCREASING MANAGERIAL EFFECTIVENESS: KEYS TO MANAGEMENT AND MOTIVATION
>
> Norman C. Hill
>
> **HD31.J555 1992**
>
> RELEVANCE REGAINED: FROM TOP-DOWN CONTROL TO BOTTOM-UP EMPOWERMENT
>
> The author contends that \"managing by remote control\" through
> results-oriented accounting information has obscured and obstructed
> the real business objective. This can only be done by empowering
> people with bottom-up problem-solving information. Line drawings.
>
> 228 PP.
>
> H. Thomas Johnson
>
> **HD31.K456 1981**
>
> NEW RATIONAL MANAGER, THE
>
> 220 PP.
>
> Charles H. Kepner
>
> **HD31.K467 1984**
>
> BEYOND THE QUICK FIX: MANAGING FIVE TRACKS TO ORGANIZATIONAL SUCCESS
>
> 322 PP.
>
> Ralph H. Kilmann
>
> **HD31.K5983 2001**
>
> FREEDOM AND ACCOUNTABILITY AT WORK: APPLYING PHILOSOPHIC INSIGHT IN
> THE REAL WORLD
>
> This book reveals how you can make the transition from a science- and
> psychology-based view of the world to an understanding based on
> philosophy and the search for meaning and ethics.
>
> 464 PP.
>
> Peter Koestenbaum and
>
> Peter Block
>
> **HD31.L425 1990**
>
> HUMAN ORGANIZATION, THE: IT\'S MANAGEMENT AND VALUE
>
> Rensis Likert
>
> **HD31.M432 1996**
>
> WITCH DOCTORS, THE: MAKING SENSE OF THE MANAGEMENT GURUS
>
> Micklethwait and Wooldridge have built their fair-minded, balanced
> critique around hotly debated issues in modern management-a company\'s
> optimal size, harnessing knowledge as a resource, leaders\'
> accountability, strategic planning, globalization-making this a
> useful, thoughtful tool for managers in large or small firms.
>
> 272 PP.
>
> John Micklethwait and
>
> Adrian Wooldridge, Editors
>
> **HD31.M6283 1988**
>
> RIDING THE WAVES OF CHANGE
>
> Argues that management competency in an increasingly turbulent world
> consists of adopting a critical new mindset\--one that enables
> managers to develop needed management skills; anticipate and deal
> effectively with environmental trends; develop a proactive approach to
> the future; and position their organizations to stay at the leading
> edge of change.
>
> 213 PP.
>
> Gareth Morgan
>
> James E. Morgan, Jr.
>
> **HD31.N452 1997**
>
> NEW BUSINESS OF BUSINESS, THE: SHARING RESPONSIBILITY FOR A POSITIVE
> GLOBAL FUTURE
>
> \"The New Business of Business\" is a collection of 20 articles
> designed to stimulate dialogue on what the new role of business should
> be.
>
> 278 PP.
>
> Willis Harman and
>
> Maya Porter, Editors
>
> **HD31.N4542 1993**
>
> NEW PARADIGM IN BUSINESS, THE: EMERGING STRATEGIES FOR LEADERSHIP AND
> ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE
>
> This book consists of essays that effectively address the concerns of
> business leaders as they contemplate the future.
>
> 320 PP.
>
> Micharl Ray and
>
> Alan Rinzler, Editors
>
> **HD31.O35 1980**
>
> MANAGEMENT BY OBJECTIVES
>
> George S. Odiorne
>
> **HD31.R797 2005**
>
> MANAGEMENT: SKILLS AND APPLICATION \[11th Edition\]
>
> This edition of our classic Rue & Byars text is a departure. The book
> continues its tradition of presenting principles of management in a
> very straightforward and accessible manner, focusing on the skills
> that are needed to become a successful manager.
>
> 458 PP.
>
> Leslie W. Rue and
>
> Lloyd L. Byars
>
> **HD31.S3329 1984**
>
> HOW TO BOOST YOUR RETURN ON MANAGEMENT
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Edward C. Schein
>
> **HD31.T36 1990**
>
> GETTING COMMITMENT AT WORK
>
> 128 PP.
>
> Michael C. Thomas and
>
> Tempe S. Thomas
>
> **HD31.T667 1984**
>
> FURTHER UP THE ORGANIZATION
>
> 254 PP.
>
> Robert Townsend
>
> **HD31.W242 1987**
>
> PRODUCTIVE WORKPLACES: ORGANIZING AND MANAGING FOR DIGNITY, MEANING,
> AND COMMUNITY
>
> 405 PP.
>
> Marvin R. Weisbord
>
> **HD38.0315 1983**
>
> MIND OF THE STRATEGIST, THE: THE ART OF JAPANESE BUSINESS
>
> 304 PP.
>
> Kenichi Ohmae
>
> **HD38.15.B47 1996**
>
> MANAGER\'S DESK REFERENCE, THE \[2nd Edition\]
>
> The Manager\'s Desk Reference is the perfect starting point for new
> managers just learning the ropes. It works equally well as a ready
> reference for experienced supervisors, managers, executives, or
> administrators who need to refresh their memories or brush up their
> knowledge of various management issues.
>
> 384 PP.
>
> Cynthia Fink and
>
> Charles Fink
>
> **HD38.A10 1992**
>
> MANAGING UPWARD: STRATEGIES FOR SUCCEEDING WITH YOUR BOSS
>
> With over 200 titles in print, the acclaimed Crisp 50-MinuteT series
> presents self-paced learning at its easiest and best. These
> comprehensive self-study books for business or personal use are filled
> with exercises, activities, assessments, and case studies that capture
> your interest and increase your understanding.
>
> 118 PP.
>
> Patty Hathaway and
>
> Shubert Hathaway
>
> **HD38.A626 1983**
>
> MANAGING YOUR BOSS
>
> William P. Anthony
>
> **HD38.C43184 1995**
>
> MISTAKE-PROOFING: DESIGNING ERRORS OUT
>
> This book contains a creative and practical, and humane way to enhance
> productivity.
>
> 79 PP.
>
> Richard B. Chase
>
> **HD38.D439W35 1986**
>
> DEMING MANAGEMENT METHOD, THE
>
> Dr. Deming\'s management techniques are all carefully explained in
> this detailed, step-by-step treatment of their
>
> major points and their practical application to everyday business
> life.
>
> 288 PP.
>
> Mary Walton
>
> **HD38.D64 1985**
>
> MANAGE YOUR TIME, MANAGE YOUR WORK, MANAGE YOURSELF
>
> 278 PP.
>
> Merrill Douglas and
>
> Donna Douglas
>
> **HD38.D7 1964**
>
> MANAGING FOR RESULTS: ECONOMIC TASKS AND RISK TAKING
>
> Peter F. Drucker
>
> **HD38.L3867 2000**
>
> SMART QUESTIONS: THE ESSENTIAL STRATEGY FOR SUCCESSFUL MANAGERS
>
> Called \"a must\" by Norman Vincent Peale, this definitive guide shows
> you how to ask for the most from your staff-and get it!
>
> 336 PP.
>
> Dorothy Leeds
>
> **HD38.R2 1997**
>
> FOLKLORE OF MANAGEMENT, THE
>
> Starting with the myth of communication, the myth of the organization
> chart, and the myth of the management committee, Randall reveals the
> shallow thinking and assumptions that can cripple companies and
> careers. Nearly 40 years later, Randall\'s trenchant insights and keen
> sense of humanity remain as fresh and enlightening as when he penned
> them.
>
> 204 PP.
>
> Clarence B. Randall
>
> **HD38.R357 1989**
>
> SMART MANAGER\'S BOOK OF LISTS, THE: A COLLECTION OF MANAGEMENT WISDOM
>
> The author collected the best lists from the best managers. He
> organized them here into four categories - On Management \-- On People
> \-- On Communication \-- On Organizations. These lists offer quick
> insights into everyday managerial problems.
>
> Bill Reddin
>
> **HD38.V23 1989**
>
> MANAGING AS A PERFORMING ART: NEW IDEAS FOR A WORLD OF CHAOTIC CHANGE
>
> A collection of thought-provoking essays on management and leadership
> that propose radical new ways of thinking about what managers do and
> what organizations are.
>
> 264 PP.
>
> Peter B. Vaill
>
> **HD41.P668 1998**
>
> COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE: CREATING AND SUSTAINING SUPERIOR PERFORMANCE
>
> In this book the author focuses on the business itself. The book is
> based on the activity-based theory of the firm. Activities are what
> generate cost and create value for buyers/customers, and are the basic
> units for competitive advantage.
>
> 557 PP.
>
> Michael E. Porter and
>
> **HD45.A4813 1991**
>
> TECHNO-SHIFTS: MEETING THE CHALLENGE OF TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE
>
> The author recognizes the emergence of intelligent interaction with
> their markets. His insight is exciting.
>
> 236 PP.
>
> Smail Ait-El-Hadj
>
> **HD45.HBR22 1991**
>
> DRUCKER IN THE HARVARD BUSINESS REVIEW
>
> This review presents four concepts that show us how the factory of
> 1999 must be built and managed.
>
> 83 PP.
>
> Harvard Business Review
>
> **HD4905.M35 1995**
>
> TRANSFORMING THE WAY WE WORK : THE POWER OF THE COLLABORATIVE
> WORKPLACE
>
> The author shows how managers can create \"operating agreements\" and
> become collaborative leaders using self-assessment action plans.
>
> 224 PP.
>
> Edward M. Marshall
>
> **HD50.5.M453 1994**
>
> NEW PARTNERSHIP, THE: PROFIT BY BRINGING OUT THE BEST IN YOUR PEOPLE,
> CUSTOMERS, AND YOURSELF
>
> The real lesson of The New Partnership is simple\....If you reach out
> and genuinely care for your fellow employees, there is no limit to
> what you can accomplish. Moreover, you can achieve these same results
> in your job, at no added cost.
>
> 265 PP.
>
> Tom Melohn
>
> **HD5650.C345 1995**
>
> OPEN-BOOK MANAGEMENT: THE COMING BUSINESS REVOLUTION
>
> Open-book management is the business revolution that is the logical
> culmination of TQM, reengineering, teams, and most other management
> innovations of the past two decades. As companies all over the country
> are discovering, it gets everyone on the payroll focused on business
> success. It provides the ingredient - one practitioner calls it the
> \"want-to\" - that has been missing from every other how-to approach.
>
> 224 PP.
>
> John Case
>
> **HD5650.I867 1991**
>
> OPEN-BOOK MANAGEMENT: GETTING STARTED
>
> Read and learn what your organization can gain by open-book
> management, how company leaders can make open-book management a
> success for your company, the best ways to present financial
> information for fun and comprehension, and how to determine which
> incentives will increase motivation in your organization.
>
> 103 PP.
>
> Cathy Ivancic and
>
> Jim Bado
>
> **HD5650.M378 1995**
>
> AGE OF PARTICIPATION, THE: NEW GOVERNANCE FOR THE WORKPLACE AND THE
> WORLD
>
> In [The Age of Participation,]{.underline} they focus on participation
> in the workplace, blending theory and practice in numerous examples
> and industry models. They look closely at every role in the
> organization - from suppliers and customers to executives and unions -
> and deflate the fears and misperceptions that sabotage change.
>
> 297 PP.
>
> Patricia McLagan and
>
> Christo Nel
>
> **HD57.8.R10 1997**
>
> BEYOND GENERATION X: A PRACTICAL GUIDE FOR MANAGERS
>
> Claire Raines takes the view that in the workplace these generalities
> only help as background for the daily contact and ongoing
> communication with young workers. This book is all about how that
> communication can become more productive and lead to a management
> style that is effective with a new generation of workers.
>
> 120 PP.
>
> Claire Raines
>
> **HD58.8.D43 1982**
>
> COACHING: A MANAGEMENT SKILL FOR IMPROVING INDIVIDUAL PERFORMANCE
>
> 212 PP.
>
> Arthur Deegan
>
> **HD58.8.K364 1997**
>
> ROSABETH MOSS KANTER ON THE FRONTIERS OF MANAGEMENT
>
> This book brings together all of the author\'s Harvard Business Review
> articles and other works that that were all brought together to
> enforce a single message: the importance of treating people as assets,
> and providing the tools and conditions that liberate people to use
> their brainpower to make a difference.
>
> Rosabeth Moss Kanter
>
> **HD58.8.K56 1989**
>
> COACHING FOR COMMITMENT: MANAGERIAL STRATEGIES FOR OBTAINING SUPERIOR
> PERFORMANCE
>
> Dennis Kinlaw
>
> **HD60.5.U5S8 1994**
>
> BUSINESS, GOVERNMENT, AND SOCIETY: A MANAGERIAL PERSPECTIVE: TEXT AND
> CASES
>
> The interactions between business and the other two elements,
> government and society, are dynamic and that in some historical
> periods they cause large-scale, rapid change. The U.S., Japan, and
> European countries have created fundamental changes in the directions
> of governments and public policies. The end of this current era is not
> yet in sight.
>
> 662 PP.
>
> George A. Steiner and
>
> John F. Steiner
>
> **HD62.15.B46 1993**
>
> BENCHMARKING MANAGEMENT GUIDE, THE
>
> This guide contains practical and comparative information gleaned from
> surveys provided by 87 members of its International Benchmarking
> Clearinghouse, along with resource guidance.
>
> American Productivity & Quality Center
>
> **HD62.15.T53 1995**
>
> PRACTICAL BENCHMARKING: FOR MUTUAL IMPROVEMENT
>
> This book brings systematic thinking about comparison to an area where
> previously the superior judgment of a single expert was the driver. As
> a manager, you need information from those who have already
> experimented, learned and recorded the results. Therefore, it is with
> this purpose to help you confront the difficult tasks of managing in
> these turbulent times.
>
> 43 PP.
>
> Carl G. Thor
>
> **HD62.4.O39 1998**
>
> SHAPE OF THINGS TO COME, THE: 7 IMPERATIVES FOR WINNING IN THE NEW
> WORLD OF BUSINESS
>
> A bold and prescriptive look at the future of business and the
> strategies needed to evolve along with it. The Industrial Age
> conquered space; the Information Age conquered time; now the
> Bio-Materials Age is conquering matter and revolutionizing commerce as
> we know it.
>
> 226 PP.
>
> Richard W. Oliver
>
> **HD62.6.D78 1990**
>
> MANAGING THE NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATION: PRACTICES AND PRINCIPLES
>
> Drucker gives examples and explanations of mission, leadership,
> resources, marketing, goals, people development, decision-making, and
> much more. Included are interviews with nine experts that address key
> issues in the non-profit sector.
>
> 235 PP.
>
> Peter F. Drucker
>
> **HD62.7.A314 1998**
>
> STREETWISE BUSINESS TIPS: 200 WAYS TO GET AHEAD IN BUSINESS, MOST OF
> WHICH I LEARNED THE HARD WAY
>
> Filled with often contrarian wisdom that the author usually learned
> the hard way\--by making mistakes\--this succinct book delivers Bob
> Adams\' witty, pragmatic insight while entertaining the reader with
> his multitude of mistakes and glorious failures.
>
> 240 PP.
>
> Bob Adams
>
> **HD69.C655175 1990**
>
> HOW TO SELECT AND MANAGE CONSULTANTS: GUIDE TO GETTING WHAT YOU PAY
> FOR
>
> Accessible advice on the basics from a management consultant. The
> bibliography is annotated.
>
> 192 PP.
>
> Howard L. Shenson
>
> **HD69.C6A698 2000**
>
> FLAWED ADVICE AND THE MANAGEMENT TRAP: HOW MANAGERS CAN KNOW WHEN
> THEY\'RE GETTING GOOD ADVICE AND WHEN THEY\'RE NOT
>
> By applying a disciplined critique to numerous representative examples
> of advice about leadership, learning, change, and employee commitment,
> Argyris shows readers how to be more critical of the advice they are
> given, how to learn new approaches for appraising employee
> performance, and how to generate an internal commitment to values and
> better strategy.
>
> 262 PP.
>
> Chris Argyris
>
> **HD6957.O68549 1997**
>
> MANAGING BY VALUES
>
> Ken Blanchard and
>
> Michael O\'Connor
>
> **HD70.J3088 1981**
>
> THEORY Z
>
> William Ouchi
>
> **HD70.U5.D7 1964**
>
> PRACTICE OF MANAGEMENT, THE
>
> Peter F. Drucker
>
> **HD70.U5D45 1986**
>
> OUT OF THE CRISIS
>
> W. Edwards Deming
>
> **HD70.U5K36 1989**
>
> CYNICAL AMERICANS, THE: LIVING AND WORKING IN AN AGE OF DISCONTENT AND
> DISILLUSION
>
> Donald L. Kanter
>
> **HD70.U5P424 1982**
>
> IN SEARCH OF EXCELLENCE
>
> The now classic volume which became a landmark business book.
>
> 360 PP.
>
> Thomas S. Peters
>
> **HD9199.U54S773 1997**
>
> POUR YOUR HEART INTO IT: HOW STARBUCKS BUILT A COMPANY ONE CUP AT A
> TIME
>
> Schultz tells the story of Starbucks in chapters that illustrate the
> principles which have made the company enduring, such as \"Don\'t be
> threatened by people smarter than you,\" \"Compromise anything but
> your core values,\" \"Seek to renew yourself even when you\'re hitting
> home runs,\" and, most simply, \"Everything matters.\"
>
> 351 PP.
>
> Howard Schultz
>
> **HD9696.2.2U64I2545 2002**
>
> WHO SAYS ELEPHANTS CAN\'T DANCE?: INSIDE IBM\'S HISTORIC TURNAROUND
>
> The story of an extraordinary turnaround, a case study in managing a
> crisis, and a thoughtful reflection on the computer industry and the
> principles of leadership. This book takes readers into the world of
> IBM\'s CEO, Gerstner recounts the meetings and explains the
> no-turning-back decisions that had to be made. He offers his hard-won
> conclusions about the essence of what makes a great company run.
>
> 372 PP.
>
> Louis V. Gerstner, Jr.
>
> **HD9696.C64M536 1996**
>
> MICROSOFT WAY, THE: THE REAL STORY OF HOW THE COMPANY OUTSMARTS ITS
> COMPETITION
>
> New in paperback, this book takes an engaging, well-documented look at
> Bill Gates and his corporation\'s approach to doing business.
>
> Randall E. Stross
>
> **HD9696.S44H375 1998**
>
> LEADING THE WAY TO COMPETITIVE EXCELLENCE: THE HARRIS MOUNTAINTOP CASE
> STUDY
>
> In this contributed work, the editor and other authors from Harris
> Mountaintop share the actual case study of a company that recreated
> itself to improve quality. This book\'s goal is to teach principles,
> not recipes, and chapters focus on the programs and activities that,
> when used together, create the synergy needed to transform an
> organization.
>
> 346 PP.
>
> William A. Levinson, Editor
>
> **HD9696.S44N383 1997**
>
> CORPORATE COMEBACK: THE STORY OF RENEWAL AND TRANSFORMATION AT
>
> NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR
>
> In the first chapter, Miles lays out the corporate transformation
> framework, illustrated with examples from his work with National and
> other companies. The remainder of the volume provides a detailed
> account of how he and former National CEO Gil Amelio revitalized
> National Semiconductor.
>
> 388 PP.
>
> Robert H. Miles
>
> **HD9802.3.U64X476 1992**
>
> PROPHETS IN THE DARK: HOW XEROX REINVENTED ITSELF & BEAT THE JAPANESE
>
> This is a story of prophets with honor - of the people who led the
> quality revolution that transformed Xerox and restored the company as
> an excellent competitor. Out of that hard-won experience, the authors
> draw lessons that are as frank as they are valuable.
>
> 334 PP.
>
> David Kearns and
>
> David Nadler
>
> **HD9981.5.B46 1991**
>
> NEXT OPERATION AS CUSTOMER
>
> Keri R. Bhote
>
> **HF5007.G72 1994**
>
> DIAL 9 TO GET OUT: COMMENTARIES ON BUSINESS LIFE AS HEARD ON PUBLIC
> RADIO\'S MARKETPLACE
>
> David Graulich
>
> **HF5385.B45 1996**
>
> MANAGERS AS MENTORS: BUILDING PARTNERSHIPS FOR LEARNING
>
> Chip R. Bell
>
> **HF5415.153.S65 1991**
>
> DEVELOPING PRODUCTS IN HALF THE TIME
>
> This manual picks up where other journalistic accounts leave off by
> telling how product development actually can be accelerated in a real
> organization.
>
> Preston G. Smith and
>
> Donald G. Reinertsen
>
> **HF5548.83.G77 1988**
>
> ONE ON ONE WITH ANDY GROVE: HOW TO MANAGE YOUR BOSS, YOURSELF AND YOUR
> COWORKERS
>
> Andrew S. Grove
>
> **HF5549.12.C10 1992**
>
> NEW SUPERVISOR, THE
>
> Elwood N. Chapman
>
> **HF5549.12.F68 1990**
>
> WHY EMPLOYEES DON\'T DO WHAT THEY\'RE SUPPOSED TO DO
>
> Ferninand Fournies
>
> **HF5549.12.L83 1994**
>
> COACHING SKILLS: A GUIDE FOR SUPERVISORS
>
> Robert W. Lucas
>
> **HF5549.12.N53 1993**
>
> PARTNERING WITH EMPLOYEES: A PRACTICAL SYSTEM FOR BUILDING EMPOWERED
> EMPLOYEES
>
> Using hands-on interactive exercises and adaptable fill-in-the-blank
> agreements, Nielsen demonstrates how to initiate and develop a
> uniquely tailored partnering system\--from creating an accurate job
> description and negotiating realistic support and achievement
> expectations to reviewing results and exchanging feedback as a team.
>
> 130 PP.
>
> Duke Nielsen
>
> **HF5549.12.T46 1994**
>
> NEW SUPERVISOR, THE: SKILLS FOR SUCCESS
>
> Bruce B. Tepper
>
> **HF5549.12T10 1991**
>
> SUPERVISOR\'S HANDBOOK, THE
>
> Mark R. Truitt
>
> **HF5549.5.W10 2000**
>
> MANAGING IN THE NEW ECONOMY: PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT HABITS TO RENEW
> ORGANIZATIONS FOR THE NEW MILLENIUM
>
> This book changes the rules of organizational effectiveness, creating
> unprecedented opportunity for organizations and managers who are
> prepared to take it.
>
> Andre de Waal and
>
> Morel Fourman
>
> **HF5549.A8527 1984**
>
> 59-SECOND EMPLOYEE, THE
>
> Rae Andre
>
> **HF5549.B865 1985**
>
> 13 FATAL ERRORS MANAGERS MAKE & HOW YOU CAN AVOID THEM
>
> This book will show you how to recognize problems \-- and avoid them
> \-- before they happen. Author Steven Brown, a nationally recognized
> professional trainer and consultant, provides the essential guide for
> effective managers and how to get the best from your workers, your
> company \-- and yourself.
>
> 224 PP.
>
> W. Steven Brown
>
> **HF5549.F10 1994**
>
> THINK LIKE A MANAGER: EVERYTHING THEY DIDN\'T TELL YOU WHEN THEY
> PROMOTED YOU!
>
> Roger Fritz
>
> **HF5549.H12 1996**
>
> WALK A WHILE IN MY SHOES: GUT LEVEL, REAL-WORLD MESSAGES FROM MANAGERS
> TO EMPLOYEES \[Part 2\] FROM EMPLOYEES TO MANAGERS
>
> Eric Harvey and
>
> Steve Ventura
>
> **HF5549.H367 1990**
>
> STEPPING UP TO SUPERVISOR
>
> Marion E. Haynes
>
> **HF5549.H876 1986**
>
> ART OF MANAGING PEOPLE, THE
>
> When a manager establishes a friendly yet productive working
> atmosphere, the benefits to the whole organization are substantial.
> Letting your workers express their own personalities and maximize
> their potentials will reduce stress within the work force, create a
> positive spirit throughout the company, and increase the
> organization\'s productivity and profitability.
>
> 270 PP.
>
> Phillip Hunsaker and
>
> Anthony Alessandra
>
> **HF5549.J3333 1975**
>
> OK BOSS, THE
>
> Muriel James
>
> **HF5549.M33957 1991**
>
> STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT OF HUMAN KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS, AND ABILITIES
>
> Eugene B. McGregor, Jr. and
>
> **JF1351.C3526 1995**
>
> TRUSTWORTHY GOVERNMENT: LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES FOR
> BUILDING TRUST AND HIGH PERFORMANCE
>
> Studies reveal that the majority of U.S. citizens distrust their own
> government and many public employees do not trust the organizations in
> which they work. Since trust is central to any organization\'s
> achievement of high performance, and high performance is number one on
> the government reform agenda, it is imperative that government
> overcome this trust deficit and work to build trust within its ranks.
>
> 233 PP.
>
> David G. Carnevale
>
> **JF1351.D455 1993**
>
> PURSUIT OF SIGNIFICANCE, THE: STRATEGIES FOR MANAGERIAL SUCCESS IN
> PUBLIC ORGANIZATIONS
>
> This book provides the tools with which to transform hierarchical,
> rule-bound public bureaucracies into organizations driven by a
> commitment to common purpose, a concern for high-quality public
> services, empowerment and shared leadership, a strategy of pragmatic
> instrumentalism, and a dedication to public service.
>
> 300 PP.
>
> Robert B. Denhardt
>
> **JF1351.E59 1995**
>
> ENDURING CHALLENGES IN PUBLIC MANAGEMENT, THE: SURVIVING AND EXCELLING
> IN A CHANGING WORLD
>
> This book brings home to the real world the unavoidable push and shove
> being experienced in the public sector when the culture of
> entrepreneurial management joins with the traditional mares of \"good
> government\".
>
> 647 PP.
>
> Arie Halachmi and
>
> Geert Bouckaert
>
> **LB2376.H12 1995**
>
> WALK THE TALK\...AND GET THE RESULTS YOU WANT
>
> Eric Harvey and
>
> Al Lucia
>
> **PN6231.M2.P4 1969**
>
> PETER PRINCIPLE, THE
>
> This book really opens your eyes as to why some people do well as they
> move up the corporate ladder or why they stagnate. We all reach a
> level of ineffectiveness that we need to recognize when we have
> reached it. If we are business owners, that is when we need to be sure
> we get the managers we need to help us grow the business.
>
> 179 PP.
>
> Lawrence J. Peter
>
> **T58.6.T669 1995**
>
> STRATEGIC IS/IT PLANNING
>
> Embodying a formal but practical approach for developing an
> information systems strategy necessary to support the management of
> medium and large organizations, this complete how-to book describes an
> effective process for developing, implementing, and maintaining a
> competent, business-led strategy for successful exploitation of
> information systems and technology.
>
> 549 PP.
>
> Edwin E. Tozer
>
> **TS156.A35 1991**
>
> DR. DEMING: THE AMERICAN WHO TAUGHT THE JAPANESE ABOUT QUALITY
>
> Dr. W. Edwards Deming became the prime catalyst behind the incredible
> success of Japanese industry. In fact, since 1951, the Deming Prize
> has been the most coveted and prestigious award among Japanese
> corporations, similar to the Malcolm Baldrige Award for quality in
> business in the United States. Today, Deming is finally becoming a
> household name in his own country. The lessons he has to teach
> American business are more urgent than ever.
>
> 304 PP.
>
> Rafael Aguayo
>
> **[Motivation]{.underline}**
>
> **HF50.5.N45 2001**
>
> PLEASE DON\'T JUST DO WHAT I TELL YOU!: DO WHAT NEEDS TO BE DONE
>
> Best-selling author Bob Nelson teaches readers how to take more
> initiative and be rewarded for it! With its inspiring anecdotes and
> practical advice, Nelson\'s book is a wonderful resource for people
> who want their jobs to be more satisfying and for bosses who want to
> teach their employees to focus on what truly matters.
>
> Bob Nelson
>
> **HF5386.G216 1986**
>
> PEAK PERFORMERS: THE NEW HEROES OF AMERICAN BUSINESS
>
> Charles Garfield
>
> **HF5386.M1963 1988**
>
> SWIM WITH THE SHARKS: WITHOUT BEING EATEN ALIVE
>
> Harvey MacKay
>
> **HF5549.5.D10 1993**
>
> MOTIVATING AT WORK: EMPOWERING EMPLOYEES TO GIVE THEIR BEST
>
> 97 PP.
>
> Twyla Dell
>
> **HF5549.5.H10 1991**
>
> MOTIVATING PEOPLE: HOW TO MOTIVATE OTHERS TO DO WHAT YOU WANT AND
> THANK YOU FOR THE OPPORTUNITY
>
> Kurt Hanks
>
> **HF5549.5.H11 2002**
>
> 180 WAYS TO WALK THE RECOGNITION TALK: THE HOW-TO HANDBOOK FOR
> EVERYONE
>
> The proven techniques and practical strategies found in these pages
> will get EVERYONE in your organization walking the recognition talk.
> It will help you encourage positive, productive performance and build
> a \"magnetic\" culture that attracts and retains the best and
> brightest people.
>
> Eric Harvey
>
> **HF5549.5.I5B69 1995**
>
> SECRETS OF A SUCCESSFUL EMPLOYEE RECOGNITION SYSTEM
>
> Daniel C. Boyle
>
> **HF5549.5.I5N45 1994**
>
> 1001 WAYS TO REWARD EMPLOYES
>
> Bob Nelson
>
> **HF5549.5.M11 1993**
>
> A POCKET COURSE IN\... GOAL SETTING
>
> Harold R. McAlindon, Editor
>
> **HF5549.5.M63B83 2001**
>
> NOW, DISCOVER YOUR STRENGTHS
>
> With accessible and profound insights on how to turn talents into
> strengths, and with the immediate on-line feedback of Strengths Finder
> at its core, Now, Discover Your Strengths, is one of the most
> groundbreaking and useful business books ever written.
>
> 259 PP.
>
> Marcus Buckingham and
>
> Donald O. Clifton
>
> **HF5549.5.M63C43 1989**
>
> MOTIVATING STRATEGIES FOR PERFORMANCE PRODUCTIVITY
>
> P. J. Champagne and
>
> R. Bruce McAfee
>
> **HF5549.5.M63H33 1997**
>
> BETTER PLACE TO WORK, A: A NEW SENSE OF MOTIVATION LEADING TO HIGH
> PRODUCTVITY
>
> Highly motivated employees represent a key source of competitive
> advantage for companies. Employees are fully equipped with the
> knowledge, skills, and abilities to meet the challenges they face.
> They exhibit astounding creativity and seemingly unlimited productive
> energy.
>
> Adolf Haasen and
>
> Gordon F. Shea
>
> **HF5549.5.M63L86 2001**
>
> FISH: A REMARKABLE WAY TO BOOST MORALE AND IMPROVE RESULTS
>
> Addressing today\'s most pressing work issues with an engaging
> metaphor and an appealing message that applies to anyone in any sector
> of any organization, Fish! offers wisdom that is easy to grasp,
> instantly applicable, and profound \-- the hallmarks of a true
> business classic.
>
> 112 PP.
>
> Stephen C. Lundin, et al
>
> **HF5549.5.M63M566 1994**
>
> MOTIVATION AT WORK
>
> Jane Miskell and
>
> Vincent Miskell
>
> **HF5549.5.M63P78 1987**
>
> ENERGETIC MANAGER, THE
>
> Fred Pryor
>
> **HF5549.5.M63R63 1988**
>
> GETTING THE BEST\...OUT OF YOURSELF AND OTHERS
>
> Buck Rogers
>
> **HF5549.5.M63R67 1982**
>
> HOW TO MOTIVATE TODAY\'S WORKERS
>
> Bernard L. Rosenbaum
>
> **HF5549.5.M63T456 2000**
>
> INTRINSIC MOTIVATION AT WORK: BUILDING ENERGY AND COMMITMENT
>
> In this comprehensive and accessible book, Thomas describes a new
> model for psychological empowerment, based on four rewards that
> encourage self-management: a sense of meaningfulness, a sense of
> choice, a sense of competence or quality, and a sense of progress. He
> outlines how managers can identify areas of low satisfaction for
> workers and set up rewards to reenergize them.
>
> 160 PP.
>
> Kenneth W. Thomas
>
> **HF5549.5.M63W49 1993**
>
> DEVELOPING MANAGEMENT SKILLS: MOTIVATING OTHERS
>
> David Whetten and
>
> Kim Cameron
>
> **HF5549.5.M63W54 2002**
>
> WHALE DONE: THE POWER OF POSITIVE RELATIONSHIPS
>
> The author shows how to make accentuating the positive and redirecting
> the negative the best tools to increase productivity, instead of
> creating situations that demoralize people. These techniques are
> remarkably easy to master and can be applied equally well at home.
>
> 128 PP.
>
> Ken Blanchard, et Al
>
> **HF5549.5M63K10 1992**
>
> PEAK PERFORMANCE: HOW TO MOTIVATE YOUR EMPLOYEES TO ACHIEVE THEIR BEST
>
> Christie Kennard
>
> **HF5549.6.I5D43 1994**
>
> HOW TO RECOGNIZE AND REWARD EMPLOYEES
>
> Donna Deeprose
>
> **HF5549.B10 2002**
>
> 180 WAYS TO WALK THE MOTIVATION TALK: PROVEN AND PRACTICAL
> \"HOW-TO\'s\" TO ENERGIZE EVERYONE IN YOUR ORGANIZATION
>
> It's one of the most important yet underutilized factors affecting
> business today. Moreover, fact is, your very success hinges on the
> ability of leaders throughout your organization to make it happen.
>
> John Baldoni and
>
> Eric Harvey
>
> **HF5549.FCC10 2000**
>
> WHAT COUNTS: HOW FORWARD-THINKING LEADERS RECOGNIZE AND REWARD
> EMPLOYEES
>
> Franklin Covey Institute
>
> **HF5549.H33825 1996**
>
> GETTING EMPLOYEES TO FALL IN LOVE WITH YOUR COMPANY
>
> Jim Harris
>
> **HF5549.M2994 1990**
>
> MANAGE PEOPLE, NOT PERSONNEL: MOTIVATION AND PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL
>
> Victor H. Vroom
>
> **HF5549.S.M63R63 Unkn**
>
> GETTING THE BEST OUT OF YOURSELF AND OTHERS
>
> Buck Rogers
>
> **LC5219.W53 1985**
>
> ENHANCING ADULT MOTIVATION TO LEARN: A GUIDE TO IMPROVING INSTRUCTION
> AND INCREASING LEARNER ACHIEVEMENT
>
> Raymond J. Wlodkowski
>
> **PN1997.S10 1991**
>
> NEVER NEVER QUIT
>
> A photographic celebration of \"courage\" in American sports.
>
> 70 PP.
>
> Mike Shields
>
> **[Negotiation]{.underline}**
>
> **BD637.N4U79 1993**
>
> GETTING PAST NO: NEGOTIATING YOUR WAY FROM CONFRONTATION TO
> COOPERATION
>
> From the co-author of the 2-million copy bestseller Getting to Yes, a
> state-of-the-art book on negotiation in the \'90s. Featuring an
> all-new chapter to familiarize readers with the main concepts of
> Getting to Yes and other negotiation strategies, Getting Past No
> reveals how to turn adversaries into negotiating partners.
>
> 208 PP.
>
> William Ury
>
> **BF637.N4S44 1999**
>
> BARGAINING FOR ADVANTAGE: NEGOTIATION STRATEGIES FOR REASONABLE PEOPLE
>
> This is a unique combination of lively storytelling, useful lessons
> gleaned from the tactics used by some of the world\'s leading business
> strategists, and the latest insights from negotiation research.
> Whether you are closing a business deal, negotiating a raise, or
> buying a car. Richard Shell teaches you to draw on your unique
> communication style to become a more confident negotiator.
>
> 286 PP.
>
> G. Richard Shell
>
> **BF637.4R34 1982**
>
> ART AND SCIENCE OF NEGOTIATION, THE
>
> Using a vast array of specific cases and clear, helpful diagrams,
> Raiffa not only elucidates the step-by-step processes of negotiation
> but also translates this deeper understanding into practical
> guidelines.
>
> 73 PP.
>
> Howard Raiffa
>
> **BF637.I48M39 2000**
>
> DYNAMICS OF CONFLICT RESOLUTION, THE: A PRACTITIONER\'S GUIDE
>
> The author offers vivid examples from interpersonal, community,
> organizational, labor management, environmental, public policy, and
> international disputes, giving readers not only powerful concepts but
> anchoring stories that will enable them to become more effective
> negotiators, facilitators, and mediators.
>
> 288 PP.
>
> Bernard Mayer
>
> **BF637.N4 1995**
>
> GETTING READY TO NEGOTIATE: THE GETTING TO \"YES\" WORKBOOK
>
> Based on the philosophy and advice presented in Getting to Yes - be
> prepared, negotiate interests not positions, understand the other
> side\'s interests, and work together - this is the tool that will help
> each person design the negotiating strategy that is best for him or
> her in any given situation.
>
> 174 PP.
>
> Roger Fisher and
>
> Danny Ertel
>
> **BF637.N4.A10 1996**
>
> 50+ ACTIVITIES TO TEACH NEGOTIATION
>
> This book contains a variety of fully reproducible exercises to teach
> and reinforce the skills necessary to be a successful negotiator. Each
> Activity includes a detailed description of the exercise, the steps to
> follow, additional resources and lecture notes for the trainer.
>
> 300 PP.
>
> Ira Asherman
>
> **BF637.N4.F57 1991**
>
> GETTING TO YES: NEGOTIATING AGREEMENT WITHOUT GIVING IN
>
> [Getting to Yes]{.underline} is a straightforward, universally
> applicable method for negotiating personal and professional disputes
> without being taken and without getting angry. It offers a concise,
> step-by-step, proven strategy for coming to mutually acceptable
> agreements in every sort of conflict whether it involves parents and
> children, neighbors, bosses and employees, customers or corporations,
> tenants or diplomats.
>
> 200 PP.
>
> Roger Fisher
>
> **BF637.N4.L38 1984**
>
> POWER NEGOTIATING TACTICS AND TECHNIQUES
>
> 283 PP.
>
> David Lewis
>
> **BF637.N4F58 1989**
>
> GETTING TOGETHER: BUILDING RELATIONSHIPS AS WE NEGOTIATE
>
> Getting Together builds on the foundation of Getting to Yes by
> outlining a framework to build relationships while negotiating. This
> is a must read for all business people and a good addition to Getting
> to Yes.
>
> 216 PP.
>
> Roger Fisher and
>
> Scott Brown
>
> **BF637.N4N15 1987**
>
> FUNDAMENTALS OF NEGOTIATING: THE ESSENTIAL WORK ON THE NEGOTIATING
> PROCESS
>
> A course in negotiating by America\'s foremost negotiating expert and
> trainer. Reveals the skills and strategies that assure successful
> bargaining in business and personal negotiations.
>
> 328 PP.
>
> Gerald I. Nirenberg
>
> **BF637.N4N5 1986**
>
> COMPLETE NEGOTIATOR, THE: THE STEP-BY-STEP PLAN USED BY TOP
> PROFESSIONALS ACROSS THE COUNTRY
>
> Loaded with real-life negotiating experiences, and filled with
> personal tests, real-life applications, and plenty of examples, this
> book shows you how to create a cooperative climate for a successful
> conclusion that makes everyone feel like a winner.
>
> 345 PP.
>
> Gerard I. Nierenberg
>
> **BF637.N4S44 1999**
>
> BARGAINING FOR ADVANTAGE: NEGOTIATION STRATEGIES FOR REASONABLE PEOPLE
>
> This is a unique combination of lively storytelling, useful lessons
> gleaned from the tactics used by some of the world\'s leading business
> strategists, and the latest insights from negotiation research.
> Whether you are closing a business deal, negotiating a raise, or
> buying a car. Richard Shell teaches you to draw on your unique
> communication style to become a more confident negotiator.
>
> 286 PP.
>
> G. Richard Shell
>
> **HD42.K65 1993**
>
> WHEN TALK WORKS: PROFILES OF MEDIATORS
>
> Through twelve in-depth profiles of professional and volunteer
> mediators, this book goes behind the scenes to show how accomplished
> mediators deal with routine and difficult situations.
>
> 513 PP.
>
> Deborah Kolb
>
> **HD42.L36 2000**
>
> MAKING OF A MEDIATOR, THE: DEVELOPING ARTISTRY IN PRACTICE
>
> The Making of a Mediator goes beyond the basics of mediation process.
> In this essential resource, expert mediator and teacher Michael Lang
> outlines his innovative model of artistry in professional practice
> that results from the understanding of the connection between
> reflective practice and interactive process.
>
> 288 PP.
>
> Michael D. Lang and
>
> Alison Taylor
>
> **HD42.M10 1990**
>
> NEW APPROACHES TO RESOLVING LOCAL PUBLIC DISPUTES
>
> Denis Madigan, et al
>
> **HD42.U79 1988**
>
> GETTING DISPUTES RESOLVED: DESIGNING SYSTEMS TO CUT THE COSTS OF
> CONFLICT
>
> Explains how to diagnose and correct problems in an existing dispute
> resolution system as well as create and implement a new system where
> one does not exist. Presents an in-depth case study of a prolonged
> labor-management conflict.
>
> 232 PP.
>
> William L. Ury, et al
>
> **HD58.6.A27 1997**
>
> HOW TO NEGOTIATE ANYTHING WITH ANYONE ANYWHERE AROUND THE WORLD
>
> Organized in an easy-to-access, quick-reference format, the author
> provides vital and interesting information about every country,
> including, basic facts about the country, details about greetings,
> conversation topics to use and to avoid, special sensitivities,
> entertainment customs, gender issues, table manners, and, of course,
> lots of key negotiation pointers and winning strategies.
>
> 336 PP.
>
> Frank L. Acuff
>
> **HD58.6.A43 1993**
>
> ADDED VALUE NEGOTIATING: THE BREAKTHROUGH METHOD FOR BUILDING BALANCED
> DEALS
>
> Added Value Negotiating presents a breakthrough method for negotiating
> that eliminates many of the problems of conventional negotiating
> approaches. This book teaches you a non-combative, five-step method
> for focusing on interests, developing options, and creating deals that
> will benefit everyone involved.
>
> 205 PP.
>
> Karl Albrecht and
>
> Steve Albrecht
>
> **HD58.6.C63 2002**
>
> NEGOTIATING SKILLS FOR MANAGERS
>
> This book explains how to establish a solid pre-negotiation
> foundation, subtly guide the negotiation, and consistently set and
> achieve satisfactory targets. From transferring one\'s existing
> strengths to the negotiating table to avoiding common negotiating
> errors, it reveals battle-proven steps for reaching personal and
> organizational objectives in every negotiation.
>
> 200 PP.
>
> Steven Cohen
>
> **HD58.6.F57 1994**
>
> NEGOTIATING FOR BUSINESS RESULTS
>
> 100 PP.
>
> Judith E. Fisher
>
> **HD58.6.F85 1991**
>
> NEGOTIATOR\'S HANDBOOK, THE: THE COMPLETE GUIDE TO WINNING TACTICS IN
> PLANNING AND EXECUTING YOUR OBJECTIVES
>
> While the ability to negotiate is crucial to business success, it is,
> unfortunately, an area where many hidden traps await the unwary. This
> one-stop, A-to-Z handbook arms readers with everything they should
> know to plan, conduct, and close any negotiation.
>
> 288 PP.
>
> George Fuller
>
> **HD58.6.L49 2004**
>
> ESSENTIALS OF NEGOTIATION \[3rd Edition\]
>
> This book explores the major concepts and theories of the psychology
> of bargaining and negotiation, and the dynamics of interpersonal and
> inter-group conflict and its resolution. In this revision, the
> organization more closely follows both Negotiation and Negotiation:
> Readings, Cases, and Exercises.
>
> 274 PP.
>
> Roy J. Lewicki, et al
>
> **HD6970.W10 1992**
>
> FEDERAL MANAGER\'S GUIDE TO LIABILITY, THE: WHAT HAPPENS AND WHAT TO
> DO WHEN YOU\'RE SUED, INDICTED, OR ADMINISTRATIVELY CHARGED
>
> William B. Wiley
>
> **HD6971.5.W45 1996**
>
> BEYOND THE WALLS OF CONFLICT: MUTUAL GAINS NEGOTIATING FOR UNIONS AND
> MANAGEMENT
>
> Beyond the Walls of Conflict is a unique book that offers a truly
> breakthrough method for solving problems between unions and
> management. For those considering or participating in alternative
> dispute resolution processes, Beyond the Walls of Conflict is a road
> map for collective bargaining and union-management problem solving. It
> offers a new vision for union and management relations that focus on
> continuous negotiations and ongoing dialogue.
>
> 242 PP.
>
> David S. Weiss
>
> **HD6971.R12 1994**
>
> PRACTICAL GUIDE TO INTEREST-BASED BARGAINING, A
>
> Dennis Reischl
>
> **HD6971.R13 1996**
>
> EEO SETTLEMENTS: THROUGH INTEREST-BASED RESOLUTIONS
>
> Michael Corum
>
> **HD6971.R14 2000**
>
> PRACTICAL GUIDE TO INTEREST-BASED BARGAINING, A \[3^RD^ Edition\]
>
> The Bargaining Book removes the mystery from the system by guiding the
> reader, step-by-step, from the initial phases of bargaining through
> implementation of the final agreement.
>
> 43 PP.
>
> FPMI Communications
>
> **HD6971.S12 2003**
>
> BARGAINING BOOK, THE: A GUIDE TO COLLECTIVE BARGAINING IN THE FEDERAL
> GOVERNMENT \[4th Edition\]
>
> The Bargaining Book removes the mystery from the system by guiding the
> reader, step-by-step, from the
>
> initial phases of bargaining through implementation of the final
> agreement.
>
> 99 PP.
>
> Phillip A. Varnak
>
> **HD8005.6.A10 1994**
>
> PRACTICAL GUIDE TO USING ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION IN THE FEDERAL
> SERVICE, A
>
> Stephen Allred
>
> **HD8005.6.G10 2000**
>
> FEDERAL COLLECTIVE BARGAINING HANDBOOK
>
> Richard B. Grant, Esq., Editor
>
> **HD8005.FPMI10 2001**
>
> ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION: A PROGRAM GUIDE
>
> 93 PP.
>
> Alvin E. Ray et al
>
> **HD8072.5.H10 1990**
>
> PROGRAM ON NEGOTIATION, THE: WORKING PAPER SERIES: IN THE MIND\'S EYE?
> CONSISTENCY & VARIATION IN EVALUATING MEDIATORS
>
> Christopher Honeyman, et al
>
> **HD8072.5.W35 1994**
>
> STRATEGIC NEGOTIATIONS: A THEORY OF CHANGE IN LABOR MANAGEMENT
> RELATIONS
>
> Richard E. Walton
>
> **HD8072.F10 1991**
>
> PROGRAM ON NEGOTIATION, THE: WORKING PAPER SERIES: QUESTIONS OF
> WITNESS CREDIBILITY
>
> Bruce Fraser
>
> **HD8072.G10 1988**
>
> PROGRAM ON NEGOTIATION, THE: WORKING PAPER SERIES: THE AMERICAN WAY
>
> Gerry Gendlin
>
> **HD8072.H10 1993**
>
> PROGRAM ON NEGOTIATION, THE: WORKING PAPER SERIES: ETHICAL AND
> UNETHICAL CONDUCT AND THE COLLECTIVE BARGAINING PROCESS
>
> E. Edward Herman and
>
> Robert Faaborg
>
> **HD8072.J10 1993**
>
> PROGRAM ON NEGOTIATION, THE: WORKING PAPER SERIES: ALTERNATIVE
> TEACHING AND LEARNING PARADIGMS IN NEGOTIATIONS
>
> Jerome Joseph and
>
> **HD8072.J11 1992**
>
> PROGRAM ON NEGOTIATION, THE: WORKING PAPER SERIES: ALTERNATIVE VALUE
> BASES OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS CHOICEMAKING PROCESSES
>
> Jerome Joseph and
>
> **HD8072.K10 1991**
>
> PROGRAM ON NEGOTIATION, THE: WORKING PAPER SERIES: THE MULTIPLE FACES
> OF CONFLICT IN ORGANIZATIONS
>
> Deborah M. Kolb and
>
> Linda L. Putnam
>
> **HD8072.L10 1995**
>
> PROGRAM ON NEGOTIATION, THE: WORKING PAPER SERIES: THE IMPORTANCE OF
> CONTEXTUAL FACTORS IN NEGOTIATING POWER AND PROCESSES
>
> Candace D. Lun
>
> **HD8072.O10 1991**
>
> PROGRAM ON NEGOTIATION, THE: WORKINGPAPER SERIES: TRANSFORMATIVE
> MEDIATION TECHNIQUES: IMPROVING PUBLIC PARTICIPATION
>
> Connie P. Ozawa
>
> **HD8072.P11 1989**
>
> PROGRAM ON NEGOTIATION, THE: WORKING SERIES: THE EVOLUTION AND SOCIAL
> PSYCHOLOGY OF PROBLEM SOLVING WORKSHOPS
>
> Neil M. Peretz
>
> **HD8072.R10 1988**
>
> PROGRAM ON NEGOTIATION, THE: WORKING SERIES: SOME WISE AND MISTAKEN
> ASSUMPTIONS ABOUT CONFLICT AND NEGOTIATION
>
> Jeffery Z. Rubin
>
> **HD8072.R11 1989**
>
> PROGRAM ON NEGOTIATION, THE: WORKING SERIES: NEGOTIATION AND THE MEEK
> OF THE EARTH
>
> Jeffery Z. Rubin and
>
> Jeswald W. Salacuse
>
> **HD8072.S10 1985**
>
> PROGRAM ON NEGOTIATION, THE: WORKING SERIES: THE SITTING PUZZLE:
> BALANCING ECONOMIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL GAINS AND LOSSES
>
> Lawrence Susskind
>
> **HD8072.W10 1985**
>
> PROGRAM ON NEGOTIATION, THE: WORKING SERIES: PROTOCOLS FOR DEBRIEFING
> PRACTITIONERS
>
> Michael Wheeler
>
> **HF5353.I43 1980**
>
> POWER NEGOTIATING: STRATEGIES FOR WINNING IN LIFE AND BUSINESS
>
> John Ilich
>
> **HF5354.A83 1990**
>
> NEGOTIATION SOURCEBOOK, THE
>
> Asherman and Asherman, Editors
>
> **HF5354.H10 1990**
>
> PRACTITIONER\'S GUIDE TO FEDERAL SECTOR NEGOTIABILITY, THE
>
> Jerome P. Herdiman
>
> **HM136.D36 1997**
>
> MANAGING DIFFERENCES: HOW TO BUILD BETTER RELATIONSHIPS AT WORK AND
> HOME
>
> Daniel Dana
>
> **HM136.M684 1996**
>
> MEDIATION PROCESS, THE: PRACTICAL STRATEGIES FOR RESOLVING CONFLICT
> \[2nd Edition\]
>
> Christopher W. Moore
>
> **HM136.S633 1996**
>
> WHEN PUSH COMES TO SHOVE: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO MEDIATING DISPUTES
>
> Karl A. Slaikeu covers the basic interpersonal and communications
> skills needed to mediate conflict, presenting a five-step mediation
> process, and coaches the reader through each phase. The author also
> addresses mediation \"on the fly\" where a more structured process is
> not possible or called for.
>
> 320 PP.
>
> Karl A. Slaikeu
>
> **KF3515.S11 1999**
>
> FEDERAL MANAGER\'S GUIDE TO LIABILITY, THE: WHAT HAPPENS AND WHAT TO
> DO WHEN A MANAGER IS CHARGED, SUED, INDICTED OR ADMINISTRATIVELY
> CHARGED \[2nd Edition\]
>
> By understanding the principles in this book, federal managers can
> make important decisions without being overly concerned about being
> sued or becoming subject to an investigation or adverse action.
>
> 75 PP.
>
> G. Jerry Shaw and
>
> William L. Bransford
>
> **K120.M66 2000**
>
> BEYOND WINNING: NEGOTIATING TO CREATE VALUE IN DEALS AND DISPUTES
>
> In this step-by-step guide to conflict resolution, the authors
> describe the many obstacles that can derail a legal negotiation, both
> behind the bargaining table with one\'s own client and across the
> table with the other side. They offer clear, candid advice about ways
> lawyers can search for beneficial trades, enlarge the scope of
> interests, improve communication, minimize transaction costs, and
> leave both sides better off than before.
>
> 354 PP.
>
> Robert H. l. Mnookin, et al
>
> **[Organizational Behavior]{.underline}**
>
> **BF637.L4A10 2001**
>
> LOVE AND WORK: A CONVERSATION WITH JAMES AUTRY
>
> Composed of refreshingly jargon-free short essays and poetry, Autry\'s
> management primer promotes the integration of work and life and the
> adoption of egalitarian business practices.
>
> 224 PP.
>
> James Autry
>
> **BF637.S4G47 1989**
>
> EMPOWERMENT: THE ART OF CREATING YOUR LIFE AS YOU WANT IT
>
> Gershon and Straub are the leaders of the Empowerment Workshop, an
> internationally recognized human potential training program. Now they
> present their program in this easy-to-use guide with methods for using
> affirmations, visualizations, and other metaphysical tools to achieve
> exactly what you desire out of life.
>
> 234 PP.
>
> David Gershon and
>
> Gail Straub
>
> **BF637.T4D40 2001**
>
> SERVANT LEADERSHIP CHARACTERISTICS IN ORGANIZATIONAL LIFE
>
> Don DeGraff, et. al.
>
> **HD2741.M65 1990**
>
> EVERYBODY\'S BUSINESS: A FIELD GUIDE TO THE 400 LEADING COMPANIES IN
> AMERICA
>
> 800 PP.
>
> Milton Moskowitz, et. al.
>
> **HD31.5.K63 1986**
>
> ANATOMY OF AN EXECUTIVE
>
> Aldolph M. Kaplan
>
> **HD31.5.MC34 1988**
>
> DEVELOPING EXECUTIVES THROUGH WORK EXPERIENCE
>
> Morgan W. McCall Jr.
>
> **HD31.B6135 1997**
>
> REFRAMING ORGANIZATIONS: ARTISTRY, CHOICE, AND LEADERSHIP
>
> The authors consolidate key learning's from organization theory into
> four practical, easy-to-understand perspectives or \"frames\":
> structural, human resource, political, and symbolic. These frames
> provide a complete portrait of an organization and allow managers to
> clarify issues and create a flexible, dynamic, \"big picture\"
> management strategy.
>
> 380 PP.
>
> Lee G. Bolman and
>
> Terrence E. Deal
>
> **HD31.D42185 1987**
>
> PEOPLEWARE: PRODUCTIVE PROJECTS AND TEAMS
>
> This book challenges the modern myth that technology is the
> cornerstone of productivity. It makes you think about creating a
> culture that allows people to work effectively.
>
> Tom DeMarco and
>
> Timothy Lister
>
> **HD31.M298 1993**
>
> ORGANIZATIONS
>
> [Organizations]{.underline} has become a classic work and a seminal
> book in organization theory. Written by two of the world\'s most
> important contributors to the field, one a Nobel prize winner, it is
> an essential reference for every serious student of organizations.
>
> 287 PP.
>
> James March and
>
> Herbert Simon
>
> **HD31.M628 1996**
>
> IMAGES OF ORGANIZATION \[2^nd^ Edition\]
>
> 496 PP.
>
> Gareth Morgan
>
> **HD31.M6281 1997**
>
> TEACHING NOTES: TO ACCOMPANY IMAGES OF ORGANIZATION AND CREATIVE
> ORGANIZATION THEORY \[2^nd^ Edition\]
>
> These are notes to accompany the book, \"IMAGES OF ORGANIZATION\".
>
> Gareth Morgan and
>
> Asaf Zohar
>
> **HD38.4.P56 1993**
>
> END OF BUREAUCRACY AND THE RISE OF THE INTELLIGENT ORGANIZATION, THE
>
> Everyone complains about bureaucracy\--this book shows what can be
> done to replace it with more humane and effective systems of
> organization. The Pinchots describe effective organizations that fully
> utilize the intelligence of all employees, not just those at the top.
>
> 399 PP.
>
> Gifford Pinchot and
>
> Elizabeth Pinchot
>
> **HD38.M612 1997**
>
> IMAGIN-I-ZATION: NEW MINDSETS FOR SEEING, ORGANIZING, AND MANAGING
>
> \"Imaginization\" is a way of thinking and organizing. It is a key
> managerial skill that will help you understand and develop your own
> creative potential, and find innovative solutions to difficult
> problems.
>
> 350 PP.
>
> Gareth Morgan and
>
> **HD58.7.B58 1989**
>
> EMPOWERED MANAGER, THE: POSITIVE POLITICAL SKILLS
>
> Managers and other employees who pick up The Empowered Manager will
> not just be reading about management. They will be harvesting timeless
> tips from a master of business thinking. Moreover, they will be
> uncovering a road map that leads to enhanced effectiveness and job
> satisfaction.
>
> 204 PP.
>
> Peter Block
>
> **HD58.7.B756 1983**
>
> MANAGING CONFLICT AT ORGANIZATIONAL INTERFACES
>
> L. David. Brown
>
> **HD58.7.B76 1982**
>
> MANAGING BEHAVIOR ON THE JOB
>
> Paul L. Brown
>
> **HD58.7.H3683 1993**
>
> UNDERSTANDING ORGANIZATIONS: HOW UNDERSTANDING THE WAYS ORGANIZATIONS
> ACTUALLY WORK CAN BE USED TO MANAGE THEM BETTER
>
> Long a bestseller in the United Kingdom, this classic text offers an
> illuminating discussion of key concepts of concern to all managers:
> culture, motivation, leadership, power, role-playing and working in
> groups. What the successful manager knows intuitively, Charles Handy
> puts into words.
>
> 448 PP.
>
> Charles Handy
>
> **HD58.7.H376 1988**
>
> ABILENE PARADOX AND OTHER MEDIATIONS ON MANAGEMENT, THE
>
> The author recounts the story behind the title with the purpose of
> explaining why people and organizations often make decisions that are
> at odds with their true collective purpose.
>
> Jerry B. Harvey
>
> **HD58.7.H45 1993**
>
> MANAGEMENT OF ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR: UTILIZING HUMAN RESOURCES
> \[6^th^ Edition\]
>
> Used by more than a million people, this best-selling book is based on
> fundamental ideas from the applied behavioral sciences that have been
> successfully applied in thousands of organizations throughout the
> world. Complete coverage of motivation and behavior, situational
> leadership, building effective relationships, planning and
> implementing change, leadership strategies, and the organizational
> cone and integrating situational leadership with the Classics.
>
> 536 PP.
>
> Paul Hersey and
>
> Kenneth Blanchard
>
> **HD58.7.K465 1984**
>
> NEUROTIC ORGANIZATION, THE
>
> Danny Miller
>
> **HD58.7.L477 2000**
>
> SOUL AT WORK, THE: LISTEN\...RESPOND\...LET GO
>
> In a nutshell, \"complexity science\" refers to how things interact
> with each other in the natural world. Lewin and Regine, respected
> academics and authors, attempt to build on this model, pointing out
> its applications in the business world. The world is often chaotic,
> though properly challenged people can often surmount and even thrive
> amidst the chaos.
>
> 336 PP.
>
> Roger Lewin and
>
> Birute Regine
>
> **HD58.7.P42 1993**
>
> WORLD WAITING TO BE BORN, A: CIVILITY REDISCOVERED
>
> [A World Waiting to Be Born,]{.underline} is the author\'s
> long-awaited major new work of nonfiction, and it brings us the most
> urgent messages and the most important guidance toward change Dr. Peck
> has ever offered.
>
> 384 PP.
>
> Scott M. Peck
>
> **HD58.7.S33 1992**
>
> ORGANIZATIONAL CULTURE AND LEADERSHIP \[1st and 2nd Editions\]
>
> Schein shows how to identify, nurture, and shape the cultures of
> organizations in any stage of development, and presents critical new
> learnings and practices in the field, including additional work on
> subcultures. The result is a vital aid to understanding and practicing
> organizational effectiveness.
>
> 380 PP.
>
> Edgar H. Schein
>
> **HD58.7.S48 1997**
>
> TRUST IN THE BALANCE: BUILDING SUCCESSFUL ORGANIZATIONS ON RESULTS,
> INTEGRITY, AND CONCERN
>
> This book should be on the must-read list for any leader who is
> contemplating reorganization, downsizing, or a move to shared
> leadership.
>
> 223 PP.
>
> Robert Bruce Shaw
>
> **HD58.8.A75 1978**
>
> ORGANIZATIONAL LEARNING: A THEORY OF ACTION PERSPECTIVE
>
> Chris Argyris
>
> **HD58.8.H362 1989**
>
> AGE OF UNREASON, THE
>
> Named one of the ten best business books of 1990 by Business Week, The
> Age of Unreason is now available in paperback. Charles Handy maintains
> that in an era of random change, it is necessary to break out of old
> ways of thinking in order to use change to one\'s advantage.
>
> Charles Handy
>
> **HD58.82.D38 1998**
>
> WORKING KNOWLEDGE: HOW ORGANIZATIONS MANAGE WHAT THEY KNOW
>
> Drawing on their work with more than 30 knowledge-rich firms, the
> authors-experienced consultants with a track record of success-examine
> how all types of companies can effectively understand, analyze,
> measure, and manage their intellectual assets, turning corporate
> knowledge into market value.
>
> 224 PP.
>
> Thomas H. Davenport and
>
> Laurence Prusak
>
> **HD58.9.S73 1990**
>
> APPRECIATIVE MANAGEMENT AND LEADERSHIP: THE POWER OF POSITIVE THOUGHT
> AND ACTION IN ORGANIZATIONS
>
> Shows how executives can introduce, nurture, and develop human values
> in organizational life. Explores modes of thought and processes of
> leadership that stimulate cooperation and enhance creativity in
> working toward common organizational goals.
>
> 480 PP.
>
> Suresh Srivastva and
>
> David L. Cooperrider, and Associates
>
> **HD59.B93 1991**
>
> ZAPP! THE LIGHTNING OF EMPOWERMENT
>
> Empowerment is the answer, and it is easier to achieve than you may
> think. In this motivating book you will find specific strategies
> designed to help you empower your employees daily.
>
> 224 PP.
>
> W. C. Byham and
>
> Jeff Cox
>
> **HD70.U5M54 1994**
>
> FRAMEBREAK: THE RADICAL REDESIGN OF AMERICAN BUSINESS
>
> The authors propose a strikingly new design for organizations based
> around four conceptual dimensions: knowledge and learning; recovery
> and development; world service and spirituality; and operations. Each
> dimension analyzes, interprets, and responds to the organization and
> the outside world from a different perspective.
>
> 155 PP.
>
> Ian I. Mitroff, et al
>
> **HF5549.5.M63M368 1991**
>
> WHY THIS HORSE WON\'T DRINK: HOW TO WIN AND HOW TO KEEP EMPLOYEE
> COMMITMENT
>
> Ken Matejka
>
> **HM131.P1450 1997**
>
> POWER PRINCIPLE, THE: INFLUENCE WITH HONOR
>
> Blaine Lee
>
> **HN65.L365 1991**
>
> NEW INDIVIDUALISTS, THE: THE GENERATION AFTER THE ORGANIZATION MAN
>
> In 1956, W.H. Whyte, Jr. published \"The Organization Men\". With the
> aid of Whyte\'s notes & his blessings authors, Leinberger and Tucker
> researched & searched the offspring of the original focus group. What
> they found was this group of baby boomers are redefining both
> organizational and individualism, with profound consequences.
>
> Paul Leinberger and
>
> Bruce Tucker
>
> **JK421.N34 1996**
>
> BEST KEPT SECRETS IN GOVERNMENT: HOW THE CLINTON ADMINISTRATION IS
> REINVENTING THE WAY WASHINGTON WORKS
>
> In this highly readable report, the fourth in a series by the National
> Performance Review, the former Vice President reveals some new
> government secrets, chief of which is that the government is now
> costing less and working better.
>
> Former Vice President Al Gore
>
> **[Organizational Development]{.underline}**
>
> **H61.4.H392 1982**
>
> SEVEN TOMORROWS: TOWARD A VOLUNTARY HISTORY
>
> 235 PP.
>
> Paul Hawken and
>
> James Ogilvy
>
> **HD58.8.82.G37 2003**
>
> LEARNING IN ACTION: A GUIDE TO PUTTING THE LEARNING ORGANIZATION TO
> WORK
>
> Describes basic steps in every learning process, then addresses
> critical challenges facing managers at each of these stages and the
> various ways these challenges can be met. Introduces three modes of
> learning intelligence gathering, experience, and experimentation and
> shows how each mode is most effectively deployed.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> David A. Garvin
>
> **HD58.82.L53 2000**
>
> BUILDING ORGANIZATIONAL INTELLIGENCE: A KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT PRIMER
>
> A book/CD-ROM for executives, managers, systems analysts, and other
> knowledge management professionals, describing the concepts and tools
> associated with storing, managing, distributing, and retrieving
> information.
>
> 141 PP.
>
> Jay Liebowitz
>
> **HD2741.T36 2003**
>
> NAKED CORPORATION, THE: HOW THE AGE OF TRANSPARENCY WILL REVOLUTIONIZE
> BUSINESS
>
> The authors explain how the new transparency has caused a power shift
> toward customers, employees, shareholders, and other stakeholders; how
> and where information has exploded; and how corporations across many
> industries have seized on transparency not as a challenge but as an
> opportunity.
>
> 348 PP.
>
> Don Tapscott and
>
> David Ticoll
>
> **HD30.28.E33 1993**
>
> ADDING VALUE: A SYSTEMATIC GUIDE TO BUSINESS-DRIVEN MANAGEMENT AND
> LEADERSHIP
>
> Gerard Egan
>
> **HD30.285.J66 1995**
>
> SAY IT AND LIVE IT: THE 50 CORPORATE MISSION STATEMENTS THAT HIT THE
> MARK
>
> Say It and Live It is the first collection of the most intriguing
> corporate mission statements, and will be an invaluable source for
> individuals who are beginning to think about and write their own
> corporate mission statements.
>
> 266 PP.
>
> Patricia Jones and
>
> Larry Kahaner
>
> **HD31.N53 1993**
>
> LIVING ORGANIZATION, THE: TRANSFORMING TEAMS INTO WORKPLACE
> COMMUNITIES
>
> The Living Organization is a powerful new way of turning around a
> disenchanted workforce that has lost faith in management fads. This
> guide lays out a blueprint for the transformation of your organization
> into a workplace community with real-world examples and a how-to
> strategy.
>
> 300 PP.
>
> John Nirenberg
>
> **HD38.2.H25 2004**
>
> H.I.M.M. HIGH IMPACT MIDDLE MANAGEMENT: SOLUTIONS FOR TODAY\'S BUSY
> MANAGERS
>
> According to the author, keeping people great depends on the success
> of middle managers - those who have the power to either execute
> positive results or cause a company to stagnate. High impact middle
> managers are timely and on target, know how to think strategically and
> transition well between tasks, and their ideas are provocative in ways
> that help move work forward. The author adds that they also \"produce
> results and imbue the workplace with energy.\"
>
> 240 PP.
>
> Lisa Haneberg
>
> **HD38.A27 1994**
>
> DEMOCRATIC CORPORATION, THE: A RADICAL PRESCRIPTION FOR RECREATING
> CORPORATE AMERICA AND REDISCOVERING SUCCESS
>
> Ackoff explodes a number of business notions and introduces
> organizational structures that can give a competitive edge. He cites
> examples from prominent companies such as General Motors, IBM, Kodak,
> Alcoa, Dupont, and others.
>
> 272 PP.
>
> Russell L. Ackoff
>
> **HD38.L73 1995**
>
> T-FORM ORGANIZATION, THE: USING TECHNOLOGY TO DESIGN ORGANIZATIONS FOR
> THE 21st CENTURY
>
> Henry C. Lucas, Jr., goes beyond mere description to show how managers
> can use information technology (IT), combined with conventional
> approaches to organizational design, to create a technologically-based
> \"T-Form\" organization.
>
> 253 PP.
>
> Henry C. Lucas, Jr.
>
> **HD38.W10 1996**
>
> SYSTAMIC SUCCESSION PLANNING: BUILDING LEADERSHIP FROM WITHIN
>
> Read and learn the difference between replacement planning and
> succession planning. How to develop a succession plan for each work
> group, and why key positions may not be obvious but may not always be
> at the top. Also, learn how to evaluate individuals for future
> opportunities.
>
> 126 PP.
>
> Rebecca L. Wolfe
>
> **HD4904.B4 2003**
>
> MAXIMIZING THE HUMAN CAPITAL: GETTING THE JOB DONE THROUGH EMPLOYEE
> EMPOWERMENT IN THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT
>
> This guide provides the opportunity for agencies to meet challenge not
> through organizational changes, policy issuances and strategic plans,
> but through a step-by-step process of employee empowerment.
>
> Kenneth Burger and
>
> Alvin Ray
>
> **HD4928.G34B45 1991**
>
> GAIN SHARING: THE NEW PATH TO PROFITS AND PRODUCTIVITY
>
> 216 PP.
>
> John G. Belcher
>
> **HD4928.S10 1993**
>
> ORGANIZATIONAL VISION, VALUES AND MISSION: BUILDING THE ORGANIZATION
> OF TOMORROW
>
> Develop organizational vision, values, and mission to build team
> spirit and productivity.
>
> 100 PP.
>
> Cynthia Scott, et al
>
> **HD50.5.M36 1996**
>
> CREATING AN \"OPEN BOOK\" ORGANIZATION\...WHERE EMPLOYEES THINK AND
> ACT LIKE BUSINESS PARTNERS
>
> This is a book delivers an integrated approach that you can begin
> using today as a blueprint for transformation. You will also discover
> a wealth of real-world examples, checklists, graphs, and charts to
> help facilitate your efforts and get you up to speed quickly.
>
> 300 PP.
>
> Thomas J. McCoy
>
> **HD5650.L354 1992**
>
> ULTIMATE ADVANTAGE, THE: CREATING THE HIGH-INVOLVEMENT ORGANIZATION
>
> The Ultimate Advantage is an informed and detailed overview of how an
> organization must be designed to encourage innovation, increase
> cost-effectiveness, and deliver enhanced quality, customer service,
> and speed.
>
> 371 PP.
>
> Edward E. Lawler
>
> **HD58..9.B43 2001**
>
> HR SCORECARD, THE: LINKING PEOPLE, STRATEGY, AND PERFORMANCE
>
> This book demonstrates how improved measurements play a vital role in
> linking human resource initiatives to business strategies and to
> significant increases in shareholder value.
>
> 304 PP.
>
> Brian E. Becker, et al
>
> **HD58.8.C12 2000**
>
> POSSIBILITIES LEADER, THE
>
> 224 PP.
>
> Robert R. Carkhuff and
>
> Bernard G. Berenson
>
> **HD58.8.F76 1984**
>
> ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT: BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE INTERVENTIONS FOR
> ORGANIZATION IMPROVEMENT
>
> This edition reflects recent developments in OD usage, its expansion
> into new areas, current research, and an evaluation of OD\'s
> capabilities and limitations. The authors address the rapidly changing
> context of globalization, intensified competition and collaboration,
> and high-interest matters such as Total Quality Management (TQM) and
> large-scale organizational change.
>
> 352 PP.
>
> Wendell L. French and
>
> Cecil H. Bell, Jr.
>
> **HD58.8.M2633 1988**
>
> ORGANIZATIONAL DIAGNOSIS: A PRACTICAL APPROACH TO COMPANY PROBLEM
> SOLVING
>
> The thesis is that the solution to many organizational problems lies
> within the company itself\--with its own people. This is a handbook of
> step-by-step suggestions for tapping this resource to solve problems,
> meet competitive challenges and revitalize organizations.
>
> 292 PP.
>
> Andrew Manzini
>
> **HD58.82.B78 1996**
>
> AN UNUSED INTELLIGENCE: PHYSICAL THINKING FOR 21ST CENTURY LEADERSHIP
>
> This book contains a revolutionary approach to the mind-body
> connection. It combines the classic wisdom of the martial art aikido,
> the unrestrained exploration of Outward Bound, and the management of
> personal and collective energy in the workplace\--with remarkable
> results at every level.
>
> 260 PP.
>
> Andy Bryner and
>
> Dawna Markova
>
> **HD58.82.K10 1994**
>
> REFLECTIONS: ON CREATING LEARNING ORGANIZATIONS
>
> 124 PP.
>
> Kellie T. Wardman, Editor
>
> **HD58.82.L4 1995**
>
> LEARNING ORGANIZATIONS: DEVELOPING CULTURES FOR TOMORROW\'S WORKPLACE
>
> Learning Organizations: Developing Cultures for Tomorrow\'s Workplace
> contains essays by thirty-nine of the most respected practitioners and
> scholars on this topic. This definitive collection of essays is rich
> in concept and theory as well as application and example.
>
> 571 PP.
>
> Sarita Chawla and
>
> John Renesch, Editors
>
> **HD58.9.A447 1994**
>
> NORTHBOUND TRAIN, THE: FINDING THE PURPOSE, SETTING THE DIRECTION,
> SHAPING THE DESTINY OF YOUR ORGANIZATION
>
> The author provides advice for exactly how to lead your company (or
> your portion of the company) in the right direction. In addition, how
> to reward employees based on their real, verifiable contributions to
> that end-of-the-track goal. Is your company ready?
>
> 213 PP.
>
> Karl Albrecht
>
> **HD58.9.B45 1997**
>
> ORGANIZING GENIUS: THE SECRETS OF CREATIVE COLLABORATION
>
> The authors discuss how Great Groups believe both that they are
> underdogs up against a powerful foe and that they are bound to
> succeed. Organizing Genius also illuminates the roles of a Great Group
> leader as a gatherer of talent, a source of inspiration, and a bridge
> to the outside world.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Warren Bennis and
>
> Patricia W. Beiderman
>
> **HD58.9.C36 1989**
>
> BENCHMARKING: THE SEARCH FOR INDUSTRY BEST PRACTICES THAT LEAD TO
> SUPERIOR PERFORMANCE
>
> Author Robert C. Camp guides you through all phases of the 10-step
> benchmarking process, from planning to maturity. It also contains case
> study examples from Xerox\'s successful benchmark of L.L. Bean and
> over 50 tables and figures.
>
> 299 PP.
>
> Robert C. Camp
>
> **HD58.9.I467 1996**
>
> IMPROVEMENT GUIDE, THE: A PRACTICAL APPROACH TO ENHANCING
> ORGANIZATIONAL PERFORMANCE
>
> The Improvement Guide offers a fundamental approach that promotes
> integrated activities designed to eliminate quality problems,
> reengineer systems to reduce costs, and create new products and
> services to increase demand.
>
> 370 PP.
>
> Gerald J. Langley, et al
>
> **HD58.9.J20 1987**
>
> ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT ANNUAL VOLUME I: ENTRY: BEGINNING THE OD
> CONSULTATION PROCESS
>
> Conrad Jackson
>
> **HD58.9.J21 1988**
>
> ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT ANNUAL VOLUME II: CONTRACTING FOR
> ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT CONSULTATION
>
> Conrad Jackson
>
> **HD58.9.J22 1990**
>
> ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT ANNUAL VOLUME III: DIAGNOSING CLIENT
> ORGANIZATIONS
>
> Conrad Jackson
>
> **HD58.9.J23 1992**
>
> ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT ANNUAL VOLUME IV: INTERVENING IN CLIENT
> ORGANIZATIONS
>
> Conrad Jackson
>
> **HD58.9.J24 1994**
>
> ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT ANNUAL VOLUME V: EVALUATING ORGANIZATION
> DEVELOPMENT INTERVENTIONS
>
> Conrad Jackson
>
> **HD58.9.K48 1989**
>
> MANAGING BEYOND THE QUICK FIX
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Ralph H. Kilmann
>
> **HD58.9.S384 1996**
>
> POWER OF OPEN-BOOK MANAGEMENT, THE: RELEASING THE TRUE POTENTIAL OF
> PEOPLE\'S MINDS, HEARTS, AND HANDS
>
> Practical, comprehensive, and in many ways, inspirational, The Power
> of Open-Book Management gives executives, managers, and team leaders
> the tools for initiating a direct route to greater profitability and
> growth.
>
> 288 PP.
>
> John P. Schuster, et al
>
> **HD58.9.V63 1990**
>
> EMPOWERMENT IN ORGANIZATIONS: HOW TO SPARK EXCEPTIONAL PERFORMANCE
>
> 246 PP.
>
> Ken Murrell and
>
> Judith Vogt
>
> **HD58.9.W569 2003**
>
> LEAN THINKING: BANISH WASTE AND CREATE WEALTH IN YOUR CORPORATION
>
> Womack and Jones, the authors of The Machine That Changed the World
> and creators of the \"lean enterprise\" theory, take leanness to the
> next step with a focus on what the customer really wants, not what it
> is possible to get him to accept. This is the management book for the
> next business generation.
>
> 350 PP.
>
> James P. Womack and
>
> Daniel T. Jones
>
> **HD58.9.W66 1990**
>
> UNBLOCKING YOUR ORGANIZATION
>
> 234 PP.
>
> Mike Woodcock and
>
> Francis Woodcock
>
> **HD6490.O72U66D 1997**
>
> ORGANIZING TO WIN: NEW RESEARCH ON UNION STRATEGIES
>
> At a time when the American labor movement is mobilizing for a major
> resurgence through new organizing, here, at last, is a book about
> research on union organizing strategies.
>
> 368 PP.
>
> Kate Bronfenbrenner, et al, Editors
>
> **HD69.C6S281 1988**
>
> PROCESS CONSULTATION: ITS ROLE IN ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT \[Volume
> I\] \[2^nd^ Edition\]
>
> This book was originally written to communicate and describe to
> academic colleagues and consultants what even occur in organizations.
>
> 204 PP.
>
> Edgar H. Schein
>
> **HD69.C6S28 1987**
>
> PROCESS CONSULTATION: LESSONS FOR MANAGERS AND CONSULTANTS \[Volume
> II\]
>
> Edgar H. Schein
>
> **HD9696.D363U68 1987**
>
> INFOPRENEURS: TURNING DATA INTO DOLLARS
>
> This book shows one how to join this successful new breed of
> entrepreneurs - - whether you specialize in generating or marketing
> information.
>
> H. Skip Weitzen
>
> **HF5415.12.J3.J63 1996**
>
> RELENTLESS: THE JAPANESE WAY OF MARKETING
>
> Johny K. Johansson and
>
> Ikujiro Nonaka
>
> **HF5415.R54369 1993**
>
> 22 IMMUTABLE LAWS OF MARKETING, THE: VIOLATE THEM AT YOUR OWN RISK
>
> Combining a wide-ranging historical overview with a keen eye toward
> the future, the authors have brought to light 22 superlative tools and
> innovative techniques for the international marketplace. The examples,
> and commonsense suggestions, of these two marketing consultants are
> nothing less than laws by which companies will flourish or fail.
>
> 128 PP.
>
> Al Ries and
>
> Jack Trout
>
> **HF5547.T125 1980**
>
> PARTICIPATIVE PRINCE
>
> Daniel A. Tayliere
>
> **HF5548.8.L963 1989**
>
> STRATEGY OF THE DOLPHIN: SCORING A WIN IN A CHAOTIC WORLD
>
> This is a \`\`how to manage better\'\' book, written by two members of
> the Brain Technologies Corporation, a corporate consulting firm. Even
> though the underlying theory is covered in many other books, the
> combination of metaphor with illustrations and quotes by famous people
> might appeal to certain clientele more than other \`\`drier\'\' works.
>
> 324 PP.
>
> Dudley Lynch and
>
> Paul L. Kordis
>
> **HF5549.M93 1990**
>
> EVERY EMPLOYEE A MANAGER
>
> Scott M. Myers
>
> **HF5549.R10F10 2000**
>
> ORGANIZATIONAL ASSESSMENT: DIAGNOSIS AND INTERVENTION
>
> Rolf E. Rogers and
>
> Jane Y. Fong
>
> **HF5549.S36 1991**
>
> EMPOWERMENT: A PRACTICAL GUIDE FOR SUCCESS
>
> Cynthia Scott and
>
> Dennis Jaffe
>
> **HF55G49.S36 1991**
>
> EMPOWERMENT: BUILDING A COMMITTED WORKFORCE
>
> This book set up the ideas needed both to view the extent of
> empowerment in your organization and to lay the groundwork for the
> changes you will need to make.
>
> 96 PP.
>
> Cynthia D. Scott and
>
> Dennis T. Jaffe
>
> **HM131.E83 1964**
>
> MODERN ORGANIZATIONS
>
> Amitai Etzioni
>
> **JK469.083 1992**
>
> REINVENTING GOVERNMENT: HOW THE ENTREPRENURIAL SPIRIT IS TRANSFORMING
> THE PUBLIC SECTOR
>
> Reinventing Government is both a call to arms in the revolt against
> bureaucratic malaise and a guide to those who want to build something
> better. It shows that there is a third way: that the options are not
> simply liberal or conservative, but that our systems of governance can
> be fundamentally reframed; that a caring government can still function
> as efficiently as the best-run businesses.
>
> David Osborne and
>
> Ted Gaebler
>
> **[Performance Management]{.underline}**
>
> **HD31.S6924 2003**
>
> FROM COST TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT: A BLUEPRINT FOR ORGANIZATIONAL
> DEVELOPMENT
>
> This text provides application-based guidance for melding the best of
> today\'s cost and performance management methods into a unified
> cost/performance approach that fits your organization\'s needs,
> readiness, and identity.
>
> 352 PP.
>
> Catherine Stenzel
>
> **JK2445.P76W33 1998**
>
> MEASURING UP: GOVERNING\'S GUIDE TO PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT FOR
> GENIUSES \[AND OTHER PUBLIC MANAGERS\]
>
> A hands-on, user-friendly, somewhat irreverent guide to the management
> technique known as performance measurement for federal, state and
> local government public managers.
>
> 179 PP.
>
> Jonathan Walters
>
> **HF5549.5.E42B76 1993**
>
> HANDLING THE DIFFICULT EMPLOYEE: SOLVING PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS
>
> 80 PP.
>
> Marty Brounstein
>
> **HD551.J359 1996**
>
> DELIVERING EXCEPTIONAL PERFORMANCE: ALIGNING THE POTENTIAL OF
> ORGANIZATIONS, TEAMS AND INDIVIDUALS
>
> Delivering Exceptional Performance provides a powerful framework with
> which to review and align your business in the context of the changing
> environment. It places special emphasis on the organization\'s most
> valuable asset - the individuals and teams and the knowledge they
> possess.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Pam Jones, et al
>
> **HF5549.5.ATO10 2005**
>
> AIR TRAFFIC ORGANIZATION REFERENCE GUIDE TO PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
>
> This is a resource for essential ATO performance management
> information. Its primary focus is the agency\'s Performance Management
> System (PMS), however PMS principles can be applied to any of the ATO
> performance management processes.
>
> 153 PP.
>
> ATO-A Workforce Services
>
> Performance Management Team
>
> **HD56.F829 1997**
>
> MANAGING PERFORMANCE IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS: PREPARING, PLANNING, AND
> IMPLEMENTING
>
> Develop skills to manage your budget, time, and the quality of work on
> human performance technology projects. The author leads you through
> the steps of successful project management. All the essential aspects
> of project development are addressed, and the process is broken down
> into three main areas: preparing, planning, and implementing.
>
> 236 PP.
>
> Jim Fuller
>
> **HD5660.B10 2002**
>
> ZAP THE GAPS! TARGET HIGHER PRFORMANCE AND ACHIEVE IT!
>
> Zap the Gaps! offers an entertaining and memorable parable that
> suggests innovative approaches to both management and customer
> service. Using mnemonic devices and catchy stories, Blanchard and his
> coauthors reveal the secrets behind performance improvement.
>
> Ken Blanchard, et. al.
>
> **HD58.9.C483 2000**
>
> PERFORMANCE SCORECARDS: MEASURING THE RIGHT THINGS IN THE REAL WORLD
>
> Because they can be customized to track indicators specific to your
> organization\'s success, \"Performance Scorecards\" are a busy
> manager\'s best resource for quickly aligning strategy and promoting
> behaviors that lead to desired results.
>
> 162 PP.
>
> Richard Chang and
>
> Mark W. Morgan
>
> **HD58.9.F58 1993**
>
> BENCHMARKING STAFF PERFORMANCE: HOW STAFF DEPARTMENTS CAN ENHANCE
> THEIR VALUE TO THE CUSTOMER
>
> Jac Fitz-enz breaks new ground by showing how to apply benchmarking
> techniques - typically used for line functions in manufacturing - to
> measure the added value of staff.
>
> 218 PP.
>
> Jac Fitz-enz
>
> **HD58.9.N58 2002**
>
> BALANCED SCORECARD STEP BY STEP: MAXIMIZING PERFORMANCE AND
> MAINTAINING RESULTS
>
> This remarkable tool provides the crucial link in turning strategy
> into action at every level of the organization and translates
> all-important intangible assets such as intellectual capital, customer
> relationships, and innovation into real value.
>
> 352 PP.
>
> Paul R. Niven
>
> **HD58.9.P65 2003**
>
> MEASURING PERFORMANCE IN PUBLIC AND NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS
>
> This book addresses three key components of organizational
> self-assessment: the technical aspects of performance measurement, the
> key strategic aspects, and strategic planning.
>
> 320 PP.
>
> Theodore H. Poister
>
> **HD58.L10 1998**
>
> FEDERAL MANAGER\'S GUIDE TO MEASURING ORGANIZATIONAL PERFORMANCE, THE
>
> 54 PP.
>
> Norman LaCharite\'
>
> **HD66.A85 1997**
>
> TEAM PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT AND MEASUREMENT: THEORY, METHODS AND
> APPLICATIONS
>
> The volume presents a collection of recent thoughts on measuring team
> performance by experts currently working with teams in such capacities
> as training, evaluation, and process consultation. The book presents,
> in one place, much of the current wisdom about the measurement of team
> performance.
>
> 370 PP.
>
> Michael T. Brannick, et al
>
> **HF5549.5.C12 1994**
>
> HUMAN TOUCH PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL, THE
>
> The Human Touch Performance Appraisal, focuses on the process of
> conducting performance appraisals, not the paperwork or the \"form.\"
> Applying the human touch helps managers get the most from their
> employees; it is a way to identify and focus on employees\' goals,
> needs, and expectations. Managers who implement the human touch build
> on their employees\' strengths and help them reach their true
> potential.
>
> 95 PP.
>
> Charles Cadwell
>
> **HF5549.5.E42 B76 1993**
>
> HANDLING THE DIFFICULT EMPLOYEE: SOLVING PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS
>
> 80 PP.
>
> Marty Brounstein
>
> **HF5549.5.M13 2005**
>
> PATH TO PROFITABLE MEASURES, THE: 10 STEPS TO FEEDBACK THAT FUEL
> PERFORMANCE
>
> Most managers suffer from data glut - and information famine. The
> constant stream of reports, emails, phone calls, and meetings usually
> fails to provide the feedback busy people need to make rapid and
> meaningful decisions. The result is floods of reports and reviews -
> with only trickles of meaningful information and useful feedback. The
> Path to Profitable Measures teaches 10 simple steps to turn your
> information flood into meaningful feedback for you and your work team.
>
> 130 PP.
>
> Mark W. Morgan
>
> **HF5549.5.OPM01 1998**
>
> ADDRESSING AND RESOLVING POOR PERFORMANCE: A GUIDE FOR SUPERVISORS
>
> United States Office of Personnel
>
> Management
>
> **HF5549.5.P35R67 1998**
>
> FIRST THINGS FAST: A HANDBOOK FOR PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS
>
> This book is a hands-on guide to planning and consultation, with an
> emphasis on tools, tales, templates, speed, sources, and systems.
> First Things Fast is the quick start you need to surmount resistance
> to investigating performance. You will get job aids, design templates,
> and implementation examples that direct you through the basics of
> performance analysis.
>
> 241 PP.
>
> Allison Rossett
>
> **HF5549.5.P37H36 1992**
>
> HANDBOOK OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE TECHNOLOGY: A COMPREHENSIVE GUIDE FOR
> ANALYZING AND SOLVING PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS IN ORGANIZATIONS
>
> In forty-four original chapters, leading researchers and practitioners
> offer a state-of-the-art perspective on the evolving field of HPT\--a
> study of technologies designed to enhance human performance and
> capabilities in the workplace.
>
> 864 PP.
>
> Harold D Stolovitch and
>
> Erica J Keeps
>
> **HF5549.5.R3C63 1994**
>
> EFFECTIVE PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
>
> A manager\'s guide to planning department and employee objectives,
> appraising progress, establishing priorities, and ensuring that
> employees understand their roles in the organization\'s overall
> mission. Features tips for coaching workers to improved performance
> levels.
>
> 100 PP.
>
> Sheila J. Costello
>
> **HF5549.5.R3E33 1996**
>
> 360-DEGREE FEEDBACK: THE POWERFUL MODEL FOR EMPLOYEE ASSESSMENT AND
> PERFORMANCE IMPROVEMENT
>
> Mark R. Edwards and
>
> Ann J. Ewen
>
> **HF5549.5.R3FPMI-A 1994**
>
> PERFORMANCE STANDARDS MADE SIMPLE
>
> FPMI Communications
>
> **HF5549.5.R3M23 1993**
>
> EFFECTIVE PERFORMANCE APPRAISALS
>
> Robert B. Maddux
>
> **HF5549.5.R3N4 2006**
>
> EFFECTIVE PHRASES FOR PERFORMANCE APPRAISALS
>
> With the assistance of this guide, now in its eighth edition, every
> manager can effectively appraise employee performance. Here are over
> two thousand professionally written phrases, which will clearly
> describe job performance. This valuable guide will make the completion
> of performance appraisals fast, easy and accurate.
>
> James E. Neal, Jr.
>
> **HF5549.5.U10 2002**
>
> GE WORK-OUT, THE: HOW TO IMPLEMENT GE\'S REVOLUTIONARY METHOD FOR
> BUSTING BUREAUCRACY AND ATTACKING ORGANIZATIONAL PROBLEMS - FAST!
>
> The GE Work-Out provides hands-on examples and case histories to help
> you implement GE\'s heralded Work-Out methodology in your
> organization. This book will help you develop a realistic
> understanding of what Work-Out can and cannot do, as well as the
> attitudes that must be in place throughout any organization before
> Work-Out can be successful.
>
> Dave Urlich, et. al.
>
> **HF5549.FAA12 1997**
>
> SUPERVISOR\'S GUIDE TO ADDRESSING PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS, A
>
> Federal Aviation Administration
>
> Office of Human Resource Management
>
> **HF5549.PPRS 1996**
>
> PERFORMANCE PLANNING AND RECOGNITION SYSTEM
>
> Department of Transportation and
>
> Federal Aviation Administration
>
> **HF5549.S10 1996**
>
> PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT: PERFORMANCE STANDARDS AND YOU
>
> Ralph R. Smith and
>
> Dennis K. Reischl, et al
>
> **LB1050.45.T10 1999**
>
> PERFORMANCE IMPROVEMENT THEORY AND PRACTICE
>
> Richard Torraco, Editor
>
> **[Personnel Management]{.underline}**
>
> **HQ1046.M10 2007**
>
> CSRS: RETIREMENT PLANNING GUIDE
>
> FedWeek
>
> **HQ1046.M11 2007**
>
> FERS: RETIREMENT PLANNING GUIDE
>
> FedWeek
>
> **HD671.F11 2005**
>
> BOOK OF ANSWERS FOR FEDERAL EMPLOYEES & RETIREES, THE
>
> 109 PP.
>
> FedWeek
>
> **JK671.F10 2005**
>
> 2006 FEDERAL EMPLOYEES HANDBOOK
>
> 211 PP.
>
> FedWeek
>
> **HD5724.FPG14 2005**
>
> 2006 FEDERAL PERSONNEL GUIDE
>
> This book features the latest on pay, benefits, retirement, leave,
> health plans, life insurance, long-term care, and more. Always
> accurate, always up-to-date and always in easy-to-understand terms.
>
> 302 PP.
>
> LRP Publications
>
> **JK671.F43 2006**
>
> 2006 FEDERAL EMPLOYEES ALMANAC
>
> In this book you will find information on the following: Pay,
> Benefits, Medical insurance, Thrift savings plan, Life insurance,
> Leave of absence, Voluntary separation incentives, Taxation of federal
> payments and benefits, Legal trends and rulings, Relocation allowances
> , Sick leave, Medicare, CSRS and FERS retirement , Systems, Workplace
> policies and practices, Grades and classifications, Employment
> policies and procedures, Divorce and separation, Social security
> benefits, Agency roles and responsibilities, Early retirements and
> buyouts, Demonstration projects, and more.
>
> 486 PP.
>
> Federal Employees News Digest, Inc.
>
> **KF750.FEND10 1997**
>
> YOUR FINANCIAL GUIDE: THE ESTATE AND FINANCIAL PLANNER FOR FEDERAL AND
> POSTAL EMPLOYEES
>
> Federal Employee News Digest, Inc.
>
> **[Planning]{.underline}**
>
> **HD30.2.E76 1993**
>
> MANAGING INFORMATION STRATEGICALLY: INCREASE YOUR COMPANY\'S
> COMPETITIVENESS AND EFFICIENCY BY USING INFORMATION AS A STRATEGIC
> TOOL
>
> The authors emphasize that organizations must learn to view
> information itself as a potent tool - and manage it as a resource that
> is more strategically important than labor or capital. They show how
> active management of information is required to define customers and
> market segments and discover the full nature of the competition.
>
> 272 PP.
>
> James McGee and
>
> Laurence Prusak
>
> **HD69.B10L13 2000**
>
> ESSENTIAL MANAGERS: PROJECT MANAGEMENT
>
> Practical techniques show you how to establish objectives, keep to
> schedules and budgets, provide effective leadership, and tackle
> problems efficiently
>
> 72 PP.
>
> Andy Bruce and
>
> Ken Langdon
>
> **HD30.28.S53 1991**
>
> PLAN YOUR WORK WORK YOUR PLAN: SECRETS FOR MORE PRODUCTIVE PLANNING
>
> This book will help you define what you want in your personal and
> business life so you can take the first steps toward the desired
> outcome.
>
> 74 PP.
>
> James R. Sherman
>
> **JK468.P75P76 1999**
>
> POSITIVE OUTCOMES: RAISING THE BAR ON GOVERNMENT REINVENTION
>
> This book presents an argument that public governmental administration
> should be conducted more along the lines of a business enterprise. The
> authors cover strategy, tactics, outcome monitoring, and risk
> evaluation. Included are four case studies on the federal and state
> levels demonstrating some of the principles discussed earlier.
>
> 306 PP.
>
> Ted Gaebler and
>
> John Blackman, et al
>
> **HD30.2.G10 2002**
>
> MAKING STRATEGY WORK: THE EMPLOYEE HANDBOOK FOR IMPLEMENTING STRATEGY
>
> The author makes the difficulties of organizational change, strategy
> implementation, productivity improvement, and bottom-line results
> understandable and actionable for all employees.
>
> 234 PP.
>
> Tim Gaplin
>
> **HD30.28.B10 1993**
>
> STRATEGY FORMULATION FOR GENERAL MANAGERS
>
> A strategy guide for establishing corporate strategy.
>
> 120 PP.
>
> Henry H. Beam
>
> **HD30.28.B349 1990**
>
> CORPORATE IMAGINATION PLUS: FIVE STEPS TO TRANSLATING INNOVATIVE
> STRATEGIES INTO ACTION
>
> The author presents the creative planning process in a clear and
> ordered way complete with man illustrative examples.
>
> 313 PP.
>
> James F. Brandrowski
>
> **HD30.28.B42 1993**
>
> STRATEGIC PLANNING THAT MAKES THINGS HAPPEN: GETTING FROM WHERE YOU
> ARE TO WHERE YOU WANT TO BE
>
> The author traces business changes in the 20th century and the
> strategic planning responses. He then looks toward the future and lays
> out a process for companies to chart their course to success.
>
> 300 PP.
>
> William C. Bean
>
> **HD30.28.D57 1993**
>
> DISCOVERING COMMON GROUND: HOW FUTURE SEARCH CONFERENCES BRING PEOPLE
> TOGETHER TO ACHIEVE BREAKTHROUGH INNOVATION
>
> This book brings together cases from around the world on a
> breakthrough approach to strategic planning, empowerment, consensus
> building, and whole systems improvement.
>
> 442 PP.
>
> Marvin R. Weisbord
>
> **HD30.28.G46 1995**
>
> SCENARIO-DRIVEN PLANNING: LEARNING TO MANAGE STRATEGIC UNCERTAINTY
>
> Scenario-driven planning is a new management technology for strategy
> design that employs computed or \"strategic\" scenarios to improve the
> quality of managerial thinking. Strategic scenarios the outcomes of
> modeling strategic situations produce insight much richer than that
> expected from environmental scenarios alone.
>
> 396 PP.
>
> Nicholas C. Georgantzas and
>
> William Acar
>
> **HD30.28.G66 1993**
>
> APPLIED STRATEGIC PLANNING: HOW TO DEVELOP A PLAN THAT REALLY WORKS
>
> Both incisive and fun to read, Applied Strategic Planning makes many
> of its points through the use of humorous drawings, anecdotes, and
> cartoons - many of which come directly from the experiences of top
> companies before they had a workable strategic plan in effect.
>
> 379 PP.
>
> Leonard Goodstein, et al
>
> **HD30.28.H3338 2000**
>
> SYSTEMS THINKING APPROACH TO STRATEGIC PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT, THE
>
> This book presents the first practical application of \"systems
> thinking\", a concept first introduced by Peter Senge in the Fifth
> Discipline. It provides a unique Systems Thinking Approach that places
> equal emphasis on planning, strategies, and change management
> processes in support of customer satisfaction.
>
> 392 PP.
>
> Stephen G. Haines
>
> **HD30.28.I45 1994**
>
> JUMPING THE CURVE: INNOVATION AND STRATEGIC CHOICE IN AN AGE OF
> TRANSITION
>
> Having devised successful strategies for managing throughout the chaos
> of new eras, the authors show leaders ways to \"jump the curve\" to a
> new way of thinking. Concrete examples from interviews with thousands
> of managers represent a wide variety of industries that stretch around
> the world and have broad implications for new organizations.
>
> 324 PP.
>
> Nicholas Imparato
>
> **HD30.28.M3536 1999**
>
> ALL THE RIGHT MOVES: A GUIDE TO CRAFTING BREAKTHROUGH STRATEGY
>
> All the Right Moves offers concrete advice for thinking through the
> tough choices that all business strategists must face. It distills the
> important elements of strategy into an easy-to-follow system for
> crafting todays - and tomorrows - breakthrough business strategies.
>
> 220 PP.
>
> Constantinos C. Markides
>
> **HD30.28.M653 1996**
>
> MORRISEY ON PLANNING: A GUIDE TO LONG-RANGE PLANNING
>
> This book provides the practical thinking and guidance you need to
> bring your intentions to reality.
>
> 109 PP.
>
> George L. Morrisey
>
> **HD30.28.M6537 1996**
>
> MORRISEY ON PLANNING: A GUIDE TO STRATEGIC THINKING: BUILDING YOUR
> PLANNING FOUNDATION
>
> This guide will help you establish the foundation for leading your
> organization on its strategic journey. It is must reading for any
> forward-thinking management team.
>
> 119 PP.
>
> George L. Morrisey
>
> **HD30.28.M654 1996**
>
> MORRISEY ON PLANNING: A GUIDE TO TACTICAL PLANNING: PRODUCING YOUR
> SHORT-TERM RESULTS
>
> George Morrisey\--long recognized as a leading expert in the areas of
> planning and strategic thinking\--offers his insights into how
> planning actually works in organizations.
>
> 132 PP.
>
> George L. Morrisey
>
> **HD30.28.P10 1990**
>
> CREATING SHARED VISION: THE STORY OF A PIONEERING APPROACH TO
> ORGANIZATIONAL REVITALIZATION
>
> This book portrays the process of groups of people sharing
> responsibility for creating an organization\'s vision.
>
> 125 PP.
>
> Marjorie Parker
>
> **HD30.28.R418 1990**
>
> READINGS IN STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT \[3rd Edition\]
>
> Thompson/Strickland [readings]{.underline} is the softcover readings
> component of this market-leading strategic management package. The
> readings reflect current thought in strategic management.
>
> 511 PP.
>
> A. A. Thompson and
>
> William Fulmer
>
> **HD30.28.R634 1993**
>
> STRATEGY PURE AND SIMPLE: HOW WINNING CEO\'S OUTTHINK THEIR
> COMPETITION
>
> In this bold, groundbreaking book, the popular author who coined the
> phrase \"strategic thinking\" shows you how to create and sustain a
> winning corporate strategy for your organization - no matter what its
> present size or current level of success.
>
> 228 PP.
>
> Michel Robert
>
> **HD30.28.S316 1991**
>
> ART OF THE LONG VIEW, THE: PLANNING FOR THE FUTURE IN AN UNCERTAIN
> WORLD
>
> It is the hopes and fears that affect us in planning for a better
> future. Only stories, scenarios and our ability to visualize different
> kinds of futures adequately capture these intangibles of life. This
> book gives you the tools for developing a strategic vision.
>
> 272 PP.
>
> Peter Swartz
>
> **HD30.28.S53 1991**
>
> PLAN YOUR WORK ,WORK YOUR PLAN: SECRETS FOR MORE PRODUCTIVE PLANNING
>
> This book will help you define what you want in your personal and
> business life so you can take the first steps toward the desired
> outcome.
>
> 74 PP.
>
> James R. Sherman
>
> **HD30.28.S54 2000**
>
> NO NONSENSE PLANNING
>
> This easily readable handbook provides insights into the mentality
> required for effective, successful business planning through
> realistic, readily adaptable maxims. In 20 concise, brisk chapters,
> Sloma describes the most powerful principles of dynamic planning with
> specific planning steps whether starting up a new business,
> introducing a new product, or \"selling\" an idea up the chain of
> command.
>
> 170 PP.
>
> Richard Sloma
>
> **HD30.28.S72 1997**
>
> STRATEGIC PLANNING: WHAT EVERY MANAGER MUST KNOW
>
> An invaluable resource for top and middle-level executives, Strategic
> Planning continues to be the foremost guide to this vital area of
> business management.
>
> 383 PP.
>
> George Steiner
>
> **HD30.28.S7292 1991**
>
> STRATEGY: SEEKING AND SECURING COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE
>
> This collection of HBR articles offers insight and practical advice
> from leaders in the field. They demonstrate that strategic planning
> can be lean, efficient, and productive. This collection also provides
> managers with the best thinking available on how to make the critical
> decisions that determine business success.
>
> 475 PP.
>
> Cynthia A. Montgomery and
>
> Michael E. Porter, Editors
>
> **HD30.28.S732 1983**
>
> STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK, THE
>
> 544 PP.
>
> Kenneth J. Albert
>
> **HD30.28.S7345 1986**
>
> STRATEGIC PLANNING: SELECTED READINGS
>
> 525 PP.
>
> J. William Pfeiffer, Editor
>
> **HD30.28.V56 1989**
>
> VISION IN ACTION: IMPLEMENTING YOUR STRATEGIC PLAN
>
> Unlike much of the current literature on creating successful
> organizations, this is a practical, easy-to-use blueprint to guide
> strategy formulation and implementation. The authors, who run a
> management consulting company, identify eight driving forces for
> formulating strategy in a dynamic environment.
>
> 223 PP.
>
> B. B. Tregoe and
>
> J. W. Zimmerman
>
> **HD3028.Y10M11 1999**
>
> ACTION LEARNING: SUCCESSFUL STRATEGIES FOR INDIVIDUAL, TEAM, AND
> ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
>
> Lyle Yorks, et al
>
> **HD31.N565 1993**
>
> PLAN OR DIE! 10 KEYS TO ORGANIZATIONAL SUCCESS
>
> This book provides a highly flexible but very functional road map for
> firms which need to develop their own planning process.
>
> 178 PP.
>
> Timothy Nolan, et al
>
> **HD41.H24 1994**
>
> COMPETING FOR THE FUTURE
>
> Authors Hamel and Prahalad challenge executives the world over to stop
> the unrewarding and ultimately dead-end process of downsizing and
> enter the dynamic realm of industry transformation.
>
> 357 PP.
>
> Gary Hamel and
>
> C.K. Prahalad
>
> **HD55.H555 2000**
>
> LEADING THE REVOLUTION
>
> This book discusses how to thrive in turbulent times by making
> innovation a way of life. In this newly updated edition, Gary Hamel
> lays out an action plan for any individual or company intent on
> becoming - and staying - an industry revolutionary and a relentless
> innovator.
>
> 337 PP.
>
> Gary Hamel
>
> **HD59.5.S76 1988**
>
> STRATEGIC ISSUES MANAGEMENT: HOW TO GET EXTRAORDINARY THINGS DONE IN
> ORGANIZATIONS
>
> 480 PP.
>
> Robert L. Heath
>
> and Associates
>
> **HD60.213.H63 1994**
>
> TECHNOLOGY PAYOFF, THE: HOW TO PROFIT WITH EMPOWERED WORKERS IN THE
> INFORMATION AGE
>
> A guide to action for senior executives faced with important
> technology decisions. What every executive and manager should know
> about information technology.
>
> 288 PP.
>
> Gerald M. Hoffman
>
> **HD69.075P733 1998**
>
> PROJECT MANAGEMENT INSTITUTE: PROJECT MANAGEMENT HANDBOOK
>
> This book takes a critical look at the technical, organizational,
> administrative, and interpersonal elements of this burgeoning field.
> In clear, readable language, more than twenty-five project management
> experts in the fields of academia, consulting, and private industry
> provide guidance that is both accessible to novices and rich with new
> insights for seasoned professionals looking to improve their project
> management processes.
>
> 468 PP.
>
> Jeffery K. Pinto, Editor
>
> **HD69.P75E54 2003**
>
> CREATING THE PROJECT OFFICE: A MANAGER\'S GUIDE TO LEADING
> ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE
>
> This book is written for managers who are searching for ways to
> transform their organizations into more effective and efficient
> project-based workplaces. As this book reveals, there is no effective
> way to make that change than to create a project office tailored to
> the needs of the organization.
>
> 336 PP.
>
> Paul C. Dinsmore
>
> **HD69.P75F73 1994**
>
> NEW PROJECT MANAGEMENT, THE: TOOLS FOR AN AGE OF RAPID CHANGE,
> CORPORATE REENGINEERING, AND OTHER BUSINESS REALITIES
>
> J. Davidson Frame
>
> **HD69.P75K47 1997**
>
> PROJECT MANAGEMENT: A SYSTEMS APPROACH TO PLANNING, SCHEDULING AND
> CONTROLLING
>
> Skillful project management is the key to the successful completion of
> a project within budget and on schedule. The author covers everything
> imaginable, including case studies and problem sets designed to
> provide users with a measure of virtual experience not otherwise
> available to those new to the game.
>
> 1180 PP.
>
> Harold Kerzner
>
> **HD69.P75K494 2001**
>
> STRATEGIC PLANNING FOR PROJECT MANAGEMENT USING A PROJECT MANAGEMENT
> MATURITY MODEL
>
> As more companies recognize the benefits that project management can
> provide to their \"bottom line\", the need for strategic planning for
> project management has been identified as a high priority. This book
> can be used as an introduction to research methods for project
> management benchmarking and continuous improvement.
>
> 334 PP.
>
> Harold Kerzner
>
> **HD69.P75P49 2001**
>
> PROJECT MANAGEMENT SCORECARD, THE: MEASURING THE SUCCESS OF PROJECT
> MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS
>
> This book is a welcome relief for anyone managing a project or
> multiple projects, as well as the trainers, human resource development
> staff, or supervisors charged with measuring, evaluating, and managing
> project managers.
>
> 368 PP.
>
> Jack J. Phillips, et al
>
> **HD69.T10 1991**
>
> DOWNSIZING WITHOUT DISASTER: A THOUGHTFUL APPROACH TO PLANNED
> WORKFORCE REDUCTION
>
> Lynn Tylczak
>
> **HM911.L10 1989**
>
> HOW TO PLAN AND RUN PRODUCTIVE MEETINGS
>
> Bobbi Linkemer
>
> **T175.5.R68 1991**
>
> THIRD GENERATION R & D: MANAGING THE LINK TO CORPORATE STRATEGY
>
> 325 PP.
>
> Philip A. Roussel and
>
> Kamal N. Saad
>
> **T56.8.A7 1992**
>
> MANAGING HIGH-TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMS AND PROJECTS: A COMPLETE, PRACTICAL,
> AND PROVEN APPROACH TO MANAGING LARGE-SCALE PROJECTS WITH EMPHASIS ON
> THOSE INVOLVING ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY
>
> It offers proven methodologies and professional guidance for managing
> any project or program from start to finish. Completely updated,
> revised, and improved to keep up with the changing world of project
> management, it covers all the new technologies and methodologies
> project managers rely on for success.
>
> 396 PP.
>
> Russell D. Archibald
>
> **T58.64.G34 2003**
>
> STRATEGIC INFORMATION MANAGEMENT: CHALLENGES AND STRATEGIES IN
> MANAGING INFORMATION SYSTEMS \[3rd Edition\]
>
> The book provides a rich source of material reflecting recent thinking
> on the key issues facing executives in information systems management.
> It has been completely up-dated to reflect the rapid changes in IT.
>
> 625 PP.
>
> Robert D. Galliers and
>
> Dorothy E. Leidner, Editors
>
> **TS170.K56 1995**
>
> DESIGNING PRODUCTS AND SERVICES THAT CUSTOMERS WANT
>
> In this book you will find ways to meet the marketplace demands for
> continuous improvement and constant innovation. Lead the way in
> developing customer-exciting products and services by implementing
> practical guidelines.
>
> 67 PP.
>
> Robert King
>
> **[Presentations]{.underline}**
>
> **AS6.S318 1988**
>
> TAKING YOUR MEETINGS OUT OF THE DOLDRUMS
>
> Rainman Lippitt
>
> **HD30.3Z44 1985**
>
> SAY IT WITH CHARTS
>
> In the 2nd edition, Zelazny demonstrates how to take charts that work
> well in written documents or overhead transparencies, and translate
> them so that they work equally well as 35mm slides. Many
> illustrations.
>
> 150 PP.
>
> Gene Zelazny
>
> **HD38.B683 1986**
>
> FLIP CHARTS: HOW TO DRAW THEM AND HOW TO USE THEM
>
> Richard C. Brandt
>
> **HD59.Y32 1995**
>
> PUBLICITY AND MEDIA RELATIONS-CHECKLISTS: 59 PROVEN CHECKLISTS TO SAVE
> TIME, WIN ATTENTION, AND MAXIMIZE EXPOSURE WITH EVERY PUBLIC RELATIONS
> AND PUBLICITY CONTACT
>
> This concise, easy-to-use compendium of publicity and media relations
> checklists is an essential tool for newcomers and veterans alike.
> Every major aspect of the field is covered in a user-friendly format
> that will be as useful for your first media contact as for your
> thousandth.
>
> 200 PP.
>
> David R. Yale
>
> **HF5549.5.M10 Unkn**
>
> TECHNICAL PRESENTATION SKILLS: A PRACTICAL GUIDE FOR BETTER SPEAKING
>
> This is the ideal book for those who have to convey complex technical
> information in an accurate, logical , interesting and effective
> manner.
>
> 94 PP.
>
> Steve Mandel
>
> **HF5718.22.A77 1991**
>
> HOW TO PRESENT LIKE A PRO: GETTING PEOPLE TO SEE THINGS YOUR WAY
>
> Here\'s how to gain acceptance for your ideas and visibility for
> yourself! Information alone doesn\'t persuade people; strong
> presentation skills do! In addition, here\'s a complete presentation
> workshop packed with all the ingredients for success.
>
> 180 PP.
>
> Lani Arrendondo
>
> **HF5718.22.B43 1994**
>
> POWERFUL PRESENTATION SKILLS
>
> Dennis Becker and
>
> Paula B. Becker
>
> **HF5718.L43 Unkn**
>
> HOW TO PREPARE, STAGE, AND DELIVER WINNING PRESENTATIONS
>
> Thomas Leech
>
> **HF5718.M67 Unkn**
>
> WE\'VE GOT TO START MEETING LIKE THIS!
>
> R. K. Mosvick and
>
> R. B. Nelson
>
> **HF5733.5.T48 Unkn**
>
> LITTLE BLACK BOOK OF BUSINESS MEETINGS, THE
>
> Michael Thomsett
>
> **HF5734.5.A533 1994**
>
> MAKING MEETINGS WORK: HOW TO PLAN AND CONDUCT EFFECTIVE MEETINGS
>
> 88 PP.
>
> Karen Anderson
>
> **HF5734.5.S57 1994**
>
> MEETINGS THAT WORK
>
> Karen E. Silva
>
> **HM131.C10 1992**
>
> MEETINGS THAT WORK
>
> Marlene Caroselli
>
> **HM131.C11 1993**
>
> MEETINGS THAT WORK! A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SHORTER AND MORE PRODUCT
> MEETINGS Richard Chang and
>
> Kevin Kehoe
>
> **HM131.D68 Unkn**
>
> HOW TO MAKE MEETINGS WORK
>
> Tested on more than 10,000 participants, the Interaction Method of
> conducting meetings is proven to increase productivity by up to 15
> percent. Demonstrating how time and people can be better used in
> meetings, this thorough manual is indispensable for any
> organization\--from large corporations to the PTA.
>
> 320 PP.
>
> Michael Doyle and
>
> David Straus
>
> **LB1044.S77C66 1990**
>
> PERSUASION: STRATEGIES FOR SPEAKERS \[2^nd^ Edition\]
>
> W. F. Strong and
>
> John A. Cook
>
> **PN4121.F526 1995**
>
> HOW TO DESIGN & DELIVER A SPEECH
>
> Leon Fletcher
>
> **PN4121.S2768 Unkn**
>
> NEVER BE NERVOUS AGAIN: TIME-TESTED TECHNIQUES FOR THE FOOLPROOF
> CONTROL OF NERVOUSNESS IN COMMUNICATING SITUATIONS
>
> Dorothy Sarnoff
>
> **PN4193.I5S493 1991**
>
> HOW TO BE THE LIFE OF THE PODIUM: OPENERS, CLOSERS AND EVERYTHING IN
> BETWEEN TO KEEP THEM LISTENING
>
> Sylvia Simmons
>
> **[Problem Solving]{.underline}**
>
> **BC698.K10 1996**
>
> SAYING \"NO\" TO NEGATIVITY: HOW TO MANAGE NEGATIVITY IN YOURSELF,
> YOUR BOSS AND YOUR CO-WORKERS
>
> 68 PP.
>
> Zoie Kaye
>
> **HM1126.U79 2003**
>
> GETTING TO PEACE: TRANSFORMING CONFLICT AT HOME, AT WORK, AND IN THE
> WORLD
>
> In \"Getting to Peace\", Ury challenges the fatalism that is so
> fashionable. Using new archeological and anthropological evidence, he
> overturns old myths about human nature and offers a new and hopeful
> story about human conflict.
>
> 250 PP.
>
> William Ury
>
> **BF637.I48 2003**
>
> COWARD\'S GUIDE TO CONFLICT, THE: EMPOWERING SOLUTIONS FOR THOSE WHO
> WOULD RATHER RUN THAN FIGHT
>
> Ursiny, a mediation coach and former practicing psychologist, readily
> admits that he is a \"coward\" when it comes to any kind of conflict.
> He believes that there are many people like himself who wince at the
> thought of having an argument or avoid confronting work colleagues.
> Everyone, regardless of their position at work, can learn to handle
> conflict more effectively.
>
> 282 PP.
>
> Tim Ursiny
>
> **HF42.D358 2001**
>
> CONFLICT RESOLUTION: MEDIATION TOOLS FOR EVERYDAY WORKLIFE
>
> Successful management depends on the ability to quickly and
> effectively manage conflicts. Conflict Resolution includes hands-on
> information for effectively communicating with employees, disciplining
> and even terminating employees, understanding and using organizational
> politics, and more. Offers tips and tools for managers to recognize,
> prevent, and resolve conflicts in today\'s higher-stress workplace.
>
> 169 PP.
>
> Daniel Dana
>
> **BF441.A28 1986**
>
> CONCEPTUAL BLOCKBUSTING: A GUIDE TO BETTER IDEAS
>
> This proven and popular book is packed with eye-opening exercises and
> original thought problems that will stretch your mind.
>
> 355 PP.
>
> James L. Adams
>
> **BF441.A64 1982**
>
> REASONING, LEARNING, AND ACTION: INDIVIDUAL AND ORGANIZATIONAL
>
> In \"Reasoning, Learning, and Action\" Argyris describes what he does
> in his seminars and with clients. The book is full of selections from
> transcripts of actual conversations along with an expert commentary in
> which the author shares with us thinking process.
>
> 499 PP.
>
> Chris Argyris
>
> **BF441.D386 1990**
>
> THINKING SKILLS FOR SUCCESS
>
> This book presents proven thinking tools and provides a proactive
> using the tools situations, problems, or applications relation to
> general business. The purpose of developing thinking, as a deliberate
> skill is to enable you to apply this skill to new and unfamiliar
> situations and problems tat office in daily living.
>
> Edward DeBono
>
> **BF441.K27 1982**
>
> IDENTIFYING AND SOLVING PROBLEMS: A SYSTEMS APPROACH
>
> 163 PP.
>
> Roger Kaufman
>
> **BF637.I48.C76 1999**
>
> SINCE STRANGLING ISN\'T AN OPTION\...DEALING WITH DIFFICULT
> PEOPLE\-\--COMMON PROBLEMS AND UNCOMMON SOLUTIONS
>
> There really are better, easier ways to deal with difficult
> people\--and this refreshing, realistic guide will show you how.
>
> 288 PP.
>
> Sandra A. Crowe
>
> **BF637.I48C78 1987**
>
> MAGIC OF CONFLICT, THE: TURNING A LIFE OF WORK INTO A WORK OF ART
>
> A New Age stress-reduction strategy based on Aikido \-- a Japanese
> martial art and mind-body discipline -- this program has already
> helped thousands of people.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Thomas F. Crum
>
> **BF637.W10 2000**
>
> WHEN YOU\'RE SEEING RED: A UNIQUE APPROACH FOR DEALING WITH
> EXASPERATING PEOPLE OR SITUATIONS WITHOUT LOSING YOUR COOL!
>
> 212 PP.
>
> Carol M. Welsh
>
> **BF637.W11 2005**
>
> STOP WHEN YOU SEE RED \[Revised Edition\]
>
> Through this powerful book, you will learn why your actions or
> reactions to people are motivated by how you perceive them.
>
> 277 PP.
>
> Carol M. Welsh
>
> **H95.T48 1981**
>
> MAKING CHANGES: A FUTURES-ORIENTED COURSE IN INVENTIVE PROBLEM SOLVING
> \[TEACHER\'S GUIDE\]
>
> An interdisciplinary, multi-faceted new approach to futures
> studies\...promises to challenge gifted students in four skill areas:
> problem solving, inventing, futuring, and working in groups.
>
> J.W. Thomas, Developer
>
> **H95.T481 1981**
>
> MAKING CHANGES: A FUTURES-ORIENTED COURSE IN INVENTIVE PROBLEM SOLVING
> \[STUDENT LESSON BOOK\]
>
> An interdisciplinary, multi-faceted new approach to futures
> studies\...promises to challenge gifted students in four skill areas:
> problem solving, inventing, futuring, and working in groups.
>
> J.W. Thomas, Developer
>
> **HD30.29.A48 1999**
>
> THINKING MANAGER\'S TOOLBOX, THE: EFFECTIVE PROCESSES FOR PROBLEM
> SOLVING AND DECISION MAKING
>
> In this book, a widely experienced business consultant provides a
> complete set of analytical tools essential to successful
> troubleshooting, effective planning, and making better decisions
> faster, more confidently, and more often.
>
> 240 PP.
>
> William J. Altier
>
> **HD30.29.D44 1982**
>
> 30 MOST COMMON PROBLEMS IN MANAGEMENT AND HOW TO SOLVE THEM, THE
>
> 182 PP.
>
> William A. Delaney
>
> **HD30.29.H54 1994**
>
> 101 CREATIVE PROBLEM SOLVING TECHNIQUES: THE HANDBOOK OF NEW IDEAS FOR
> BUSINESS
>
> The author presents 101 techniques to stimulate creativity and
> innovation in individuals and groups.
>
> 250 PP.
>
> James M. Higgins
>
> **HD30.29.K44 1992**
>
> KAIZEN TEIAN 2: GUIDING CONTINUOS IMPROVEMENT THROUGH EMPLOOYEE
> SUGGESTIONS
>
> This book outlines the procedures of teaching the principles of kaizen
> and proposal making, and suggests proposal evaluation as a means of
> on-the-job training.
>
> 197 PP.
>
> Japan Human Relations Association
>
> **HD30.29.N34 1990**
>
> BREAKTHROUGH THINKING
>
> In this acclaimed American/Japanese collaboration, two international
> scholars and consultants reveal the results of their ground-breaking
> studies: how the most intuitive and creative leaders and organizations
> solve problems.
>
> 416 PP.
>
> Gerald Nadler and
>
> Shozo Hibino
>
> **HD30.29.N344 2004**
>
> SMART QUESTIONS: LEARN TO ASK THE RIGHT QUESTIONS FOR POWERFUL RESULTS
>
> The author\'s discuss how to use three \"foundation\" questions -
> focusing on uniqueness, purposeful information, and systems - which
> must be explored for every problem. These three questions, an
> essential starting point for exploring problems in turn lead to other
> key questions that will ultimately create effective solutions.
>
> 297 PP.
>
> Gerald Nadler
>
> William J. Chandon
>
> **HD30.29.Q54 1990**
>
> UNCONVENTIONAL WISDOM: IRREVERENT SOLUTIONS FOR TOUGH PROBLEMS AT WORK
> \[MANAGEMENT SERIES\]
>
> A collection of provocative essays that show how conventional
> management practices are often impractical and ineffective in solving
> tough managerial problems.
>
> 202 PP.
>
> Thomas L. Quick
>
> **HD30.29.V34 1987**
>
> CREATIVE PROBLEM SOLVING: A GUIDE FOR TRAINERS AND MANAGEMENT
>
> Creative Problem Solving gives training managers the information they
> need to develop and teach a course on CPS. VanGundy provides an
> overview of the process, elements of the creative climate needed to
> foster CPS and innovative thinking, creative thinking exercises
> designed to illustrate specific CPS principles, and easy-to-follow
> descriptions of proven idea-generated methods.
>
> 196 PP.
>
> Arthur B. VanGundy
>
> **HD30.4.C10 1994**
>
> STEP-BY-STEP PROBLEM SOLVING: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO ENSURE PROBLEMS GET
> (AND STAY) SOLVED
>
> Have you ever been in the position of tackling a problem, only to
> realize that it is the same problem you previously solved? The
> time-tested Six-Step Problem-Solving Model in this book shows you how
> to develop permanent solutions to any problem.
>
> 44 PP.
>
> Richard Chang and
>
> P. Keith Kelly
>
> **HD30.4.W465 1993**
>
> DEVELOPING MANAGEMENT SKILLS: SOLVING PROBLEMS CREATIVELY
>
> 106 PP.
>
> David Whetten and
>
> Kim Cameron
>
> **HD31.J49 1991**
>
> POLARITY MANAGEMENT: IDENTIFYING AND MANAGING UNSOLVABLE PROBLEMS
>
> 267 PP.
>
> Barry Johnson
>
> **HD38.15.C48 1995**
>
> MANAGER\'S TOOL KIT, THE: PRACTICAL TIPS FOR TACKLING 100 ON-THE-JOB
> PROBLEMS
>
> 210 PP.
>
> Cy Charney
>
> **HD42.3.W49 1993**
>
> DEVELOPING MANAGEMENT SKILLS: MANAGING CONFLICT
>
> 102 PP.
>
> David Whetten and
>
> Kim Cameron
>
> **HD42.C73 1994**
>
> CONSTRUCTIVE CONFLICT MANAGEMENT: MANAGING TO MAKE A DIFFERENCE
>
> This book will show you how to remain positive and constructive in
> dealing with people problems and difficult situations, and will enable
> you to turn the nightmare of conflict into an opportunity for change.
>
> 284 PP.
>
> John Crawley
>
> **HD42.F10 1991**
>
> HOW TO DEAL WITH DIFFICULT PEOPLE
>
> 72 PP.
>
> Paul Friedman
>
> **HD42.H10 1991**
>
> HOW TO MANAGE CONFLICT: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO EFFECTIVE CONFLICT
> MANAGEMENT
>
> William Hendricks
>
> **HD42.K39 1994**
>
> WORKPLACE WARS AND HOW TO END THEM: TURNING PERSONAL CONFLICTS INTO
> PRODUCTIVE TEAMWORK
>
> In this immensely helpful guide, business psychologist Kenneth Kaye
> shows how to build the kind of teamwork that recognizes conflict
> quickly, deals with it constructively, and parlays it expertly into
> creativity and growth.
>
> 162 PP.
>
> Kenneth Kaye
>
> **HD42.M88 1994**
>
> MANAGING CONFLICT AT WORK: HOW TO MANAGE CONFLICT ON A DAILY BASIS
>
> Helps readers understand the roots of conflict in their organizations,
> assess their current conflict-resolution skills, and devise new
> strategies to actively and assertively overcome the tensions and other
> disagreements that threaten productivity and cooperation.
>
> 87 PP.
>
> Jim Murphy
>
> **HD42.S59 1998**
>
> CONTROLLING THE COSTS OF CONFLICT: HOW TO DESIGN A SYSTEM FOR YOUR
> ORGANIZATION
>
> Offers four guiding principles for addressing conflict among
> individuals or groups proactively, as an alternative to the more
> common responses of power plays, litigation, or a blind eye. Suggests
> acknowledging four options for resolving conflict, and using the
> mediation model to build consensus.
>
> 233 PP.
>
> Karl A. Slaikeu and
>
> Ralph H. Hasson
>
> **HD42.S65 1990**
>
> WORKING WITH DIFFICULT PEOPLE: HUNDREDS OF OFFICE-PROVEN STRATEGIES
> AND TECHNIQUES TO GET COOPERATION AND RESPECT FROM TYRANTS
>
> Offers practical ways to create better relationships with the people
> at work who make your life miserable. Invaluable techniques for
> handling such diverse types as bootlickers, evaders, martyrs, slave
> drivers, whiners, tyrants, hypocrites, & zealots.
>
> 320 PP.
>
> Muriel Solomon
>
> **HD52.T583 1993**
>
> LEARNING TO MANAGE CONFLICT: GETTING PEOPLE TO WORK TOGETHER
> PRODUCTIVELY
>
> In Learning to Manage Conflict, Tjosvold demonstrates how everyday
> arguments and disputes can be used as tools to improve communication,
> enrich relationships, and solve problems more creatively.
>
> 176 PP.
>
> Dean Tjosvold
>
> **HD6955.K56 1988**
>
> MANAGING DISAGREEMENT CONSTRUCTIVELY: CONFLICT MANAGEMENT IN
> ORGANIZATIONS
>
> A breakthrough in providing a systematic approach to help the
> individual achieve personal growth and the organization build a
> climate for productive teamwork.
>
> Herbert S. Kindler
>
> **HD8006.S10 1994**
>
> FEDERAL MANAGER\'S HANDBOOK, THE: A GUIDE TO REHABILITATING OR
> REMOVING THE PROBLEM EMPLOYEE
>
> This book provides federal managers with the basic legal principles,
> which will allow them to deal effectively with problem employees.
>
> G. Jerry Shaw and
>
> William Bransford
>
> **HD8006.S11 2002**
>
> FEDERAL MANAGER\'S HANDBOOK, THE: A GUIDE TO REHABILITATING OR
> REMOVING THE PROBLEM EMPLOYEE \[4th Edition\]
>
> This book provides federal managers with the basic legal principles,
> which will allow them to deal effectively with problem employees.
>
> 201 PP.
>
> G. Jerry Shaw and
>
> Bill Bransford
>
> **HF5549.15.S77 1997**
>
> RAPID PROBLEM SOLVING WITH POST-IT NOTES
>
> As the author of this unusual book explains, most problems consist of
> \'chunks\' of information, and identifying and manipulating these
> chunks can lead us to a solution. Post-it Notes provide the ideal
> medium for this process: they can hold information, they stay where
> they\'re put and they can be combined and rearranged to reflect
> further analysis. They are particularly suited to group
> problem-solving, where both the information and the process need to be
> shared.
>
> David Straker
>
> **HF5549.5.C10 1997**
>
> FACE TO FACE: A GUIDE FOR GOVERNMENT SUPERVISORS WHO COUNSEL PROBLEM
> EMPLOYEES
>
> James M. Carroll
>
> **HF5549.5.D55 1994**
>
> I HAVE TO FIRE SOMEONE
>
> Can companies that care about their employees show that care even
> during the termination process? The answer is yes. I Have to Fire
> Someone! shows managers how they can remain sensitive to the needs of
> exiting employees and protect their organization by following the Care
> and Control approach to termination.
>
> 100 PP.
>
> Richard Deems
>
> **HF5549.5.E42M36 1989**
>
> PROBLEM EMPLOYEES AND THEIR PERSONALITIES: A GUIDE TO BEHAVIORS,
> DYNAMICS, AND INTERVENTION STRATEGIES FOR PERSONNEL
>
> William T. Martin
>
> **HF5549.B4518 Unkn**
>
> DINOSAUR BRAINS: DEALING WITH ALL THOSE IMPOSSIBLE PEOPLE AT WORK
>
> A. J. Bernstein and
>
> S. C. Rozen
>
> **HM132.R56 1982**
>
> MANAGING CONFLICT: FROM THE INSIDE OUT
>
> Marc Robert
>
> **HM136.H43 1992**
>
> HIDDEN CONFLICT IN ORGANIZATIONS: UNCOVERING BEHIND-THE-SCENES
> DISPUTES
>
> Deborah M. Kolb, Editor
>
> Jean M. Bartunek, Editor
>
> **JX4473.F57 1994**
>
> BEYOND MACHIAVELLI: TOOLS FOR COPING WITH CONFLICT
>
> In this revolutionary book, the mastermind behind Getting to Yes and
> Director of the Harvard Negotiation Project spells out basic
> techniques for dealing with conflict and applies them to one
> international problem after another, from the Middle East to Central
> Europe to Japan.
>
> 176 PP.
>
> Roger Fisher and
>
> Elizabeth Kopelman
>
> **KF9084.K48 1999**
>
> KEYS TO CONFLICT RESOLUTION, THE: PROVEN METHODS OF RESOLVING DISPUTES
> VOLUNTARILY
>
> In basic, straightforward prose, the author lays out the Ten
> Commandments for mediators, arbitrators and negotiators: guidelines
> for generals as well as foot soldiers on the battlefield of conflict
> resolution - and for those of us who merely want to convince the
> neighbor to mow the lawn at a normal hour.
>
> 136 PP.
>
> Theodore W. Kheel
>
> **LB1060.M37 1990**
>
> MASTERING THE INFORMATION AGE
>
> 240 PP.
>
> Michael J McCarthy
>
> **PN4121.D36 1990**
>
> TALK IT OUT! 4 STEPS TO MANAGING PEOPLE PROBLEMS IN YOUR ORGANIZATION
>
> This book offers a simple tool to all who work with other people. Its
> 4-step method is designed especially for people who are not aspiring
> mediators, and who do not choose to bring their disputes to mediators
> for settlement.
>
> 160 PP.
>
> Daniel Dana
>
> **QA402.R6 1978**
>
> PROBLEM SOLVING: A SYSTEMS APPROACH
>
> Joseph E. Robertshaw, et al
>
> **RC554.K10 1995**
>
> MANAGING NEGATIVE PEOPLE: STRATEGIES FOR SUCCESS
>
> Develop skills to cope with negativity in others and make your own
> work more satisfying and productive.
>
> 72 PP.
>
> S. Michael Kravitz
>
> **VB203.D43 1998**
>
> MAKING DECISIONS UNDER STRESS: IMPLICATIONS FOR INDIVIDUAL AND TEAM
> TRAINING
>
> The result of a seven-year study by the Office of Naval Research to
> develop training, simulation, decision support, and display principles
> that would help mitigate the impact of stress on decision making.
> Outlines the overall background, research approach, and the paradigm
> of the study with suggestions for applying the results in operational
> environments. The insights might also be useful in non-military
> contexts that pose similar demands on people.
>
> 447 PP.
>
> Janis A. Canon-Bowers and
>
> Eduardo Salss, Editors
>
> **[Productivity]{.underline}**
>
> **HD31.C524 1995**
>
> 16- POINT STRATEGY, THE: FOR PRODUCTIVITY AND TOTAL QUALITY
>
> Without question, this thin volume can be enormously beneficial in
> reminding all of us how to achieve both greater efficiency and better
> quality output.
>
> 60 PP.
>
> William F. Christopher and
>
> Carl G. Thor
>
> **HD71.L42 1991**
>
> IS COFFEE BREAK THE BEST PART OF YOUR DAY?
>
> 248 PP.
>
> Dick Leatherman
>
> **HF5549.5.G6H554 1994**
>
> GOAL MANAGEMENT AT WORK
>
> Hans R. Hilgermann
>
> **HF5549.5.P35S85 1987**
>
> WORK SMART, NOT HARD
>
> George Sullivan
>
> **TS155.K75513 1995**
>
> 20 KEYS TO WORKPLACE IMPROVEMENT
>
> This book pulls together a comprehensive, long-term, practical and
> very successful program for the renewal of factories and other
> organizations.
>
> 290 PP.
>
> Iwao Kobayashi
>
> **[Professional Development]{.underline}**
>
> **BF319.5.B10 1992**
>
> MEMORY SYSTEM, THE: REMEMBER EVERYTHING YOU NEED WHEN YOU NEED IT
>
> Bob Burg
>
> **BF319.5.G10 1999**
>
> TOTAL MEMORY WORKOUT: EASY STEPS TO MAXIMUM MEMORY FITNESS
>
> In this book, Dr. Green outlines her simple and effective program to
> achieve maximum memory fitness in just eight easy lessons. Each lesson
> focuses on one aspect of memory followed by a series of specific
> \"memories\" designed to build memory muscle.
>
> 239 PP.
>
> Cynthia R. Green
>
> **BF408.R10 1995**
>
> MANAGING EFFECTIVELY IN A REINVENTED GOVERNMENT: THE FEDERAL
> MANAGER\'S ROADMAP TO SUCCESS
>
> 144 PP.
>
> Rus Ritter
>
> **BF637.S8.L573 2003**
>
> POWER OF FULL ENGAGEMENT, THE:
>
> MANAGING ENERGY, NOT TIME, IS THE KEY TO HIGH PERFORMANCE AND PERSONAL
> RENEWAL
>
> The number of hours in a day is fixed, but the quantity and quality of
> energy available to us is not. This fundamental insight has the power
> to revolutionize the way you live your life. The Power of Full
> Engagement is a highly practical, scientifically based approach to
> managing your energy more skillfully both on and off the job.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Jim Loehr and
>
> Tony Schwartz
>
> **BF637.S8C68 1989**
>
> SEVEN HABITS OF HIGHLY EFFECTIVE PEOPLE, THE
>
> With a balance of theory and practical examples, this guide to
> personal and professional life describes seven principles of life
> management. Targeted toward anyone who is interested in personal
> change, it guides you through private victory, public victory and
> renewal.
>
> 358 PP.
>
> Stephen R. Covey
>
> **HD2755.P10 1996**
>
> MINDING YOUR BUSINESS MANNERS: ETIQUETTE TIPS FOR PRESENTING YOURSELF
> PROFESSIONALLY IN EVERY BUSINESS SITUATION
>
> 110 PP.
>
> Marjorie Brody and
>
> Barbara Patcher
>
> **HD31.C79 1974**
>
> WHERE DO I GO FROM HERE WITH MY LIFE?
>
> A master work in career literature.
>
> 272 PP.
>
> John C. Crystal
>
> **HD58.8.10L03 2002**
>
> MANAGER\'S COACHING HANDBOOK, THE: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO EMPROVING
> EMPLOYEE PERFORMANCE
>
> Easy to follow simple guide that simplifies the process of employee
> performance.
>
> 56 PP.
>
> David Cottrell and
>
> Mark Layton
>
> **HD58.8.V13 2005**
>
> START RIGHT\-\-- STAY RIGHT: EVERY EMPLOYEE\'S STRAIGHT-TALK GUIDE TO
> JOB SUCCESS
>
> Every employee\'s straight-talk guide to personal responsibility and
> job success. Perfect for employees at every business level, from
> seasoned co-workers to new staff editions.
>
> 45 PP.
>
> Steve Ventura
>
> **HD58.82.W47 2002**
>
> COACHING FOR PERFORMANCE: GROWING PEOPLE, PERFORMANCE, AND PURPOSE
> \[3^rd^ Edition\]
>
> This handbook has detailed advice on avoiding a \'blame culture\' and
> fostering empowered performance. It will help you learn the skills,
> and the art, of good coaching, and realize its enormous value in
> unlocking people\'s potential to maximize their own performance.
>
> 180 PP.
>
> John Whitmore
>
> **HD58.M10 2003**
>
> COACHING: 50 LESSONS FOR BUSINESS RESULTS
>
> Learn what really goes on in the successful business teams and how to
> apply simple methods that create lasting results.
>
> 105 PP.
>
> Mark W. Morgan
>
> **HF5381.M10 1993**
>
> GREAT IDEAS ON\...ATTITUDE AND SUCCESS
>
> Harold R. McAlindon, Editor
>
> **HF5382.75.U6L328 1997**
>
> NON-PROFITS AND EDUCATION JOB FINDER: 1997 - 2000
>
> Daniel Lauber
>
> **HF5386.B847 1997**
>
> SEVEN SECRETS OF SUCCESSFUL WOMEN: SUCCESS STRATEGIES OF THE WOMEN WHO
> HAVE MADE IT-AND HOW YOU CAN FOLLOW THEIR LEAD
>
> This book is not written just for superstars, but for every woman who
> wants a satisfying career, balance in her life, recognition and reward
> for her contributions, and some assurance that she can survive in
> today\'s unsettled corporate or professional environment. It\'s a
> guide for aspiring women at any level - from entry level right on up
> to CEO.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Donna Brooks and
>
> Lynn Brooks
>
> **HF5386.G765 2000**
>
> LESSONS FROM THE SANDBOX: USING THE 13 GIFTS OF CHILDHOOD TO
> REDISCOVER THE KEYS TO BUSINESS SUCCESS
>
> Join Gregerman and his friends on a serious \-- and seriously fun \--
> journey to the playground for some amazing lessons about learning,
> innovating, working together, profitability, and creativity. Success
> could be waiting for you at the edge of the sandbox!
>
> 224 PP.
>
> Alan S. Gregerman
>
> **HF5386.K834 1989**
>
> DIRECTORY FOR BUILDING COMPETENCIES, THE
>
> Dennis J. Kravetz
>
> **HF5386.S77 1992**
>
> GREAT GAME OF BUSINESS, THE
>
> Jack Stack
>
> **HF5489.D10 1990**
>
> BUSINESS ETIQUETTE AND PROFESSIONALISM: YOUR GUIDE TO CAREER SUCCESS
>
> M. Kay duPont
>
> **HF5500.2.PDI10 1996**
>
> SUCCESSFUL MANAGER\'S HANDBOOK: DEVELOPMENT SUGGESTIONS FOR TODAY\'S
> MANAGERS
>
> A trusted resource for over 700,000 managers around the world. This
> practical, easy-to-use guide provides development suggestions that
> managers in any industry will find helpful.
>
> 799 PP.
>
> Personnel Decisions International
>
> **HF5500.2.PDI11 2000**
>
> SUCCESSFUL MANAGER\'S HANDBOOK: DEVELOP YOURSELF, COACH OTHERS
>
> This book is a leading tool for managers around the world who are
> interested in professional development. With more than 800,000 copies
> in print, this is the first place managers go to get answers, build
> leadership qualities, and map their road to success. Each chapter
> provides easy-to-use tips and on-the-job activities for improving
> managerial skills and effectiveness.
>
> 689 PP.
>
> Susan H. Gebelein, et. al.
>
> **HF5538.S4815 1997**
>
> CREATING YOUR SKILLS PORTFOLIO: SHOW YOUR ACCOMPLISHMENTS
>
> Read and learn how to use your portfolio as a personal marketing tool;
> five steps to an excellent portfolio; three basic portfolio layouts;
> and how to include computer diskettes, video, and CD-ROM technologies.
>
> 71 PP.
>
> Carrie Straub
>
> **HF5549.12.Y10 1997**
>
> ATTITUDE: THE CHOICE IS YOURS
>
> Michele Matty Anna
>
> **HF5549.5.C35W55 1990**
>
> MAINTAINING PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCE
>
> This book examines key approaches to maintaining and enhancing
> knowledge and skills in mid-career and senior-level professionals. It
> outlines steps for defining standards of competency within an
> occupation and provides methods and procedures for assessing a
> professional\'s field-related knowledge.
>
> 420 PP.
>
> S. L. Willis
>
> S. S. Dubin
>
> **HF5549.5.C49 1997**
>
> PROMOTABLE WOMAN, THE: 10 ESSENTIAL SKILLS FOR THE NEW MILLENNIUM
> \[3rd Edition\]
>
> Norma Carr-Ruffino provides women with a detailed plan for overcoming
> obstacles and stereotypes while developing solid leadership skills in
> order to get ahead in business.
>
> 312 PP.
>
> Norma Carr-Ruffino
>
> **HF5549.5.I6S55 1997**
>
> NEGOTIATE YOUR JOB OFFER: A STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE TO A WIN-WIN SITUATION
>
> Mary B. Simon
>
> **HF5549.5.T714572 1999**
>
> INFORMAL LEARNING ON THE JOB
>
> Victoria Marsick and
>
> Marie Volpe, Editors
>
> **HF5549.P4718 Unkn**
>
> PERSONAL SKILL BUILDING FOR THE EMERGING MANAGER
>
> Marlene A. Pinkstaff
>
> **HF5549.S11 1993**
>
> WOMAN MANAGER, THE: DEVELOPING ESSENTIAL SKILLS FOR SUCCESS
>
> Connie Sitterly
>
> **HF5549.W616 1994**
>
> COACHING FOR PERFORMANCE: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GROWING YOUR OWN SKILLS
>
> This handbook will help you learn the skills, and the art, of good
> coaching, and realize its enormous value in unlocking people\'s
> potential to maximize their own performance.
>
> 138 PP.
>
> John Whitmore
>
> **HM132.N10 2000**
>
> 10 ESSENTIAL SKILLS FOR TODAY\'S GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEES
>
> Robert Neiminen, Editor
>
> **LC5215.R10 1996**
>
> SELF-DIRECTED ON-THE-JOB LEARNING WORKSHOP, THE
>
> William J. Rothwell
>
> **NC730.L45 1990**
>
> BRAIN FITNESS: A PROVEN PROGRAM TO IMPROVE YOUR MEMORY, LOGIC,
> ATTENTION SPAN, ORGANIZATIONAL ABILTY AND MORE.
>
> A brief explanation of brain mechanisms is followed by a month\'s
> worth of practice exercises. Emphasizing speed and diversification,
> these exercises purport to develop perceptive, logical, verbal,
> structural, and visual/spatial abilities.
>
> 216 PP.
>
> Monique Le Poncin
>
> **TA190.K10 1993**
>
> MANAGING THE TECHNICAL PROFESSIONAL: IMPROVING PERSONAL AND
> ORGANIZATIONAL PRODUCTIVITY
>
> Herbert S. Kindler
>
> **TT617.P66 1991**
>
> SUCCESSFUL STYLE: A MAN\'S GUIDE TO A COMPLETE PROFESSIONAL IMAGE
>
> A man\'s guide to a complete professional image including wardrobe,
> travel tips, body language and more.
>
> Doris Pooser
>
> **[Psychology]{.underline}**
>
> **B832.F10 1990**
>
> MARILYN FERGUSON\'S BOOK OF PRAGMAGIC: PRAGMATIC MAGIC FOR EVERYDAY
> LIVING
>
> This is a unique and authorative treasury of information that can help
> us step into the forefront of our changing world.
>
> 254 PP.
>
> Wim Coleman and
>
> Pat Perrin
>
> **BF637.58R63 1992**
>
> AWAKEN THE GIANT WITHIN: HOW TO TAKE IMMEDIATE CONTROL OF YOUR MENTAL,
> EMOTIONAL, PHYSICAL AND FINANCAL DESTINY!
>
> The creator of acclaimed personal achievement programs and the author
> of the bestselling Unlimited Power reveals the proven steps to
> self-mastery. Robbins shares the secrets of his exclusive \"Date with
> Destiny\" seminars, describing how unconscious beliefs control our
> behavior and how we can make immediate changes to accomplish our
> goals.
>
> 538 PP.
>
> Anthony Robbins
>
> **BD698.3.G10 1998**
>
> MAKING IT IN TODAY\'S ORGANIZATIONS: USING THE STRONG AND THE MBTI
>
> 36 PP.
>
> Judith Grutter
>
> **BD698.3.G11 1998**
>
> MAKING IT IN TODAY\'S ORGANIZATIONS: USING THE STRONG AND THE MBTI
>
> 36 PP.
>
> Judith Grutter
>
> **BD161.B32 1988**
>
> MIND AND NATURE: A NECESSARY UNITY
>
> Gregory Bateson
>
> **BD431.B386 1996**
>
> YOUR SIGNATURE PATH: GAINING NEW PERSPECTIVES ON LIFE AND WORK
>
> This is a book for individuals who are struggling with, celebrating,
> defining, or rethinking their life\'s direction. Bellman offers a
> fresh, empowering vision of the individual\'s place in the world; he
> explores ways which help your life and work make a positive
> difference.
>
> 165 PP.
>
> Geoffrey M. Bellman
>
> **BF1031.S556 1986**
>
> COURSE IN MIRACLES, A
>
> Foundation For Inner Peace
>
> **BF1321.K6 1972**
>
> ROOTS OF COINCIDENCE, THE: AN EXCURSION INTO PARAPSYCHOLOGY
>
> Arthur Koestler
>
> **BF149.B42 1990**
>
> BEST OF PSYCHOLOGY TODAY, THE
>
> All of the topics you\'re likely to teach in your introductory course
> are included in this scholarly but jargon-free reader.
>
> 268 PP.
>
> Paul Chance and
>
> T. George Harris
>
> **BF161.H78 1982**
>
> POSSIBLE HUMAN, THE: A COURSE IN ENHANCING YOUR PHYSICAL, MENTAL, AND
> CREATIVE ABILITIES
>
> In what has been called \"an intellectual and spiritual feast, \"
> acclaimed pioneer in human development Dr. Jean Houston offers readers
> a tour of the great and unknowable homeland of the human spirit, while
> introducing them to a comprehensive theory and program for conscious
> creativity.
>
> Jean Houston
>
> **BF176.K36 1993**
>
> PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING: RINCIPLES, APPLICATIONS, AND ISSUES \[3rd
> Edition\]
>
> 703 PP.
>
> Robert M. Kaplan and
>
> Dennis P. Saccuzzo
>
> **BF204.5.M247 1983**
>
> DISCOVERY OF BEING, THE: WRITINGS IN EXISTENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY
>
> 192 PP.
>
> Rollo May
>
> **BF23.J763 1990**
>
> PSYCHOLOGICAL TYPES
>
> 608 PP.
>
> C. G. Jung
>
> **BF311.M343 1993**
>
> MECHANISMS OF EVERYDAY COGNITON
>
> 257 PP.
>
> James M. Plunkett and
>
> Hayne W. Reese, Editors
>
> **BF426.W67 1991**
>
> IN THE MIND\'S EYE; VISUAL THINKERS, GIFTED PEOPLE WITH LEARNING
> DISABILITIES, COMPUTER IMAGES, AND THE IRONIES OF CREATIVITY
>
> [In the Mind\'s Eye]{.underline} exposes many popular myths about
> conventional intelligence by examining the role of visual-spatial
> strengths and verbal weaknesses in the lives of eleven gifted
> individuals, including Albert Einstein, Winston Churchill, Thomas
> Edison, and others.
>
> 359 PP.
>
> Thomas G. West
>
> **BF431.W582 1983**
>
> HOW TO BE TWICE AS SMART: BOOSTING YOUR BRAINPOWER
>
> This book reveals how to tap that idle brainpower and double your
> mental performance. You can improve Memory, Reading efficiency, Math
> ability, Problem-solving talent, Learning speed, Creativity,
> Relationships with other people, Writing skills and Prowess for
> outsmarting competitors.
>
> 276 PP.
>
> Scott Witt
>
> **BF441.W65 1992**
>
> WHOLE-BRAIN THINKING: WORKING FROM BOTH SIDES OF THE BRAIN TO ACHIEVE
> PEAK JOB PERFORMANCE
>
> Productive creativity requires the ability to shift easily between the
> two modes of thought. This book suggests some very practical thoughts,
> ideas, and exercises on how to develop this facility.
>
> 288 PP.
>
> Jacquelyn Wonder and
>
> Pricilla Donovan
>
> **BF449.W93 1991**
>
> MINDMAPPING: YOUR PERSONAL GUIDE TO EXPLORING CREATIVITY AND
> PROBLEM-SOLVING
>
> Readers can finally break down the blocks that hinder free thinking
> and discover their vast stores of innovative ideas involving
> whole-brain thinking techniques.
>
> 173 PP.
>
> Joyce Wycoff
>
> **BF561.G65 1995**
>
> EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE: WHY IT CAN MATTER MORE THAN IQ
>
> Daniel Goleman\'s fascinating report from the frontiers of psychology
> and neuroscience offers us startling new
>
> insight into our \"two minds\" - the rational and the emotional - and
> how they together shape our destiny.
>
> 352 PP.
>
> Daniel Goleman
>
> **BF575.H27C375 1992**
>
> YOU CAN BE HAPPY NO MATTER WHAT: 4 PRINCIPLES YOUR THERAPIST NEVER
> TOLD YOU
>
> By understanding five principles - Thought, Moods, Separate Realities,
> Feelings, and the Present Moment - we can discover a new mode of
> living that doesn\'t repress natural emotions, yet where feelings and
> thoughts don\'t overwhelm us either.
>
> 192 PP.
>
> Richard Carlson
>
> **BF611.P10 2000**
>
> CONTROL FREAK, THE: COPING WITH THOSE AROUND YOU, TAMING THE ONE
> WITHIN
>
> Psychologist Les Parrott (a recovering control freak) helps readers
> relate better to the control freaks around them. In addition, if you
> are a control freak, Les will help you become willing to lose the
> control you love.
>
> 200 PP.
>
> Les Parrott
>
> **BF632.D54 1983**
>
> APPLICATIONS OF NEURO-LINGUISTIC PROGRAMMING \[NLP\]
>
> Robert B. Dilts
>
> **BF637.58R63 1992**
>
> AWAKEN THE GIANT WITHIN: HOW TO TAKE IMMEDIATE CONTROL OF YOUR MENTAL,
> EMOTIONAL, PHYSICAL AND FINANCAL DESTINY!
>
> The creator of acclaimed personal achievement programs and the author
> of the bestselling Unlimited Power reveals the proven steps to
> self-mastery. Robbins shares the secrets of his exclusive \"Date with
> Destiny\" seminars, describing how unconscious beliefs control our
> behavior and how we can make immediate changes to accomplish our
> goals.
>
> 538 PP.
>
> Anthony Robbins
>
> **BF637.C45L49 1991**
>
> MAGIC OF NEURO-LINGUISTIC PROGRAMMING \[NLP\] DEMYSTIFIED: A PRAGMATIC
> GUIDE TO COMMUNICATION AND CHANGE
>
> This is the best selling introduction to Neuro-Linguistic Programming
> (NLP), written in an informal and entertaining style. This book will
> introduce the reader to a remarkable new approach to the study of
> human communications and therapeutic change. Managers, sales people,
> consultants, therapists, parents, educators \-- anyone interested in
> or involved with influential communications and personal change will
> benefit from reading this unusual book.
>
> 160 PP.
>
> Byron Lewis and
>
> Frank Pucelik
>
> **BF637.58R63 1992**
>
> AWAKEN THE GIANT WITHIN: HOW TO TAKE IMMEDIATE CONTROL OF YOUR MENTAL,
> EMOTIONAL, PHYSICAL AND FINANCIAL DESTINY!
>
> The creator of acclaimed personal achievement programs and the author
> of the bestselling Unlimited Power reveals the proven steps to
> self-mastery. Robbins shares the secrets of his exclusive \"Date with
> Destiny\" seminars, describing how unconscious beliefs control our
> behavior and how we can make immediate changes to accomplish our
> goals.
>
> 538 PP.
>
> Anthony Robbins
>
> **BF637.K10 2004**
>
> FOLLOW YOUR TRUE COLORS TO THE WORK YOU LOVE: THE POPULAR METHOD FOR
> MATCHING YOUR PERSONALITY TO YOUR CAREER
>
> So many people hate their jobs yet are afraid to leave because they
> don\'t know what else to do. Finally, a book has come along that takes
> the mystery out of the job search process by showing readers what
> their natural gifts and talents are, and how this information leads
> them to the work they love to do.
>
> 199 PP.
>
> Carolyn Kalil
>
> **BF637.M10 2004**
>
> SHOWING OUR TRUE COLORS: A FUN, EASY GUIDE FOR UNDERSTANDING AND
> APPRECIATING YOURSELF AND OTHERS
>
> Discover the True Colors of others and open lines of communication,
> reduce conflicts and learn ways of relating to bring out the best in
> everyone.
>
> 245 PP.
>
> Mary Miscisin and
>
> **BF637.N46.D35 1983**
>
> ROOTS OF NEURO-LINGUISTIC PROGRAMMING \[NLP\]
>
> 109 PP.
>
> Robert Dilts
>
> **BF637.S4D9 1991**
>
> YOUR ERRONEOUS ZONES: STEP-BY-STEP ADVICE FOR ESCAPING THE TRAP OF
> NEGATIVE THINKING AND TAKING CONTROL OF YOUR LIFE.
>
> If you believe that you have no control over your feelings and
> reactions, you give up the many choices that are available to you.
> Dyer shows how you can take charge of yourself and manage how much you
> will let difficult times - and people - affect you.
>
> 234 PP.
>
> Wayne W. Dyer
>
> **BF637.S4P43 1978**
>
> ROAD LESS TRAVELED, THE: A NEW PSYCHOLOGY OF LOVE, TRADITIONAL VALUES
> AND SPIRITUAL GROWTH
>
> The Road Less Traveled continues to enable us to explore the nature of
> loving relationships and leads us toward a new serenity and fullness
> of life. It helps us determine how to distinguish dependency from
> love; how to become a more sensitive parent; and ultimately how to
> become one\'s own true self.
>
> 312 PP.
>
> M. Scott Peck
>
> **BF637.S8W46 1994**
>
> HEART AROUSED, THE: POETRY AND PRESERVATION OF THE SOUL IN CORPORATE
> AMERICA
>
> Whyte shows how the language of prophecy, poetry, and enlightenment
> gives voice to the most creative\--yet hidden\--desires. He shows that
> the best way to respond to the current call for creativity in
> organizational life is to overcome habitual fear and reticence.
>
> 320 PP.
>
> David Whyte
>
> **BF698.3.H57 1989**
>
> LIFE TYPES: UNDERSTAND YOURSELF AND MAKE THE MOST OF WHO YOU ARE\...
> \[MBTI\]
>
> Sandra Hirsh and
>
> Jean Kummerow
>
> **BF698.3.M94 1995**
>
> GIFTS DIFFERING: UNDERSTANDING PERSONALITY TYPE \[MBTI\]
>
> Describing the 16 major personality types identified in the work of
> Briggs and Myers, this landmark book shows the profound effects\--on
> marriage, learning and career satisfaction\--of a person\'s style of
> perception and judgment.
>
> 248 PP.
>
> Isabel Briggs-Myers
>
> **BF698.3.P43 1997**
>
> I\'M NOT CRAZY, I\'M JUST NOT YOU: THE REAL MEANING OF THE SIXTEEN
> PERSONALITY TYPES \[MBTI\]
>
> Answers the eternal question, \"what is normal?\" A treasure chest of
> insights for those who seek a greater self-understanding.
>
> 208 PP.
>
> Roger R. Pearman and
>
> Sarah C. Albritton
>
> **BF698.3.Q46 1993**
>
> BESIDE OURSELVES: OUR HIDDEN PERSONALITY IN EVERYDAY LIFE \[MBTI\]
>
> Illuminates the hidden side of personality revealed in \"out of
> character\" responses.
>
> 465 PP.
>
> Naomi L. Quenk
>
> **BF698.35.E54P34 1998**
>
> ENNEAGRAM ADVANTAGE, THE: PUTTING THE 9 PERSONALITY TYPES TO WORK IN
> THE OFFICE
>
> Adapting a centuries-old psychological system of personality
> profiling, The Enneagram Advantage gives invaluable insight into your
> own business persona as well as those of your colleagues, bosses,
> clients, and corporate cultures.
>
> 286 PP.
>
> Helen Palmer and
>
> Paul B. Brown
>
> **BF698.35.I55B72 1990**
>
> HOMECOMING: RECLAIMING AND CHAMPIONING YOUR INNER CHILD
>
> This book re-creates the transformative experiences of his workshops,
> in which participants learn to understand and mourn the damage done to
> their inner child\--the core self with which we are born and which is
> damaged and hidden when the growing child adapts to life in a
> dysfunctional family.
>
> 304 PP.
>
> John Bradshaw
>
> **BF698.35.N44C37 1989**
>
> NEGAHOLICS: HOW TO OVERCOME NEGATIVITY AND TURN YOUR LIFE AROUND
>
> A step-by-step program which tests and treats negaholic behavior. Easy
> to read with plenty of case studies and fine advice.
>
> 272 PP.
>
> Cherie Carter-Scott
>
> **BF698.8.D10 1992**
>
> PERSONALITIES AT RISK: ADDICTION, CODEPENDENCY AND PSYCHOLOGICAL TYPE
>
> Terence Duniho
>
> **BF698.8.M94M84 1985**
>
> MANUAL: A GUIDE TO THE DEVELOPMENT AND USE OF THE MYERS-BRIGGS TYPE
> INDICATOR \[MBTI\]
>
> Isabel B. Myers
>
> **BF698.9.03K10 1988**
>
> TYPE TALK: THE 16 PERSONALITY TYPES THAT DETERMINE HOW WE LIVE, LOVE
> AND WORK \[MBTI\]
>
> With Type Talk at Work, you'll never look at the office the same way
> again! This popular classic now features a new chapter on leadership,
> showing you how to be more effective on the job.
>
> 304 PP.
>
> Otto Kroeger, et. al.
>
> **BF698.9.O3K68 2002**
>
> TYPE TALK AT WORK: HOW THE 16 PERSONALITY TYPES DETERMINE YOUR SUCCESS
> ON THE JOB
>
> Do others require a specific agenda at the meeting in order to focus
> on the job at hand? Get the most out of your employees \-- and
> employers \-- using the authors\' renowned expertise on typology. With
> Type Talk at Work, you will never look at the office the same way
> again!
>
> 416 PP.
>
> Otto Kroeger, et al
>
> **BF698.9.O3T54 1995**
>
> DO WHAT YOU ARE: DISCOVER THE PERFECT CAREER FOR YOU THROUGH THE
> SECRETS OF PERSONALITY TYPE \[MBTI\]
>
> Using workbook exercises, the book provides specific job search
> strategies, including information on how to harness the power of the
> Internet to conduct the most efficient and effective job search. It
> lists the wide array of occupations that are popular with your
> personality type, including today\'s hottest career tracks in growth
> areas such as e-commerce, biotechnology, new media, and
> telecommunications.
>
> 386 PP.
>
> Paul D. Tieger and
>
> Barbara Barron-Tieger
>
> **BF698.K3571 1984**
>
> PLEASE UNDERSTAND ME: CHARACTER AND TEMPERAMENT TYPES \[MBTI\]
>
> After 30 years of treating hundreds of teaching, parenting, marriage,
> and management problems, Dr. Keirsey now challenges the reader to
> \"Abandon the Pygmalion Project\", that endless and fruitless attempt
> to change the Other into a carbon copy of Oneself.
>
> 207 PP.
>
> David Keirsey and
>
> Marilyn Bates
>
> **BF698.K3572 1998**
>
> PLEASE UNDERSTAND ME II: TEMPERAMENT, CHARACTER, INTELLIGENCE \[MBTI\]
>
> As in the original book, Please Understand Me II begins with The
> Keirsey Temperament Sorter, the most used personality inventory in the
> world. But also included is The Keirsey Four-Types Sorter, a new short
> questionnaire that identifies one\'s basic temperament and then ranks
> one\'s second, third, and fourth choices.
>
> 305 PP.
>
> David Keirsey
>
> **BF724.6.C67 1993**
>
> NAVIGATING MIDLIFE: USING TYPOLOGY AS A GUIDE \[MBTI\]
>
> Navigating Midlife uses MBTI typology as a guide to challenges of
> midlife. It attempts to show how strong or weak features of our
> personalities affect our development, offering some helpful advice on
> how to use the challenges as opportunities for positive change.
>
> 272 PP.
>
> Eleanor Corlett and
>
> Nancy Millner
>
> **BF76.5.M57 1992**
>
> RESEARCH DESIGN EXPLAINED \[2^nd^ Edition\]
>
> 644 PP.
>
> Mark Mitchell and
>
> Janina Jolley
>
> **BF789.D4K8 1979**
>
> ON DEATH AND DYING: WHAT THE DYING HAVE TO TEACH DOCTORS, NURSES,
> CLERGY AND THEIR OWN FAMILIES
>
> Kubler-Ross first introduced and explored the now-famous idea of the
> five stages of dealing with death. She gives the reader a better
> understanding of how imminent death affects the patient, the
> professionals who serve the patient, and the patient\'s family,
> bringing hope, solace, and peace of mind to all involved.
>
> 286 PP.
>
> Elizabeth Kubler-Ross
>
> **BF800.T10 1995**
>
> POSITIVE MENTAL ATTITUDE IN THE WORKPLACE
>
> 87 PP.
>
> Marian Thomas
>
> **BJ1477.S45 1992**
>
> LEARNED OPTIMISM: HOW TO CHANGE YOUR MIND AND YOUR LIFE
>
> Drawing from more than twenty years of clinical research, Dr. Seligman
> outlines easy-to-follow techniques that have helped thousands of
> people rise above pessimism and the depression that accompanies
> negative thoughts and build a life of rewards and lasting happiness.
>
> 292 PP.
>
> Martin E.P. Seligman
>
> **BJ1581.2.J657 1992**
>
> CHOOSE TO LIVE PEACEFULLY
>
> The author of Choose to Be Healthy explores the many facets that
> comprise a peaceful, satisfying life. In plain yet inspiring language,
> she shows readers how to hear their inner voices and discover these
> facets within their own lives. The book is filled with advice,
> meditations, and affirmations.
>
> 310 PP.
>
> Susan Smith Jones
>
> **BJ1581.2.Q56 2000**
>
> SHORT GUIDE TO A HAPPY LIFE, A
>
> In this treasure of a book, Anna Quindlen, the best-selling novelist
> and columnist, reflects on what it takes to \"get a life\" \-- to live
> deeply every day and from your own unique self, rather than merely to
> exist through your days.
>
> 64 PP.
>
> Anna Quindlen
>
> **BV4598.2.P43 1993**
>
> FURTHER ALONG THE ROAD LESS TRAVELED: THE UNENDING JOURNEY TOWARD
> SPIRITUAL GROWTH
>
> This long-awaited sequel to The Road Less Traveled\--the phenomenal
> national bestseller with more than 4 million copies sold\--examines
> the most important areas of love, relationships, and spiritual growth.
> Peck\'s challenging insights are as inspiring as they are realistic.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> M. Scott Peck
>
> **D810.J4F72713 1984**
>
> MAN\'S SEARCH FOR MEANING: AN INTRODUCTION TO LOGOTHERAPY
>
> Dr. Frankl gives a moving account of his life amid the horrors of the
> Nazi death camps, chronicling the harrowing experience that led to his
> discovery of his theory of logotherapy. A profound revelation born out
> of Dr. Frankl\'s years as a prisoner in Auschwitz and other
> concentration camps, logotherapy is a modern and positive approach to
> the mentally or spiritually disturbed personality. Stressing man\'s
> freedom to transcend suffering and find a meaning to his life
> regardless of his circumstances.
>
> 154 PP.
>
> Viktor Frankl
>
> **E839.S84 1997**
>
> FOURTH TURNING, THE: AN AMERICAN PROPHECY: WHAT THE CYCLES OF HISTORY
> TELL US ABOUT AMERICA\'S NEXT RENDEZVOUS WITH DESTINY
>
> By applying the lessons of history, The Fourth Turning makes some bold
> and hopeful predictions about America\'s next rendezvous with destiny.
> It also shows us how we can prepare for what is ahead, both
> individually and as a nation.
>
> 339 PP.
>
> William Strauss
>
> Neil Howe
>
> **GV181.42.L43 1990**
>
> EXCELLENCE PRINCIPLE, THE
>
> 272 PP.
>
> Scout Lee
>
> **GV706.4.H8 1992**
>
> THINKING BODY, DANCING MIND: TAOSPORTS FOR EXTRAORDINARY PERFORMANCE
> IN ATHLETICS, BUSINESS, AND LIFE
>
> Written by a sports psychologist and a renowned T\'ai Chi master, here
> is a guide to enriching all of life\'s pursuits through the practice
> of its simple mental tools and wisdom.
>
> 336 PP.
>
> Chungliang Al Huang and
>
> Jerry Lynch
>
> **HD38.2.B46 1991**
>
> UNDERSTANDING YOUR MANAGEMENT STYLE: BEYOND THE MYERS-BRIGGS TYPE
> INDICATOR \[MBTI\]
>
> The author presents a model one that considers combinations of
> factors, providing a systematic and practical way for managers to
> examine their own style, make desired changes, and assess the style of
> others in their organization.
>
> 202 PP.
>
> Robert Benfari
>
> **HD38.2.C66 1997**
>
> EXECUTIVE EQ: EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE IN LEADERSHIP AND ORGANIZATIONS
>
> Executives, managers, and professionals all across America are
> praising Executive EQ and are putting the precepts of this book into
> action for raising emotional intelligence in their leadership and at
> all levels of their organizations.
>
> Robert K. Cooper and
>
> Ayman Sawaf
>
> **HD38.G6285 1991**
>
> LOYALTY FACTOR, THE: BUILDING TRUST IN TODAYS WORKPLACE
>
> The last decade has seen a weakening of the bonds of trust between
> companies and workers. The challenges of the 1990s will erode
> commitment and loyalty even more. The Loyalty Factor presents
> guidelines for rebuilding trust and for developing loyalty in today\'s
> workforce.
>
> 102 PP.
>
> Carol Kinsey Goman
>
> **HD53.H35 1995**
>
> JUMP START YOUR BRAIN
>
> Much like the classic megaseller A Whack on the Side of the Head, here
> is a proven method for increasing creativity up to 500% from a
> \"master marketing inventor\" filled with practical, tactical advice
> for not only thinking up new ideas, but developing and marketing them
> as well.
>
> 432 PP.
>
> Doug Hall and
>
> David Wecker
>
> **HF1131.M58 1993**
>
> UNBOUNDED MIND, THE: BREAKING THE CHAINS OF TRADITIONAL BUSINESS
> THINKING
>
> In this groundbreaking work, two pioneering thinkers in business
> studies pinpoint the profound changes that must occur in the way
> executives think, make decisions, and solve problems in order for
> their businesses to remain competitive.
>
> 177 PP.
>
> Ian I. Mitroff and
>
> Harold A. Linstone
>
> **HF5548.8.B243 1991**
>
> DANGER IN THE COMFORT ZONE: FROM BOARDROOM TO MAILROOM - HOW TO BREAK
> THE ENTITLEMENT HABIT THAT\'S KILLING AMERICAN BUSINESS
>
> Judith M. Bardwick
>
> **HF5548.8.B377 1978**
>
> TRANSACTIONAL ANALYSIS AND THE MANAGER
>
> Dudley Bennett
>
> **HF5548.8.B679 1978**
>
> TRANSACTIONAL AWARENESS: NOW I\'VE GOT YOU\--IN BUSINESS
>
> J. A. Bradford
>
> **HF5548.8.B94 1994**
>
> HEROZ: EMPOWER YOURSELF, YOUR COWORKERS, YOUR COMPANY
>
> In this boo the authors reveal how anyone in an organization can find
> new meaning and purpose in work. The step-by-step techniques outlined
> in the book will help readers improve efficiency and learn to take
> control of their jobs.
>
> 201 PP.
>
> William Byham and
>
> Jeff Cox
>
> **HF5548.8.L684 1994**
>
> EFFECTIVE INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS
>
> Robert W. Lucas
>
> **HF5549.8.B634 1996**
>
> PEOPLE STYLES AT WORK: MAKING BAD RELATIONSHIPS GOOD AND GOOD
> RELATIONSHIPS BETTER
>
> People Styles at Work presents a practical, proven behavioral science
> method that you can use to understand how your preferred style of
> working comes across to other people, \"read\" other people\'s
> behavior so you\'ll know the best way to work with them.
>
> 176 PP.
>
> Robert Bolton and
>
> Dorothy Grover Bolton
>
> **HF5549.H3928 1997**
>
> 301 WAYS TO HAVE FUN AT WORK
>
> Featuring ideas generated by companies around the world that have
> successfully instilled fun into the workplace. This is a complete
> resource anyone can use to create a dynamic workplace.
>
> 245 PP.
>
> Dave Hemsath and
>
> Leslie Yerkes
>
> **HM1033.G53 2000**
>
> TIPPING POINT, THE: HOW LITTLE THINGS CAN MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE
>
> According to Gladwell, the Tipping Point is that magic moment when an
> idea, trend, or social behavior crosses a threshold, tips, and spreads
> like wildfire. He reveals how easy it is to cause group behavior to
> tip in a desirable direction by making small changes in our immediate
> environment.
>
> 304 PP.
>
> Malcolm Gladwell
>
> **HM74.B36 1975**
>
> STRUCTURE OF MAGIC, THE: A BOOK ABOUT LANGUAGE AND THERAPY
>
> Richard Bandler and
>
> John Grinder
>
> **HM744.B36 1976**
>
> STRUCTURE OF MAGIC 2, THE: A BOOK ABOUT COMMUNICATION AND CHANGE
>
> John Grinder and
>
> Richard Bandler
>
> **HM75.B36 1984**
>
> MAGIC IN ACTION \[NLP\]
>
> Richard Bandler
>
> **HM77.D5G74 1980**
>
> NEURO-LINGUISTIC PROGRAMMING: THE STUDY OF THE STRUCTURE OF SUBJECTIVE
> EXPERIENCE Vol. I \[NLP\]
>
> Robert Dilts and
>
> Richard Bandler
>
> **HQ33.F77 1974**
>
> ART OF LOVING, THE
>
> Erich Fromm
>
> **HQ536.B72 1988**
>
> BRADSHAW ON:THE FAMILY - A REVOLUTIONARY WAY OF SELF-DISCOVERY
>
> John Bradshaw
>
> **HQ799.97.U5B74 1980**
>
> TRANSITIONS: MAKING SENSE OF LIFE\'S CHANGES
>
> William Bridges
>
> **HT65.P44 1987**
>
> DIFFERENT DRUM, THE: COMMUNITY MAKING AND PEACE
>
> M. Scott Peck
>
> **LB1049.B85 1991**
>
> USE BOTH SIDES OF YOUR BRAIN: NEW MIND-MAPPING TECHNIQUES TO HELP YOU
> RAISE ALL LEVELS OF YOUR INTELLIGENCE AND CREATIVITY\--BASED ON THE
> LATEST DISCOVERIES ABOUT THE HUMAN BRAIN
>
> Tony Buzan
>
> **LB1050.5.M10 1993**
>
> A POCKET COURSE IN\... CREATIVE THINKING
>
> Harold R. McAlindon, Editor
>
> **LB1060.L535 1996**
>
> HOW TO LEARN ANYTHING QUICKLY: AN ACCELERATED PROGRAM FOR RAPID
> LEARNING
>
> Ricki Linksman
>
> **LC32.G78 1990**
>
> PEAK LEARNING: A MASTER COURSE IN LEARNING HOW TO LEARN
>
> Ronald Gross
>
> **PN4122.R52 1987**
>
> MAGIC OF RAPPORT, THE: HOW YOU CAN GAIN PERSONAL POWER IN ANY
> SITUATION
>
> Jerry Richardson
>
> **Q175.W258 1992**
>
> COMPLEXITY: THE EMERGING SCIENCE AT THE EDGE OF ORDER AND CHAOS
>
> M. Mitchell Waldrop
>
> **QC774.G45A3 1994**
>
> QUARK AND THE JAGUAR, THE: ADVENTURES IN THE SIMPLE AND THE COMPLEX
>
> Find out with Nobel laureate Murray Gell-Mann\'s personal account of
> his search for the connections between the universe\'s fundamental
> laws and nature at its most complex.
>
> 392 PP.
>
> Murray Gell-Mann
>
> **QH325.K388 1995**
>
> AT HOME IN THE UNIVERSE: THE SEARCH FOR THE LAWS OF SELF-ORGANIZATION
> AND COMPLEXITY
>
> This book offers a brilliant account of a new scientific revolution
> that rivals Darwin\'s theory of importance. The book illuminates this
> new paradigm as it weaves together the excitement of discovery and a
> fertile mix of ideas. Provides stunning insights into the origin of
> life, the development of embryos and more.
>
> S. Kauffman
>
> **QH437.D38 1989**
>
> SELFISH GENE, THE
>
> The world of the selfish gene is one of savage competition, ruthless
> exploitation, and deceit. But what of the act of apparent altruism
> found in nature - the bees that commit suicide when they sting to
> protect the hive, or the birds who risk their lives to warn the flock
> of an approaching hawk. Do they contravene the fundamental law of gene
> selfishness? By no means, and the author demonstrates why.
>
> 352 PP.
>
> Richard Dawkins
>
> **QP495.S47 1990**
>
> MIND SIGHTS: ORIGINAL VISUAL ILLUSIONS, AMBIGUITIES, AND OTHER
> ANOMALIES, WITH A COMMENTARY ONTHE PLAY OF MIND PERCEPTION AND ART
>
> All the Right Moves offers concrete advice for thinking through the
> tough choices that all business strategists must face. It distills the
> important elements of strategy into an easy-to-follow system for
> crafting today\'s - and tomorrow\'s - breakthrough business
> strategies.
>
> 288 PP.
>
> Roger N. Shepard
>
> **RC455.4.R4F7 1997**
>
> MAN\'S SEARCH FOR ULTIMATE MEANING
>
> Victor E. Frankl
>
> **RC465.S74 1993**
>
> STILL, LIFE: CLINICAL PORTRAITS IN PSYCHOPATHOLOGY
>
> This casebook in clinical psychopathology encourages the reader to try
> deductive diagnostic thinking. Each case includes the interview and
> assessment data that the original diagnosing clinician had when the
> person sought assistance, and includes a \"Points to Consider\"
> conclusion section that presents difficulties with the case and
> problems left unsolved.
>
> 226 PP.
>
> Christopher F. Monte
>
> **RC480.5.B313 1979**
>
> FROGS INTO PRINCES
>
> Frogs into PRINCES is edited entirely from audiotapes of introductory
> NLP (Neuro Linguistic Programming) training workshops conducted by
> Richard Bandler and John Grinder. NLP is an explicit and powerful
> model of human experience and communication. Using the principles of
> NLP, it is possible to describe any human activity in a detailed way
> that allows you to make many deep and lasting changes quickly and
> easily.
>
> 197 PP.
>
> Richard Bandler and
>
> John Grinder
>
> **RC489.L6F675413 1986**
>
> DOCTOR AND THE SOUL, THE: FROM PSYCHOTHERAPY TO LOGOTHERAPY \[Revised
> and Expanded\]
>
> Emphasizing spiritual values and the quest for meaning in life in its
> approach to the neurotic behavior, by the founder of logotherapy.
>
> 352 PP.
>
> Victor E. Frankl
>
> **RC489.L6F695 1985**
>
> UNHEARD CRY FOR MEANING, THE: PSYCHOTHERAPY AND HUMANISM
>
> In our age of depersonalization, Frankl teaches the value of living to
> the fullest.
>
> Victor E. Frankl
>
> **RC489.L6F698 1988**
>
> WILL TO MEANING, THE: FOUNDATIONS AND APPLICATIONS OF LOGOTHERAPY
>
> Frankl discusses logotherapy\--man\'s motivation to search for meaning
> in his life\--in the context of other prominent psychotherapies and
> describes the techniques he uses with his patients to combat the
> \"existential vacuum\".
>
> 204 PP.
>
> Victor Frankl
>
> **RC489.M36 1988**
>
> HUMAN BEHAVIOR: WHY PEOPLE DO WHAT THEY DO
>
> 317 PP.
>
> George Manning and
>
> Kent Curtis
>
> **RC489.P68033 1989**
>
> IN SEARCH OF SOLUTIONS
>
> William Hudson O\'Hanlon
>
> **RC489.T7.J35 1971**
>
> BORN TO WIN: TRANSACTIONAL ANALYSIS WITH GESTALT
>
> A national bestseller in 1971, Born to Win still sells thousands of
> copies each year. The insights in the book are now fundamental to how
> we see ourselves. It was one of the first self-help books to analyze
> communication styles and its 50 gestalt exercises are as revealing as
> ever about the roles people reenact in their Parent and Child ego
> states. Photos
>
> 272 PP.
>
> Muriel James
>
> **RC569.5.C63L37 1993**
>
> WHO\'S DRIVING YOUR BUS?: CODEPENDENT BUSINESS BEHAVIORS OF
> WORKAHOLICS
>
> 180 PP.
>
> Jeannette Goodstein
>
> **T14.5.W38 1997**
>
> TECHNOSTRESS: COPING WITH TECHNOLOGY \@WORK, \@HOME, \@PLAY
>
> \"Technotherapist\" Michelle Weil and researcher Larry Rosen have
> spent the past two decades showing people how to thrive in the age of
> high-tech. Rather than teaching you how to avoid technology, they show
> you how to make it work for you.
>
> 231 PP.
>
> Michelle M. Weil and
>
> Larry D. Rosen
>
> **TK7874.G10 1998**
>
> BILL GATES @ THE SPEED OF THOUGHT: USING A DIGITAL NERVOUS SYSTEM
>
> Bill Gates with
>
> Collins Hemingway
>
> **[Safety]{.underline}**
>
> **HD7654.D38 1996**
>
> NEW OSHA, THE: BLUEPRINTS FOR EFFECTIVE TRAINING AND WRITTEN PROGRAMS
>
> Duane A. Daugherty
>
> **HD7654.T11 1993**
>
> MANAGER\'S GUIDE TO OSHA, A: WHAT EVERY MANAGER SHOULD KNOW
>
> Neville C. Tompkins
>
> **T55.FAA10 1996**
>
> AVIATION SAFETY PLAN
>
> Federal Aviation Administration
>
> Center for Management and Executive Leadership
>
> **T55.N11 1993**
>
> OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS FOR GENERAL INDUSTRY
>
> U.S. Department of Labor
>
> **[Self Development]{.underline}**
>
> **BF385.H455 1989**
>
> BLUEPRINTS FOR MEMORY: GUIDE TO REMEMBERING BUSINESS FACTS, FIGURES,
> AND FACES
>
> William D. Hersey
>
> **BF408.C665 1990**
>
> DRAWING THE LIGHT FROM WITHIN: KEYS TO AWAKEN YOUR CREATIVE POWER
>
> This remarkable book can help you awaken the dormant artist within you
> and tap into your deepest resources of creative energy to enhance all
> aspects of your life.
>
> 272 PP.
>
> Judith Cornell
>
> **BF455.D363 1986**
>
> DE BONOS THINKING COURSE
>
> This course represents a new dimension in self-help for anyone seeking
> to improve their mental powers. Those who read this book carefully
> will find their ability to think considerably and gainfully improved.
>
> 208 PP.
>
> Edward De Bono
>
> **BF637.L10 1994**
>
> LIFE SKILLS: TAKING CHARGE OF YOUR PERSONAL AND PROFESSIONAL GROWTH
>
> Improve your quality of life by recapturing your personal vision and
> purpose. Key concepts of life and work planning are presented in a
> fast-paced, interactive handbook including exercises,
> self-assessments, and inspirational coaching that will motivate you to
> live authentically.
>
> 196 PP.
>
> Richard J. Leider
>
> **BF637.P10 1992**
>
> WINNING ATTITUDE, A: HOW TO DEVELOP YOUR MOST IMPORTANT ASSET
>
> 80 PP.
>
> Michelle F. Poley
>
> **BF637.S412 1991**
>
> TWELVE STEPS TO SELF IMPROVEMENT: A CRISP ASSESSMENT PROFILE
>
> 107 PP.
>
> Crisp Publications
>
> **BF637.S4L10 1992**
>
> SELF EMPOWERMENT: GETTING WHAT YOU WANT FROM LIFE
>
> Understand the benefits of self-empowerment and dramatically improve
> your self-esteem and interpersonal skills.
>
> 90 PP.
>
> Sam R. Lloyd and
>
> Tina Berthelot
>
> **BF637.S8C37 1988**
>
> HOW TO WIN FRIENDS AND INFLUENCE PEOPLE
>
> Written in 1936, it is based on courses in public speaking that had
> been taught in adult education courses by Dale Carnegie since 1912. It
> is an unusual little book, written in a highly personalized,
> colloquial style that is reminiscent of a lecture.
>
> 160 PP.
>
> Dale Carnegie
>
> **BF637.S8F67 1989**
>
> PATH OF LEAST RESISTANCE, THE: LEARNING TO BECOME THE CREATIVE FORCE
> IN YOUR OWN LIFE
>
> Robert Fritz demonstrates that any of us has the innate power to
> create. Discover the steps of creating; the importance of creating
> what you truly love, how to focus on the creative process to move from
> where you are to where you want to be, and much more.
>
> 285 PP.
>
> Robert Fritz
>
> **BF697.5.S46S83 1996**
>
> SELF-TRAPS: THE ELUSIVE QUEST FOR HIGHER SELF-ESTEEM
>
> Not a self-help book, Self-Traps is a fascinating, multidimensional
> exploration of how self-esteem conflicts develop and are played out in
> all our relationships, and how the authentic achievement of
> self-esteem is often undermined by American social norms that tell us
> how to approach our love relationships and work.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> William Swan
>
> **HD5525.B65 Ukwn**
>
> WHAT COLOR IS YOUR PARACHUTE? A PRACTICAL MANUAL FOR JOB-HUNTERS AND
> CAREER-CHANGERS
>
> This book continues to be the job-hunter\'s bible - even in times of a
> strong, robust economy, when - conventional wisdom says \"Job-hunting
> books don\'t sell.\" It is a fixture on best-seller lists, and exists
> in ten languages - around the world. This book remains the gold
> standard of career guides, and is always current and up to date, with
> the - latest evidence of this are tips about job-hunting currently
> available on the Internet
>
> 620 PP.
>
> Richard Nelson Bolles
>
> **HF5548.8.WA87 1993**
>
> DEVELOPING MANAGEMENT SKILLS: DEVELOPING SELF AWARENESS
>
> David Whetten and
>
> Kim Cameron
>
> **HF5549.A477 1988**
>
> **PERSONAL POWER**
>
> **Karl Albrecht**
>
> **HF57.7.P10 1995**
>
> DEVELOPMENT FIRST: STRATEGIES FOR SELF-DEVELOPMENT
>
> David Peterson and
>
> Mary Hicks
>
> **HQ1200.B10 1992**
>
> POSITIVE MANAGEMENT: ASSERTIVENESS FOR MANAGERS
>
> 166 PP.
>
> Paddy O\'Brien
>
> **JF2051.M395 1994**
>
> POSITIVE POLITICS AT WORK
>
> Makes sense of the unwritten rules of work politics so readers can
> build and maintain healthier relationships with co-workers. The
> authors distinguish positive politics from negative politics and
> include practical advice for effectively dealing with negative office
> \"politicians.\"
>
> 100 PP.
>
> Douglas McKenna and
>
> Jeff McHenry
>
> **LB234.H10 1996**
>
> BEING OK JUST ISN\'T ENOUGH: THE POWER OF SELF-DISCOVERY
>
> 173 PP.
>
> Doris W. Helmering
>
> **RC489.A77B44 1993**
>
> ASSERTIVENESS: A POSITIVE PROCESS
>
> This personal workbook illustrates three main types of behavior\--
> Assertive, Aggressive, and Unassertive. Learn the value of becoming
> more assertive in the workplace and at home.
>
> 82 PP.
>
> Mike Scally and
>
> Barrie Hopson
>
> **[Statistics]{.underline}**
>
> **HA32.N602 1998**
>
> SPSS INTERACTIVE GRAPHICS 8.0
>
> SPSS
>
> **HA32.N6637 1998**
>
> SPSS BASE 8.0: USER\'S GUIDE
>
> SPSS
>
> **HA32.R10 1996**
>
> SURVEYS WITH CONFIDENCE: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SURVEY RESEARCH USING
> SPSS
>
> Mark Rodeghier
>
> **HA32.S545 1998**
>
> SPSS BASE 8.0: APPLICATIONS GUIDE
>
> SPSS
>
> **[Stress]{.underline}**
>
> **BF575.F2H23 1985**
>
> ANXIETY AND PANIC ATTACKS: THEIR CAUSE AND CURE
>
> Like one in nine Americans, the author suffered from anxiety and panic
> attacks until he developed a five-step regimen which includes changing
> the self-image, positive thinking and goal setting. It has benefited
> thousands.
>
> 257 PP.
>
> Robert Hanley
>
> RA785L86 2005
>
> STRESS FREE FOR GOOD: 10 SCIENTIFICALLY PROVEN LIFE SKILLS FOR HEALTH
> AND HAPPINESS
>
> We live in an age of stress. Constant stress significantly affects our
> ability to lead healthy and happy lives at work and home. Stress
> damages our physical and emotional well-being, our relationships, and
> our productivity. The authors spent years at the Stanford University
> School of Medicine developing skills for eliminating the stress,
> anxiety, and pain that occur in daily life. Delivering sound advice,
> \"Stress Free for Good\" is easy to use and starts working
> immediately.
>
> 222 PP.
>
> Fred Luskin and
>
> Kenneth R. Pelletier
>
> **BF575.S75 C44 1985**
>
> STRESS MANAGEMENT: A COMPREHENSIVE GUIDE TO WELLNESS
>
> STRESS MANAGEMENT helps you identify the specific areas of stress in
> your life---family, work, social, or emotional---and offers proven
> techniques for dealing with every one of them. Here is a wealth of
> practical advice you can use right away.
>
> 400 PP.
>
> Edward S. Charlesworth and
>
> Ronald G. Nathan
>
> **BF575.S75.U52 1980**
>
> UNDERSTANDING AND MANAGING STRESS: A BOOK OF READINGS
>
> 200 PP.
>
> John D. Adams
>
> **BF575.S75.U53 1980**
>
> UNDERSTANDING AND MANAGING STRESS: A WORKBOOK IN CHANGING LIFESTYLES
>
> 217 PP.
>
> John D. Adams
>
> **BF575.S75G66 1999**
>
> COMPREHENSIVE STRESS MANAGEMENT \[6th Edition\]
>
> Between work, classes, activities, friends, and money, college can be
> a difficult balancing act for many students. Comprehensive Stress
> Management, 5th Edition assists your students in identifying,
> understanding, and combating the stressors that most affect their
> lives.
>
> 342 PP.
>
> Jerrold S. Greenberg
>
> **BF575.S75R53 1992**
>
> STRESS AND HEALTH \[2nd Edition\]
>
> With clear, non-technical language packed with lively examples, the
> author helps readers to identify personally with content and process.
> He includes the information, techniques, and skills needed to deal
> effectively with both physical and psychological stress.
>
> 493 PP.
>
> Phillip L. Rice
>
> **BF673.S8J10 1996**
>
> DON\'T GET MAD, GET FUNNY! A LIGHT-HEARTED APPROACH TO STRESS
> MANAGEMENT
>
> 116 PP.
>
> Leigh Anne Jasheway
>
> **HF5548.85.A43 1986**
>
> STRESS AND THE MANAGER: MAKING IT WORK FOR YOU
>
> Karl Albrecht
>
> **HF5548.85.M36 1988**
>
> STRESS WITHOUT DISTRESS
>
> George Manning
>
> **HF5548.85.M57 1994**
>
> OVERCOMING ANXIETY AT WORK
>
> Offers specific pointers for overcoming job jitters, cooling hot
> tempers, and taming other common types of anxious energy. By
> understanding, the types of situations and fears, which trigger their
> anxious reactions, readers, can more effectively control them.
>
> 100 PP.
>
> Vincent Miskell and
>
> Jane Miskell
>
> **HF5548.85.S737 1996**
>
> STRESS AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
>
> James E. Driskell and
>
> Eduardo Salas, Editors
>
> **HF5548.85.W44 1993**
>
> DEVELOPING MANAGEMENT SKILLS: MANAGING STRESS
>
> David Whetten and
>
> Kim Cameron
>
> **HF5548.E10 1991**
>
> STRESSMAP: THE CORPORATE EDITION
>
> Essi Systems
>
> **QP82.S8S46 1980**
>
> SELYE\'S GUIDE TO STRESS RESEARCH - VOLUME I
>
> Hans Selye
>
> **QP082.2.S8.S47 1983**
>
> SELYE\'S GUIDE TO STRESS RESEARCH - VOLUME II
>
> Hans Selye
>
> **QP082.2.S8.S48 1983**
>
> SELYE\'S GUIDE TO STRESS RESEARCH - VOLUME III
>
> Hans Selye
>
> **RC455.4.R4P4 1997**
>
> PEOPLE OF THE LIE
>
> With his classic best-selling book. The Road Less Traveled, Dr. M.
> Scott Peck has introduced over three million readers to an integration
> of the deepest insights of psychiatry with those of religion. In
> People of the Lie, an absorbing and equally inspiring companion
> volume, Dr. Peck utilizes the same approach to probe brilliantly the
> essence of human evil. This disturbing, fascinating book offers a
> strikingly original approach to the age-old problem of human evil.
>
> 269 PP.
>
> Scott M. Peck
>
> **[Substance Abuse]{.underline}**
>
> **HV5035.DOT10 1997**
>
> DOT ALCOHOL AND DRUG RULES HANDBOOK: WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW
>
> Employee Assistance Professional Association
>
> **HV5035.DOT11 1997**
>
> DOT ALCOHOL AND DRUG RULES: FOR SAFETY-SENSITIVE EMPLOYEES
>
> Employee Assistance Professional Association
>
> **HV5035.DOT12 1996**
>
> WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT THE NEW DOT ALCOHOL RULES: THE ALCOHOL
> SUPPLEMENT FOR SUPERVISORY TRAINING: LEADER\'S GUIDE
>
> Employee Assistance Professional Association
>
> **[Systems Thinking]{.underline}**
>
> **BF408.F75 1991**
>
> CREATING: A GUIDE TO THE CREATIVE PROCESS
>
> This book is about creating. It is about helping you create what you
> want to be.
>
> 305 PP.
>
> Robert Fritz
>
> **BF441.F10 1971**
>
> PRINCIPLES OF SYSTEMS
>
> This book introduces the basic concepts of systems structure and then
> explains by example how structure determines behavior. It offers
> insights of a new way to think about our organizations. It provides
> strategic language and tools to support lasting, effective
> company-wide improvement.
>
> 320 PP.
>
> Jay W. Forrester
>
> **HD20.5.O10 1997**
>
> ART OF SYSTEMS THINKING, THE: ESSENTIAL SKILLS FOR CREATIVITY AND
> PROBLEM SOLVING
>
> This book will show you how; you can get a huge result for a small
> effort. Obvious solutions can often do more harm than good. In order
> to avoid recurrent misfortunes that seem to happen automatically you
> need to know the best time to change strategy, or your attempted
> solution can cause the problem you are trying to solve. You can never
> do just one thing because there are always side effects.
>
> 265 PP.
>
> J. O\'Connor and
>
> Ian McDermott
>
> **HD30.19.A53 1997**
>
> SYSTEMS THINKING BASICS: FROM CONCEPTS TO CASUAL LOOPS
>
> 144 PP.
>
> V. Anderson
>
> L. Johnson
>
> **HD53.B10 1996**
>
> IMAGINATION ENGINEERING: THE TOOLKIT FOR BUSINESS CREATIVITY
>
> This book presents a tool kit of creativity techniques in an
> innovative style. It covers all stages of the creative problem solving
> process from identifying a problem to implementing a solution with
> easy-to-learn and remember techniques.
>
> 225 PP.
>
> Paul Birch and
>
> Brian Clegg
>
> **HD53.B354 1995**
>
> THINK OUT OF THE BOX
>
> This book is the treasure chest of Vance\'s operational
> creativity\--the same creative solutions that major corporations have
> clamored after for three decades are consolidated for the first time.
>
> 216 PP.
>
> Mike Vance
>
> **HD58.82.D36 1999**
>
> DANCE OF CHANGE, THE: THE CHALLENGES TO SUSTAINING MOMENTUM IN
> LEARNING ORGANIZATIONS
>
> This book identifies universal challenges that organizations
> ultimately find themselves confronting, including the challenge of
> \"Fear and Anxiety\"; the need to diffuse learning across
> organizational boundaries; the ways in which assumptions built in to
> corporate measurement systems can handcuff learning initiatives; and
> the almost unavoidable misunderstandings between \"true believers\"
> and nonbelievers in a company.
>
> 596 PP.
>
> Peter Senge
>
> **HD58.9.F54 1994**
>
> FIFTH DISCIPLINE FIELDBOOK, THE: STRATEGIES AND TOOLS FOR BUILDING A
> LEARNING ORGANIZATION
>
> The Fieldbook is an intensely pragmatic guide. It shows how to create
> an organization of learners where memories are brought to life. Where
> collaboration is the lifeblood of every endeavor, and where the tough
> questions are asked.
>
> 593 PP.
>
> Peter Senge
>
> **HD58.9.S46 1990**
>
> FIFTH DISCIPLINE, THE: THE ART AND PRACTICE OF THE LEARNING
> ORGANIZATION
>
> This guide provides a blueprint for establishing a learning
> organization \-- that is, one where people expand their capacity to
> create results and where new patterns of thinking are nurtured. The
> text explains how actions create reality and examines the process of
> building a learning organization. It also details prototypes and coda.
>
> 423 PP.
>
> Peter Senge
>
> **HD58.OD10 2000**
>
> SYSTEMS THINKING
>
> 16 PP.
>
> Carol Zulauf
>
> **HD61.R487 1991**
>
> FEEDBACK THOUGHT IN SOCIAL SCIENCE AND SYSTEMS THEORY
>
> This is an original investigation in the history of an idea and a way
> of thinking in the social sciences - - the loop concept underlying the
> notions of feedback and circular causality.
>
> 374 PP.
>
> George P. Richardson
>
> **HF5549.5.K10 1980**
>
> SYSTEMS 1: AN INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS THINKING
>
> Draper L. Kauffman, Jr.
>
> **HF5549.5.K11 1999**
>
> INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS THINKING
>
> Daniel H. Kim
>
> **LB1028.3.H10 1998**
>
> MANAGER\'S POCKET GUIDE TO SYSTEMS THINKING AND LEARNING, THE
>
> Stephen G. Haines
>
> **LB1028.K10 1995**
>
> SYSTEMS THINKING TOOLS: A USER\'S REFERENCE GUIDE
>
> 55 PP.
>
> Daniel H. Kim and
>
> Kellie Wardman
>
> **LB2822.82.S38 2000**
>
> SCHOOLS THAT LEARN: A FIFTH DISCIPLINE FIELDBOOK FOR EDUCATORS,
> PARENTS, AND EVERYONE WHO CARES ABOUT EDUCATION
>
> Author Peter Senge and his Fifth Discipline team have written Schools
> That Learn because educators have asked for a book that focuses
> specifically on schools and education, to help reclaim schools even in
> economically depressed or turbulent districts. One of the strengths of
> Schools That Learn is its description of practices that are meeting
> success across the country and around the world, as schools attempt to
> learn, grow, and reinvent themselves using the principles of
> organizational learning.
>
> 608 PP.
>
> Peter Senge, et al
>
> **RC488.B10 1995**
>
> SYSTEMS THINKING PLAYBOOK, THE
>
> Linda Booth
>
> **T57.6.G52 1999**
>
> SYSTEMS THINKING: MANAGING CHAOS AND COMPLEXITY
>
> Concisely, this book is about systems. However, it goes beyond the
> simple declaration of desirability of systems thinking. With a
> practical orientation and yet a profound theoretical depth, the book
> offers an operational handle on the whole by introducing an elaborate
> scheme called iterative design. The iterative design explicitly
> recognizes that choice is at the heart of human development.
>
> 328 PP.
>
> Jamshid Gharajedaghi
>
> **T59.7.M34 1990**
>
> MANPRINT: AN APPROACH TO SYSTEMS INTEGRATION
>
> A sourcebook for the application of human factors to the complex
> relationships among people, machines, and organizations. MANPRINT, the
> acronym for Manpower and Personnel Integration, developed by the US
> Army, urges organizational and management changes in institutional
> ways of doing business by converting equipment-dominated mindsets to
> those that are more people oriented. Discusses new advancements in
> macro- and microergonomic techniques, computer-aided ergonomics, life-
> cycle costing, and engineering error-reduction.
>
> 612 PP.
>
> Harold R. Booher
>
> **[Team Management]{.underline}**
>
> **HD51.F72 1992**
>
> IMPROVING WORK GROUPS: A PRACTICAL MANUAL FOR TEAM BUILDING
>
> Aimed at any manager, consultant, or employee responsible for
> developing effective teams, Improving Work Groups offers a
> step-by-step system for initiating and evaluating team performance.
>
> 309 PP.
>
> Dave Francis and
>
> Don Young
>
> **HD5660.U5.S55 1985**
>
> WORKING TOGETHER: EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION IN ACTION
>
> John Simmons
>
> **HD57.7.D09 2001**
>
> LAUNCHING PRODUCTIVE PARTNERSHIPS WITH COWORKERS AND CUSTOMERS
> \[VOL.1\]
>
> Volume 1 of the High-Performance Teams Series, First Team shows you
> how to lay the groundwork that will let your new team tackle its
> assignments with verve and imagination.
>
> 176 PP.
>
> David Dee
>
> **HD57.7.D10 2001**
>
> STRENGTHENING TEAM UNITY THROUGH INDIVIDUAL SKILL-BUILDING \[VOL.2\]
>
> This book offers practical, hands-on lessons in the critical process
> of being a team, and offers dozens of quick tips that you can put into
> action immediately.
>
> 171 PP.
>
> David Dee
>
> **HD57.7.LRP10 2001**
>
> 10 WAYS FOR FEDERAL EMPLOYEES TO BE TERRIFIC TEAM PLAYERS
>
> Designed for federal employees, this easy-to-understand pamphlet shows
> you how to become the ultimate team player --- so you can advance team
> goals and your own career. You learn how to: manage time more
> effectively, turn conflicts into productive group meetings, motivate
> others to give their best and more.
>
> LRP Publication
>
> **HD57.7.M13 2001**
>
> 17 INDISPUTALE LAWS OF TEAMWORK, THE: EMBRACE THEM AND EMPOWER YOUR
> TEAM
>
> The author of, \"The 21 Indispensable Laws of Leadership\", now offers
> 17 rock-solid, couldn\'t-be-more-succinct guidelines for leaders who
> want to build bridges with their coworkers and the community beyond.
> Memorable points and great presentation.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> John C. Maxwell
>
> **HD57.H376 1990**
>
> SUCCEEDING AS A SELF DIRECTED WORK TEAM: 20 IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
> ANSWERED
>
> Discover the key tools for making self-directed work teams function as
> true teams. Work team leaders and managers involved in creating and
> developing teams will benefit from this guide covering self-managed
> team models, the transition to self-managed teams, and more.
>
> 103 PP.
>
> Bob Harper and
>
> Ann Harper
>
> **HD58.8.P18 1992**
>
> TEAM MEMBER HANDBOOK FOR TEAMWORK, THE
>
> This book offers the 16 guidelines for turning any group into a
> tightly knit, high-powered team capable of achieving outstanding
> results. Job satisfaction climbs as performance improves\...jobs
> become more secure because good results protect the people who create
> them. It pays to play on a winning team\...just as it pays for your
> company to create more of them.
>
> 60 PP.
>
> Price Pritchett
>
> **HD60.H387 1993**
>
> TEAM BUILDING TOOL KIT, THE: TIPS, TACTICS, AND RULES FOR EFFECTIVE
> WORKPLACE TEAMS
>
> Harrington-Mackin shows how to manage the human factors and
> nitty-gritty details that can hamper teamwork as she explains how to
> define roles and responsibilities, select team members, encourage
> positive behavior, maintain control, evaluate and reward teams, and
> more.
>
> 176 PP.
>
> Deborah Harrington-Mackin
>
> **HD66.068 1998**
>
> HORIZONTAL ORGANIZATION, THE: WHAT THE ORGANIZATION OF THE FUTURE
> ACTUALLY LOOKS LIKE AND HOW IT DELIVERS VALUE TO CUSTOMERS
>
> In The Horizontal Organization, Frank Ostroff provides managers with
> the first all-inclusive and tested alternative to the vertical
> organization. Indeed, he offers nothing less than the first view of
> what the organization of the future looks like and how it works.
>
> 257 PP.
>
> Frank Ostroff
>
> **HD66.2.L56 1997**
>
> VIRTUAL TEAMS: REACHING ACROSS SPACE, TIME, AND ORGANIZATIONS WITH
> TECHNOLOGY
>
> The authors address major issues associated with virtual teams, and
> how offers ideas on how to work together electronically. There are
> descriptions of team principles, details on how to link the people
> (teams) together via technology which will enhance communications and
> increase productivity.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Jessica Lipnack and
>
> Jeffrey Stamps
>
> **HD66.B10 1997**
>
> PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SELF MANAGED TEAMS, A
>
> Discover the key tools for making self-directed work teams function as
> true teams. Work team leaders and managers involved in creating and
> developing teams will benefit from this guide covering self-managed
> team models, the transition to self-managed teams, and more.
>
> 62 PP.
>
> Kenneth Burger and
>
> Alvin Ray
>
> **HD66.B54 1987**
>
> SPECTACULAR TEAMWORK: HOW TO DEVELOP THE LEADERSHIP SKILLS FOR TEAM
> SUCCESS
>
> In modern organizations, the vast majority of people work in teams,
> and achieving successful results depends on how well people combine
> their efforts. This book explores the dynamics of teamwork and the
> basic dimensions by which a team\'s performance can be measured.
>
> 219 PP.
>
> Robert R. Blake, et. al.
>
> **HD66.B55 1991**
>
> ONE MINUTE MANAGER BUILDS HIGH PERFORMANCE TEAMS, THE
>
> With 50 to 90 percent of most managers\' time spent in some form of
> group activity, the practicality of the One Minute Manager\'s advice
> is a powerful way toward increasing any working group\'s productivity
> and satisfaction.
>
> 118 PP.
>
> Kenneth Blanchard
>
> **HD66.B82 1987**
>
> CREATING THE HIGH-PERFORMANCE TEAM
>
> Shows how to foster teamwork in an organization by creating a sense of
> interdependence, shared responsibility and purpose, and creative
> freedom.
>
> 216 PP.
>
> Steve Buchholz and
>
> Thomas Roth
>
> **HD66.C10 1994**
>
> BUILDING A DYNAMIC TEAM: A PRACTICAL GUIDE FOR MAXIMIZING TEAM
> PERFORMANCE
>
> As changes occur, the team will need to take different steps and meet
> certain goals. Understanding and anticipating the natural phases of a
> team structure, from formation to a high-performance team, will help
> enhance the team\'s success and each team member\'s individual
> contribution.
>
> 120 PP.
>
> Richard Y. Chang
>
> **HD66.C11 1994**
>
> SUCCESS THROUGH TEAMWORK: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO INTERPERSONAL TEAM
>
> DYNAMICS
>
> A team is only as successful as the individuals who make up the group.
> By using the techniques detailed in this guidebook, managers, leaders,
> and team members will understand the importance of interpersonal
> skills, conflict resolution, and positive motivation to optimize a
> team\'s performance.
>
> 93 PP.
>
> Richard Y. Chang
>
> **HD66.C12 1994**
>
> MEASURING TEAM PERFORMANCE: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO TRACKING TEAM SUCCESS
>
> The roles and responsibilities of teams are changing and expanding.
> The traditional methods of measuring work group performance do not
> work. This guidebook gives teams new, practical methods to measure
> their performance, dynamics, and effectiveness.
>
> 109 PP.
>
> Richard Y. Chang
>
> **HD66.C13 1994**
>
> SUCCEEDING AS A SELF-MANAGED TEAM
>
> Making the transition from a traditionally managed department or work
> group to a self-managed team is not an easy task. You will benefit
> from knowing how to successfully plan, organize, and implement the
> transition to a self-managed team.
>
> 104 PP.
>
> Richard Y. Chang
>
> Mark J. Curtin
>
> **HD66.C15 1997**
>
> TEAM UP FOR SUCCESS: BUILDING TEAMS IN THE WORKPLACE
>
> 113 PP.
>
> Charles Cadwell
>
> **HD66.C53 1992**
>
> CLASSIC READING IN SELF MANAGING TEAMWORK: 20 MOST IMPORTANT ARTICLES
>
> Rollin Glaser
>
> **HD66.D10 1993**
>
> MAKING TEAMS WORK: A GUIDE TO CREATING AND MANAGING TEAMS
>
> 142 PP.
>
> Organizational Dynamics, Inc.
>
> **HD66.D42 1995**
>
> FIRST TEAM: EVERYTHING YOU KNEED TO KNOW TO START A TEAM\...LEAD A
> TEAM\...AND BE A TEAM
>
> Dartnell Corp.
>
> **HD66.E10 1994**
>
> TEAM BUILDING FOR THE FUTURE: BEYOND THE BASICS
>
> Comprehensive resources to build and develop teams.
>
> 349 PP.
>
> Robin Elledge and
>
> Steven Phillips
>
> **HD66.F56 1992**
>
> LEADING SELF DIRECTED WORK TEAMS: A GUIDE TO DEVELOPMENT OF TEAM
> LEADERSHIP SKILLS
>
> This book reveals how supervisors in any company can take advantage of
> the leadership skills that make and keep major corporations
> competitive.
>
> 258 PP.
>
> Kimball Fisher
>
> **HD66.FAA10 1995**
>
> TEAMS: THE FEDERAL AVIATION ADVANTAGE
>
> Federal Aviation Administration and
>
> Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center
>
> **HD66.H10 1990**
>
> SELF MANAGING TEAMS: CREATING AND MAINTAINING SELF MANAGED WORK GROUPS
>
> Written for organizations who want to encourage and support employee
> involvement through this increasingly popular idea of self-managing
> teams.
>
> 91 PP.
>
> Robert Hicks and
>
> Diane Bone
>
> **HD66.H324 1993**
>
> TEAMING UP: ACHIEVING ORGANIZATIONAL TRANSFORMATION
>
> 208 PP.
>
> Steven Phillips and
>
> Carl Harshman
>
> **HD66.H47 1994**
>
> FORCE OF ONES, A: RECLAIMING INDIVIDUAL POWER IN A TIME OF TEAMS, WORK
> GROUPS, AND OTHER CROWDS
>
> This book celebrates the power of the individual in the workplace, and
> offers support and guidance for enlightened individualism at work. The
> author provides tools and guidance for enhancing one\'s personal
> effectiveness on the job.
>
> 261 PP.
>
> Stanley Herman
>
> **HD66.H57 1991**
>
> MANAGING THE NEW TEAM ENVIRONMENT: SKILLS, TOOLS, AND METHODS
>
> Essential reading for all managers in contemporary business
> organizations who are attempting to work productively in today\'s
> challenging economic environment.
>
> Larry Hirschhorn
>
> **HD66.K10 1994**
>
> TEAM DECISION-MAKING TECHNIQUES: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SUCCESSFUL TEAM
> OUTCOMES
>
> Making a decision on your own can be trying, but making a decision as
> a group can be even more difficult. By using the clear and concise
> techniques provided, the team decision-making process can be easier
> and more effective.
>
> 120 PP.
>
> P. Keith Kelly
>
> **HD66.K384 1993**
>
> WISDOM OF TEAMS, THE: CREATING THE HIGH-PERFORMANCE ORGANIZATION
>
> The best selling book that thoroughly explores the remarkable benefits
> of teams at all levels of the organization. The authors provide dozens
> of real accounts and case studies that illustrate successes and
> failures and demonstrate what can be learned from these examples. A
> must-read guide for business leaders.
>
> 260 PP.
>
> Jon R. Katzenbach and
>
> Douglas K. Smith
>
> **HD66.K45 1991**
>
> ADVENTURES OF A SELF MANAGING TEAM, THE
>
> These materials are designed for the HRD practitioner who wants access
> to a broad range of training and intervention technologies as well as
> background in the field.
>
> 121 PP.
>
> Mark Kelly
>
> **HD66.K56 1991**
>
> DEVELOPING SUPERIOR WORK TEAMS: BUILDING QUALITY AND THE COMPETITIVE
> EDGE
>
> 224 PP.
>
> Dennis C. Kinlaw
>
> **HD66.K563 1992**
>
> TEAM-MANAGED FACILITATION: CRITICAL SKILLS FOR DEVELOPING SELF
> SUFFICIENT TEAMS
>
> 150 PP.
>
> Dennis Kinlaw
>
> **HD66.L37 1989**
>
> TEAMWORK: WHAT MUST GO RIGHT/WHAT CAN GO WRONG
>
> The authors explore the eight properties of successful teams and
> examine priorities in building a high-performance team.
>
> 150 PP.
>
> Carl E. Larson and
>
> Frank Lafasto
>
> **HD66.L435 1993**
>
> LEADING TEAMS: MASTERING THE NEW ROLE
>
> This book shows how managers can carve an enduring and vital position
> for themselves in a team environment while becoming a valued navigator
> during the organizational transition to teams.
>
> 275 PP.
>
> John H. Zenger
>
> **HD66.L565 1993**
>
> TEAMNET FACTOR, THE: BRINGING THE POWER OF BOUNDARY CROSSING INTO
> BUSINESS
>
> Your People\...the only true competitive advantage. It\'s a commonly
> heard phrase but an extremely difficult concept to translate into
> business reality. Now, with an innovative, proven approach Steven
> Rayner shows companies how to improve performance by creating a High
> Performance Work System.
>
> 400 PP.
>
> Jeffrey Stamps and
>
> Jessica Lipnack
>
> **HD66.M10 1992**
>
> TEAM BUILDING: AN EXERCISE IN LEADERSHIP
>
> A book that will help the manager increase productivity.
>
> 77 PP.
>
> Robert B. Maddux
>
> **HD66.M11 1991**
>
> TEAM-BUILDING: HOW TO BUILD A WINNING TEAM
>
> 63 PP.
>
> Charles Mallory
>
> **HD66.M12 1993**
>
> POCKET COURSE IN\... TEAMWORK
>
> 80 PP.
>
> Harold R. McAlindon, Editor
>
> **HD66.M345 1994**
>
> EFFECTIVE TEAMWORK: THE BUSINESS SKILLS EXPRESS SERIES
>
> 100 PP.
>
> Michael D. Maginn
>
> **HD66.M363 1993**
>
> BUSINESS WITHOUT BOSSES: HOW SELF MANAGING TEAMS ARE BUILDING HIGH
> PERFORMING COMPANIES
>
> This is a guide to understanding and implementing the essential
> building block for success in business: self-managing teams. This
> follow-up to [Superleadership]{.underline} tells readers how to
> develop leadership skills to manage themselves and achieve quality
> productivity needed for a business environment.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Charles Manz
>
> Henry Sims, Jr.
>
> **HD66.M634 1997**
>
> DESIGNING AND LEADING TEAM-BASED ORGANIZATIONS: A WORKBOOK FOR
> ORGANIZATIONAL SELF-DESIGN
>
> Proven-to-work tools for building or fine-tuning teams.
>
> 126 PP.
>
> Susan A. Mohrman and
>
> Allan M. Mohrman, Jr.
>
> **HD66.N55 1993**
>
> TEAM GAMES FOR TRAINERS: HIGH-INVOLVEMENT GAMES AND TRAINING AIDS FOR
> DEVELOPING THESE AND OTHER TEAM SKILLS
>
> 322 PP.
>
> Carolyn Nilson
>
> **HD66.P345 1994**
>
> CROSS-FUNCTIONAL TEAMS: WORKING WITH ALLIES, ENEMIES AND OTHER
> STRANGERS
>
> In the only book to focus exclusively on cross-functional teams,
> Parker offers a no-nonsense, practical approach to what works and what
> doesn\'t in cross-functional teams, presenting case studies from such
> corporate giants as Motorola, 3M, Honeywell, and Chrysler.
>
> 228 PP.
>
> Glenn M. Parker
>
> **HD66.P346 1994**
>
> CROSS-FUNCTIONAL TEAMS TOOLKIT
>
> Create high-performing teams that achieve amazing results! Implement
> successful cross-functional teams in your organization. This useful
> tool kit and book are packed with examples and ideas for effective
> team building.
>
> 228 PP.
>
> Glenn Parker
>
> **HD66.R10 1994**
>
> INTERVENTION SKILLS: PROCESS CONSULTATION FOR SMALL GROUPS AND TEAMS
>
> Finally, here is a functional guide that focuses on putting the
> concept of group-process consultation into actual practice! You\'ll
> learn how and under what circumstances a process consultant should
> intervene to make a group\'s work more effective.
>
> 236 PP.
>
> W. Brendan Reddy
>
> **HD66.R38 1993**
>
> RECREATING THE WORKPLACE: THE PATHWAY TO HIGH PERFORMANCE WORK SYSTEMS
>
> Rayner demonstrates how a traditional company can become a highly
> flexible, agile organization by using an innovative proven
> approach\--the Transformation Pathway. He details the six phases of
> this technique, focusing on the critical success factors and common
> pitfalls of each.
>
> 281 PP.
>
> Steven R. Rayner
>
> **HD66.R394 1991**
>
> HOW TO LEAD WORK TEAMS: FACILITATION SKILLS
>
> The move toward more employee participation has resulted in the
> formation of many kinds of decision-making work teams. In taking some
> first steps toward sharing the responsibility of leadership, managers
> and team leaders begin to let their people work with them as well as
> for them.
>
> 160 PP.
>
> Fran Rees
>
> **HD66.R3943 1997**
>
> TEAMWORK FROM START TO FINISH: 10 STEPS TO RESULTS
>
> Discover the dimensions essential for well functioning teams: getting
> work done, and building and maintaining the spirit and momentum of the
> team. You will learn how to develop step-by-step procedures to get
> work done. Empower your team with the ability to chart its own course,
> evaluate its progress, and self-correct.
>
> 209 PP.
>
> Fran Rees
>
> **HD66.R395 1988**
>
> TWENTY-FIVE ACTIVITIES FOR TEAMS
>
> Arlette Ballew
>
> **HD66.S10 1994**
>
> MANAGER\'S OFFICIAL GUIDE TO TEAM WORKING
>
> This book is every manager\'s best friend when putting a team
> together. The authors outline a step-by-step model to recruit, assess,
> build, and facilitate a high-performing team.
>
> 159 PP.
>
> Cresencio Torres
>
> **HD66.S11 1995**
>
> FEEDING THE ZIRCON GORILLA: AND OTHER TEAM BUILDING ACTIVITIES
>
> 204 PP.
>
> Sam Sikes
>
> **HD66.S37 1988**
>
> TEAM HANDBOOK, THE: HOW TO USE TEAMS TO IMPROVE QUALITY
>
> High-performing teams can only exist when they revel in discovery,
> battle well, grow together, and live their purpose. This handbook is
> the foremost resource on teamwork for both leaders and team members.
>
> Peter R. Scholtes
>
> **HD66.S38 2003**
>
> TEAM HANDBOOK, THE \[3rd Edition\]
>
> High-performing teams can only exist when they revel in discovery,
> battle well, grow together, and live their purpose. This handbook is
> the foremost resource on teamwork for both leaders and team members.
>
> 356 PP.
>
> Peter R. Scholtes, et al
>
> **HD66.S45 1990**
>
> SELF DIRECTED WORK TEAMS: THE NEW AMERICAN CHALLENGE
>
> Show employees from diverse areas of your company how to work together
> more efficiently and compete more effectively.
>
> 354 PP.
>
> Jack D. Osborne
>
> **HD66.S56 1992**
>
> TEAM-BASED ORGANIZATIONS: DEVELOPING A SUCCESSFUL TEAM ENVIRONMENT
>
> James H. Shonk shows you how to structure and manage an organization
> that is built around teams versus forcing a team approach into an
> existing structure.
>
> 200 PP.
>
> James H. Shonk
>
> **HD66.S64 1992**
>
> POWER OF TEAM BUILDING, THE: USING ROPES TECHNIQUES
>
> Help work teams achieve new levels of trust, camaraderie, and
> productivity! Improve teamwork through trust building! The Power of
> Team Building supports trainers, consultants, and business leaders in
> leading experiential ropes techniques.
>
> 216 PP.
>
> Harrison Snow
>
> **HD66.S84 1991**
>
> POWER OF PARTNERING, THE: VISION, COMMITMENT, AND ACTION
>
> 118 PP.
>
> Joanne G. Sujansky
>
> **HD66.T10 1994**
>
> ABC\'s OF EMPOWERED TEAMS, THE: BUILDING BLOCKS FOR SUCCESS
>
> 99 PP.
>
> Mark Towers
>
> **HD66.T34 1992**
>
> HOW TO MEET, THINK, AND WORK TO CONSENSUS
>
> 142 PP.
>
> Daniel A. Tagliere
>
> **HD66.T42 1988**
>
> TEAM BUILDING: BLUEPRINTS FOR PRODUCTIVITY AND SATISFACTION
>
> W. Brendan Reddy and
>
> Kaleel Jamison
>
> **HD66.T423 1995**
>
> TEAM EFFECTIVENESS AND DECISION MAKING IN ORGANIZATIONS
>
> Using a variety of methodologies, twenty-two leading researchers from
> the fields of management and social, industrial, and organizational
> psychology examine team-based projects worldwide, bringing their
> expertise to bear on core issues from member selection to conflict
> management to measurement of productivity.
>
> 414 PP.
>
> Richard A. Guzzo, et al
>
> **HD66.T437 1992**
>
> TEAMS: THEIR TRAINING AND PERFORMANCE
>
> This book compiles state-of-the-art commentary on teamwork, team
> training, and team performance. It provides both practical and
> down-to-earth information on what we currently know about these topics
> from a research-based perspective, and forward-looking, theoretical
> views on where the field is going.
>
> 432 PP.
>
> Robert W. Swezey and
>
> Edwardo Salas, Editors
>
> **HD66.T63 1991**
>
> SELF DIRECTED WORK TEAMS: A PRIMER
>
> You\'ll learn to help workers feel like partners in their
> organizations by contributing to the improvement of products and
> services. Use these guiding principles, working models, key
> strategies, and action steps to create successful self-directed teams!
>
> 99 PP.
>
> Cresencio Torres and
>
> Jerry Spiegel
>
> **HD66.V36 1990**
>
> BUILDING PRODUCTIVE TEAMS: AN ACTION GUIDE AND RESOURCE BOOK
>
> Practical step-by-step guidance on how to improve teamwork and
> increase the productivity and efficiency of groups within any
> organization.
>
> 150 PP.
>
> Glenn H. Varney
>
> **HD66.W4 1997**
>
> MANAGERS AS FACILITATORS: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO GETTING WORK DONE IN A
> CHANGING WORKPLACE
>
> Written for business leaders and managers, here is a practical,
> innovative guide to becoming effective facilitators of teams and
> groups.
>
> 250 PP.
>
> Roger G. Weaver and
>
> John D. Farrell
>
> **HD66.W45 1991**
>
> EMPOWERED TEAMS: CREATING SELF DIRECTED WORK GROUPS THAT IMPROVE
> QUALITY, PRODUCTIVITY, & PARTICIPATION
>
> Provides the frank answers to questions about how teams work, what
> makes them effective, when they are useful, how to get them going, and
> how to maintain their vigor and productivity over the long haul.
>
> 258 PP.
>
> Richard S. Wellins
>
> **HD66.W46 1994**
>
> INSIDE TEAMS: HOW 20 WORLD-CLASS ORGANIZATIONS ARE WINNING THROUGH
> TEAMWORK
>
> A rich expose\' of 20 of the world\'s best team-based companies,
> Inside Teams shows managers, team members and human resource
> specialists how to benchmark their own organization\'s team
> implementation plans against the leaders.
>
> 366 PP.
>
> Richard S. Wellins
>
> **HD9696.2.U64H48 2001**
>
> POWER OF NETWORKED TEAMS, THE: CREATING A BUSINESS WITHIN A BUSINESS
> AT HP IN COLORADO SPRINGS
>
> Hewlett-Packard has long been one of the world\'s most respected
> companies\--universally heralded for its leadership, unique corporate
> culture (called the HP Way), superior products, and sustained
> financial performance. This book takes the reader into the trenches of
> financial transaction processing at HP.
>
> Pamela Shockley-Zalbak and
>
> Sandra B. Burmester
>
> **HF5386.M363 1993**
>
> TEAM THINK: USING THE SPORTS CONNECTION TO DEVELOP, MOTIVATE, AND
> MANAGE
>
> Don Martin
>
> **HF5415.5.T55 1993**
>
> TEAMWORK FOR CUSTOMERS: BUILDING ORGANIZATIONS THAT TAKE PRIDE IN
> SERVICE
>
> Dean Tjosvold
>
> **HF5548.8.M4924 1994**
>
> CORPORATE COACH, THE: HOW TO BUILD A TEAM OF LOYAL CUSTOMERS AND HAPPY
> EMPLOYEES
>
> Jim Miller\'s best-selling book provides a revolutionary approach to
> team management and customer service that has helped his own
> company\'s sales rise from \$50,000 to \$150 million.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> James Miller and
>
> Paul Brown
>
> **HF5549.5.T7H324 1995**
>
> TEAM TRAINING: FROM STARTUP TO HIGH PERFORMANCE
>
> Carl Harshman and
>
> Steve Phillips
>
> **HM131.S569 1997**
>
> PARADOXES OF GROUP LIFE
>
> Smith and Berg offer a different way of thinking about groups that
> will open now avenues of inquiry for professors and students of group
> behavior, and they propose many innovative ideas that will prove
> valuable to consultants, trainers, therapists, and others who work
> with groups on a regular basis.
>
> 281 PP.
>
> Kenwyn Smith
>
> **HS57.7.W10Z10 1997**
>
> TEAM LEADER\'S IDEA-A-DAY GUIDE, THE: 250 WAYS TO MAKE YOUR TEAM MORE
> EFFECTIVE AND PRODUCTIVE-EVERY WORKING DAY OF THE YEAR
>
> 300 PP.
>
> Susan F. Woodring
>
> Drea Zigarmi
>
> **JF1525.T67K6324 1996**
>
> TEAMS IN GOVERNMENT: A HANDBOOK FOR TEAM-BASED ORGANIZATIONS
>
> Jerry W. Koehler and
>
> Joseph M. Pankowski
>
> **LC5215.H10 1992**
>
> SKILL-BUILDING FOR SELF-DIRECTED TEAM MEMBERS: A COMPLETE COURSE
>
> This book/workbook was designed to help Team Members develop the
> critical skills needed. It will increase your awareness that what you
> do and think makes all the difference.
>
> Ann Harper and
>
> Bob Harper
>
> **[Time Management]{.underline}**
>
> **BJ1581.2.C66 1994**
>
> FIRST THINGS FIRST: TO LIVE, TO LOVE, TO LEARN, TO LEAVE A LEGACY
>
> First Things First offers a principle-centered approach that will
> transform the quality of everything you do by showing how it involves
> the need to live, to love, to learn, and to leave a legacy. It
> empowers readers to define what is truly important; to accomplish
> worthwhile goals; and to lead rich, rewarding, and balanced lives.
>
> 384 PP.
>
> Stephen R. Covey
>
> **HD38.F39 1980**
>
> SUCCESSFUL TIME MANAGEMENT
>
> This book will help you analyze existing time problems, establish
> goals, prioritize, and plan. Contains excellent tips for dealing with
> time robbers like interruptions, procrastination, meetings and
> paperwork.
>
> 296 PP.
>
> Jack D. Ferner
>
> **HD38.H393 1984**
>
> PRACTICAL TIME MANAGEMENT: HOW TO MAKE THE MOST OF YOUR PERISHABLE
> RESOURCE
>
> 122 PP.
>
> Marion Haynes
>
> **HD69.T54L59 1994**
>
> GETTING AND STAYING ORGANIZED
>
> 100 PP.
>
> Corinne R. Livesay
>
> **HD69.T54M33 1972**
>
> TIME TRAP, THE: HOW TO GET MORE DONE IN LESS TIME
>
> 208 PP.
>
> Alec Mackenzie
>
> **HD69.T54M37 1994**
>
> TIME MANAGEMENT
>
> Now, readers can develop better time management systems to meet
> deadlines and succeed in today\'s competitive work environment! This
> Express book explains how to prioritize and delegate, overcome
> procrastination, and create uninterrupted time.
>
> 154 PP.
>
> Marc Mancini
>
> **HD69.T54M39 1990**
>
> IF YOU HAVEN\'T GOT THE TIME TO DO IT RIGHT, WHEN WILL YOU FIND THE
> TIME TO DO IT OVER?
>
> Jeffrey J. Mayer
>
> **HD9025.25.G35 1994**
>
> MANAGING THE DEMANDS OF WORK AND HOME
>
> Carol R. Galginaitis
>
> **HF5414.155.N67 1993**
>
> CYCLE TIME MANAGEMENT: THE FAST TRACK TO TIME-BASED PRODUCTIVITY
> MANAGEMENT
>
> As much as 90% of the operational activities in a traditional plant
> are nonessential or pure waste. This book presents a proven
> methodology for eliminating this waste within 24 to 30 months by
> measuring productivity in terms of time instead of revenue or people.
> From this succinct, highly focused book, you\'ll learn what cycle time
> management is, how to implement it, and how to manage it.
>
> 184 PP.
>
> Patrick Northerly and
>
> Nigel Southway
>
> **HN90.B73 1988**
>
> GETTING THINGS DONE: AN ACHIEVER\'S GUIDE TO TIME MANAGEMENT
>
> Kristine C. Brewer
>
> **HN90.T5H67 1993**
>
> TIME MANAGEMENT: CONQUERING THE CLOCK
>
> Mike Scally and
>
> Barrie Hopson
>
> **HN91.HBR 1984**
>
> MANAGING TO SAVE TIME (HARVARD BUSINESS REVIEW)
>
> Harvard Business Review
>
> **HN91.S36 1980**
>
> HOW TO PUT MORE TIME IN YOUR LIFE
>
> Dru Scott
>
> **QB209.R54 1987**
>
> TIME WARS:THE PRIMARY CONFLICT IN HUMAN HISTORY
>
> Jeremy Rifkin
>
> **TX147.W75 1991**
>
> GETTING ORGANIZED: THE EASY WAY TO PUT YOUR LIFE IN ORDER \[Updated
> and Revised\]
>
> Stephanie Winston
>
> **[Total Quality Management]{.underline}**
>
> **HD31.M36 1988**
>
> MORALE: QUALITY OF WORK LIFE
>
> George Manning
>
> **HD31.W42 1989**
>
> ROI: A TALE OF AMERICAN BUSINESS
>
> Peter D. Weddle
>
> **HD38.B69 1988**
>
> MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT
>
> 323 PP.
>
> J. H. Boyott and
>
> H. P. Conn
>
> **HD38.C10 1993**
>
> CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT TOOLS: A GUIDE TO ACHIEVE QUALITY RESULTS \[VOL
> .1\]
>
> The tools and techniques presented offer a common-sense approach to
> not only begin but to sustain any quality-improvement efforts already
> in place within an organization. Contains step-by step instructions
> and case examples that can be used in meetings and during team or
> individual process-improvement or problem-solving efforts.
>
> 100 PP.
>
> Richard Chang and
>
> Matthew Neidzwiecki
>
> **HD38.C11 1993**
>
> CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT TOOLS: A GUIDE TO ACHIEVE QUALITY RESULTS
> \[VOL. 2\]
>
> These two volumes offer a commonsense approach to creating and
> sustaining quality-improvement efforts. Your process improvement,
> problem-solving teams and self-managed work teams will function better
> with the tools and techniques presented in this book.
>
> 151 PP.
>
> Richard Chang and
>
> Mat Neidzwiecki
>
> **HD38.C50 1994**
>
> TEN TOOLS FOR QUALITY: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO ACHIEVE QUALITY RESULTS
>
> 117 PP.
>
> Richard Chang
>
> **HD58.7C75 1988**
>
> ETERNALLY SUCCESSFUL ORGANIZATION, THE
>
> Philip B. Crosby
>
> **HD58.9.B76 1996**
>
> KEEPING SCORE: USING THE RIGHT METRICS TO DRIVE WORLD-CLASS
> PERFORMANCE
>
> Following a Baldrige approach, Mark Brown shows you how to evaluate
> your current approach to measurement and redesign inadequate metrics
> and systems used to collect and report data.
>
> 198 PP.
>
> Mark Graham Brown
>
> **HD62.10.J39 1990**
>
> IMPLEMENTING TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT: COMPETING IN THE 1990\'sThis
> book is an absolute must for those involved in the implementation of
> TQM in any organization.
>
> Joseph R. Jablonski
>
> **HD62.15.B368 1994**
>
> FAST FOCUS ON TQM: A CONCISE GUIDE TO COMPANYWIDE LEARNING
>
> This book can help people at all levels to understand and be a part of
> a results-producing learning strategy.
>
> 187 PP.
>
> Derm Barrett
>
> **HD62.15.B369 1995**
>
> TQM PARADIGM, THE: KEY IDEAS THAT MAKE IT WORK
>
> 65 PP.
>
> Derm Barrett
>
> **HD62.15.C74 1994**
>
> FIVE PILLARS OF TQM, THE: HOW TO MAKE TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT WORK
> FOR YOU
>
> Bill Creech
>
> **HD62.15.C76 1992**
>
> COMPLETENESS: QUALITY FOR THE 21ST CENTURY
>
> Philip B. Crosby
>
> **HD62.15.L33 1992**
>
> MAKING QUALITY WORK: A LEADERSHIP GUIDE FOR THE RESULTS-DRIVEN MANAGER
>
> This TQM book for the 90s and beyond is packed with practical advice,
> tools, actionable ideas and techniques that will make an organization
> more acute, competitive and profitable.
>
> 320 PP.
>
> George Labovitz
>
> **HD62.15.L43 1991**
>
> LEADERSHIP, PERSPECTIVE, AND RESTRUCTURING FOR TOTAL QUALITY
>
> Richard J. Pierce
>
> **HD62.15.M3465 1994**
>
> QUALITY WARS: THE TRIUMPHS AND DEFEATS OF AMERICAN BUSINESS
>
> Jeremy Main
>
> **HD62.15.M45 1995**
>
> PROCESS MANAGEMENT: A SYSTEMS APPROACH TO TOTAL QUALITY
>
> Every serious manager should have a few of these in their
> office-reading backlog to help keep up with today\'s new management
> challenges.
>
> 53 PP.
>
> Eugene H. Melan
>
> **HD62.15.S36 1992**
>
> RACE WITHOUT A FINISH LINE, THE: AMERICA\'S QUEST FOR TOTAL QUALITY
>
> The books shows how TQM can be used to help organizations deliver the
> variety, customization, and timeliness today\'s customers demand.
>
> Warren H. Schmidt and
>
> Jerome P. Finnigan
>
> **HD62.15.S58 1994**
>
> BY WHAT METHOD?
>
> D. S. Sink
>
> W. T. Morris
>
> **HD62.15.S65 1992**
>
> BENCHMARKING BOOK, THE
>
> Michael J. Spendolini
>
> **HD62.15C54 1992**
>
> FIRING ON ALL CYLINDERS: THE SERVICE/QUALITY SYSTEM FOR HIGH-POWERED
> CORPORATE PERFORMANCE
>
> At the heart of this book are 12 key service/quality improvement
> areas\--or cylinders\--that show how to signal commitment, listen to
> internal/external customers, improve processes, realign systems, and
> more.
>
> Jim Clemmer
>
> **HD62.C10 1994**
>
> IMPROVING THROUGH BENCHMARKING: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO ACHIEVING PEAK
> PERFORMANCE \[Vol. 1\]
>
> Organizations often seek out and attempt to emulate examples of
> optimum performance. The benchmarking process is ideal to use to fir
> meeting your customer\'s needs.
>
> 106 PP.
>
> Richard Chang and
>
> Keith Kelly
>
> **HD62.C11 1994**
>
> CONTINUOUS PROCESS IMPROVEMENT: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO IMPROVING
> PROCESSES FOR MEASURABLE RESULTS \[Vol. 2\]
>
> Poor quality can cost organizations 20 to 25 percent of their gross
> revenues and can be disastrous in today\'s competitive environment.
> CPI philosophy and techniques will not only ensure your ability to
> compete for world-class performance, but also help you pull ahead of
> the competition.
>
> 120 PP.
>
> Richard Y. Chang and
>
> **HD66.T65 1986**
>
> COMMIT TO QUALITY
>
> An exhaustive look at the quality team process, this book deals
> exclusively with implementing a quality program in a service business.
>
> 208 PP.
>
> Patrick L. Townsend
>
> **HF5415.157.B47 1991**
>
> MANAGING THE TOTAL QUALITY TRANSFORMATION
>
> T. H. Berry
>
> **JF1331.B10 1995**
>
> PROCESS ANALYSIS WORKBOOK FOR GOVERNMENT, THE: HOW TO ACHIEVE MORE
> WITH LESS
>
> Gerard Bruno
>
> **JF1525.T67H86 1993**
>
> QUALITY MANAGEMENT FOR GOVERNMENT: A GUIDE TO FEDERAL, STATE, AND
> LOCAL IMPLEMENTATION
>
> This book introduces the principles and methods for implementing an
> effective total quality management system within any level of
> government. It offers a clear introduction to TQM, including
> philosophies, awards, and their criteria, quality success stories, a
> 17-step planning and implementation methodology that can be customized
> for any government agency, and more.
>
> 384 PP.
>
> Daniel V. Hunt
>
> **JF538.K64 1996**
>
> QUALITY GOVERNMENT: DESIGNING, DEVELOPING, AND IMPLEMENTING TQM
>
> Jerry W. Koehler and
>
> Joseph M. Pankowski
>
> **LB2805.M10 1993**
>
> GREAT IDEAS ON\...QUALITY
>
> Harold R. McAlindon
>
> **TS156.6.C755 1989**
>
> LET\'S TALK QUALITY
>
> 224 PP.
>
> Philip B. Crosby
>
> **TS156.6.C76 1979**
>
> QUALITY IS FREE
>
> Philip B. Crosby
>
> **TS156.6.C764 1985**
>
> QUALITY WITHOUT TEARS: THE ART OF HASSLE-FREE MANAGEMENT
>
> The author\'s objective is to show managers how to build quality into
> all aspects of a company\'s operations thereby lowering costs,
> increasing sales, and boosting profits and do all this without the
> typical bureaucratic controls and procedures that merely hassle people
> without producing the desired results. Real situation and amusing
> fictional case histories are used to demonstrate that problems of
> quality and hassle are caused by management action.
>
> 320 PP.
>
> Philip B. Crosby
>
> **TS156.7.A84 1990**
>
> CREATING CULTURE CHANGE:THE KEY TO SUCCESSFUL TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT
>
> Philip E. Atkinson
>
> **TS156.A47 Unkn**
>
> S P C SIMPLIFIES: PRACTICAL STEPS TO QUALITY
>
> Robert T. Amsden and
>
> Howard E. Butler
>
> **TS156.C10 1984**
>
> QUALITY AWARENESS EXPERIENCE
>
> Philip Crosby Associates, Inc.
>
> **TS156.C344 1990**
>
> PRINCIPLES OF QUALITY COSTS: PRINICPLES, IMPLEMENTATION, AND USE \[2nd
> Edition\]
>
> This book includes quality coverage of quality cost in service
> industries, and in quality improvement programs.
>
> 150 PP.
>
> Jack Campanella, Editor
>
> **TS156.E25 1988**
>
> QUALITY BY DESIGN: TAGUCHI METHODS AND U.S. INDUSTRY
>
> Lance A. Ealey
>
> **TS156.H84 1990**
>
> TOTAL QUALITY: AN EXECUTIVES GUIDE FOR THE 1990\'S
>
> Written for manufacturing executives and professionals, this
> cutting-edge book explores the whole concept of quality and how it
> affects virtually every department in a company.
>
> E. C. Huge and
>
> R. D. Irwin
>
> **TS156.J85 1988**
>
> JURAN ON PLANNING FOR QUALITY
>
> Juran, an expert on quality, attributes the quality problems prevalent
> in the United States today to errors in planning. To guide managers
> toward successful implementation of quality planning programs, he
> presents his new model for quality management. Among the topics
> covered are customer identification, measurements for quality
> standards, optimization of product design, and steps needed to set up
> company and departmental quality management programs. A valuable
> contribution to the literature, for both managers and students.
>
> J.M. Juran
>
> **TS156.J86 1980**
>
> QUALITY PLANNING AND ANALYSIS
>
> J. M. Juran and
>
> Frank M. Gryna
>
> **TS156.S358 1990**
>
> DEMING ROUTE TO QUALITY AND PRODUCTIVITY, THE: ROAD MAPS AND
> ROADBLOCKS
>
> 154 PP.
>
> William W. Scherkenbach
>
> **TS156.T89 1990**
>
> QUALITY TECHNOLOGY PRIMER FOR MANAGERS, A
>
> Through this on-target primer, managers with nontechnical backgrounds
> will clearly see the need for a never-ending commitment to quality,
> and will get a good overview of the technical skills their
> organizations must have in order to translate commitment into action.
>
> 109 PP.
>
> Joseph R Tunner
>
> **TS165.D615 1994**
>
> THINKING ABOUT QUALITY: PROGRESS, WISDOM, AND THE DEMING PHILOSOPHY
>
> Lloyd Dobyns and
>
> Clare Crawford
>
> **[Training]{.underline}**
>
> **BF481.L43 1994**
>
> LEARNING, REMEMBERING, BELIEVING: ENHANCING HUMAN PERFORMANCE
>
> Can such techniques as sleep-learning and hypnosis improve
> performance? Do we sometimes confuse familiarity with mastery? Can we
> learn without making mistakes? This book addresses these and other key
> issues in learning, performance, and presents leading-edge theories,
> and findings.
>
> 416 PP.
>
> Daniel Druckman
>
> **HF5549.5.T7H285 1997**
>
> WEB-BASED TRAINING COOKBOOK: EVERYTHING YOU NEED TO KNOW FOR ONLINE
> TRAINING
>
> Brandon Hall
>
> **HM132.J10 1996**
>
> NEW FIELDBOOK FOR TRAINERS, THE: TIPS, TOOLS, AND TECHNIQUES
>
> John E. Jones, et al
>
> **G156.5.B86D67 1997**
>
> DO\'S AND TABOOS AROUND THE WORLD FOR WOMEN IN BUSINESS
>
> This incomparable guide tells you everything you need to know to
> guarantee that your trip abroad is economical, safe, enjoyable, and
> productive.
>
> 252 PP.
>
> Roger Axtell, et al
>
> **HD30.26.J66 1993**
>
> IMAGINATIVE EVENTS FOR TRAINING: A TRAINER\'S SOURCEBOOK OF GAMES,
> SIMULATIONS AND ROLE PLAY EXERCISES
>
> Featuring 48 of the most tried-and-true yet inventive games,
> simulations, role-playing exercises, and puzzles ever assembled in one
> volume, this book focuses on specific skill enhancement goals that
> help employees become more creative, innovative, cooperative, and able
> to deal with organizational changes. And, unlike other books of its
> kind, Imaginative Events for Training provides detailed instructions
> and materials.
>
> 310 PP.
>
> Ken Jones
>
> **HD30.3.F10 2000**
>
> PRACTICAL GUIDE TO FACILITATION, THE: A SELF-STUDY RESOURCE
>
> This unique guide enables people to learn the role of facilitator at
> their own pace. Versatile enough to be used not only in an independent
> study program, but also as part of a traditional classroom-training
> program. Specifically structured to help users retain what they have
> read, this resource goes beyond merely informing the reader to
> actually making a difference in a person's day-to-day work.
>
> 150 PP.
>
> John D. Farrell and
>
> Richard G. Weaver
>
> **HD30.4.D67 1998**
>
> ACTION LEARNING: HOW THE WORLD\'S TOP COMPANIES ARE RE-CREATING THEIR
> LEADERS AND THEMSELVES
>
> The authors believe companies can recreate themselves by first
> creating their leaders through Action Learning. The method requires
> immersing executives in a team-oriented strategic boot camp that
> addresses the immediate needs of the organization, erases entrenched
> thinking, and encourages new attitudes and behaviors.
>
> 214 PP.
>
> David L. Dotlich and
>
> James L. Noel
>
> **HD30.4.W53 1993**
>
> LEARNING EDGE, THE: HOW SMART MANAGERS AND SMART COMPANIES STAY AHEAD
>
> Today, more than ever before, knowledge is power. Fortune magazine
> recently proclaimed that \"the most successful corporation of the
> 1990s will be something called a learning organization.\" The Learning
> Edge responds to this new market reality with a dynamic, concrete
> approach executives can use to take charge of their futures.
> Illustrated.
>
> 256 PP.
>
> Calhoun Wick and
>
> Lou S. Leon
>
> **HD30.412C745 1997**
>
> CRITICAL GUIDE TO MANAGEMENT TRAINING MEDIA, A
>
> 535 PP.
>
> William Ellet, Editor
>
> **HD30.42.U5S74 2001**
>
> EXTREME MANAGEMENT: WHAT THEY TEACH AT HARVARD BUSINESS SCHOOL\'S
> ADVANCED MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
>
> The origins of Harvard\'s Advanced Management Program are rooted in
> World War II. Today\'s program teaches how to thrive in the combative
> global marketplace.
>
> 184 PP.
>
> Mark Stevens
>
> **HD30.H10 1995**
>
> CONNECTIONS: 125 STRUCTURED ACTIVITIES FOR FAULTLESS TRAINING
>
> Lois B. Hart
>
> **HD3028.C7 Unkn**
>
> TRAINER\'S HANDBOOK
>
> Dorothy P. Craig
>
> **HD51.S76 1987**
>
> COACH: CREATING PARTNERSHIP FOR A COMPETITIVE EDGE
>
> 170 PP.
>
> Steven J. Stowell and
>
> Matt M. Starcevich
>
> **HD58.8.M245 1999**
>
> MAKING IT HAPPEN: STORIES FROM INSIDE THE NEW WORKPLACE
>
> 96 PP.
>
> Pegasus Communications, Inc.
>
> **HD58.8.S10 1996**
>
> REENGINEERING THE TRAINING FUNCTION: HOW TO ALIGN TRAINING WITH THE
> NEW CORPORATE AGENDA
>
> Anyone looking for answers to meeting the demands of the new economy,
> corporate and organizational agendas, and the demands of the new
> learner/worker will find them in this well-written and concise book.
> Learn how business reengineering and training practices must parallel
> the reengineering of business processes.
>
> 296 PP.
>
> Donald Shandler
>
> **HD58.82.H88 1998**
>
> OUTLEARNING THE WOLVES: SURVIVING AND THRIVING IN A LEARNING
> ORGANIZATION
>
> 64 PP.
>
> David Hutchens
>
> **HD58.82.T772 1997**
>
> IN ACTION: TRANSFERRING LEARNING TO THE WORKPLACE: SEVENTEEN CASE
> STUDIES FROM THE REAL WORLD OF TRAINING
>
> Jack J. Phillips and
>
> Mary L. Broad, Editors
>
> **HD66.C6084 1997**
>
> DANGEROUS COMPANY: THE CONSULTING POWERHOUSE AND THE BUSINESSES THEY
> SAVE AND RUIN
>
> Management consulting is a \$50 billion business worldwide, with \$25
> billion in revenues generated in the U.S., according to the authors,
> who argue here that as business becomes more globalized, the influence
> of consultants is expanding. This fast-paced book provides practical
> advice on the best way for companies to use consultants.
>
> 355 PP.
>
> Hames O\'Shea
>
> Charles Madigan
>
> **HD69.C6B45 1990**
>
> CONSULTANTS CALLING, THE: BRINGING WHO YOU ARE TO WHAT YOU DO
>
> At once practical and personal, this book is for all types of
> consultants, all those who work with consultants, and all those who
> dream of being consultants.
>
> 238 PP.
>
> Geoffrey Bellman
>
> **HD69.C6G54 1994**
>
> INTERNAL CONSULTING FOR HRD PROFESSIONALS: TOOLS, TECHNIQUES, AND
> STRATEGIES FOR IMPROVING ORGANIZATIONAL PERFORMANCE
>
> How-to guide shows how to make the transition to the often-unfamiliar
> turf of internal consultant.
>
> 196 PP.
>
> Jerry Gilley and
>
> Amy Coffern
>
> **HF5549.5.K25 1998**
>
> ANOTHER LOOK AT EVALUATING TRAINING PROGRAMS: FIFTY ARTICLES FROM
> TRAINING & DEVELOPMENT MAGAZINES COVER THE ESSENTIALS OF EVALUATION
> AND RETURN- ON-INVESTMENT
>
> Fifty \"best\" articles from Training & Development and Technical
> Training magazines are assembled into the Four Levels of Evaluation in
> the widely accepted Kirkpatrick Model.
>
> 257 PP.
>
> Donald L. Kirkpatrick and
>
> **HF5549.5.P10 1995**
>
> FUTURE TRAINING: A ROADMAP FOR RESTRUCTURING THE TRAINING FUNCTION
>
> The book brings together the understanding for the natural integration
> of work systems and human systems to foster business productivity
> optimization. A MUST read for those interested in developing a high
> performance enterprise!
>
> 250 PP.
>
> James S. Pepitone
>
> **HF5549.5.P20 1997**
>
> EVALUATING THE IMPACT OF TRAINING: A COLLECTION OF TOOLS AND
> TECHNIQUES
>
> This guidebook provides managers and supervisors with proven
> techniques for orienting and training employees at all levels, quickly
> and efficiently, without losing productivity.
>
> 216 PP.
>
> Scott B. Parry
>
> **HF5549.5.R10 2001**
>
> CREDIBLE TRAINER, THE: CREATE VALUE FOR TRAINING, GET RESPECT FOR YOUR
> IDEAS, AND BOOST YOUR CAREER
>
> New and experienced trainers alike will appreciate this book\'s tools,
> expert guidance, and practical advice on how to become a valued,
> strategic partner in your organization. Readers will learn how to
> bridge the gap between a trainer\'s dedication to the profession and
> the urgent need to find new and bottom-line ways to establish
> credibility with key organization stakeholders.
>
> 119 PP.
>
> Robert J. Rosania
>
> **HF5549.5.S10 1994**
>
> ON-THE-JOB ORIENTATION AND TRAINING: A PRACTICAL GUIDE TO ENHANCED
> PERFORMANCE
>
> Larry R. Smalley
>
> **HF5549.5.T10 1994**
>
> TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT SOURCEBOOK, THE \[2nd Edition\]
>
> Craig E. Schneier, et al Editors
>
> **HF5549.5.T7.M323 1999**
>
> TRAINING DESIGN AND DELIVERY: A SINGLE-SOURCE GUIDE FOR EVERY TRAINER,
> TRAINING MANAGER, AND OCCASSIONAL TRAINER
>
> In clear step-by-step methodology, McArdle answers the three most
> critical questions of any training program developer: how to choose
> content, how to teach and deliver the materials, and how to ensure it
> is working.
>
> 205 PP.
>
> Geri E. Mc Ardle
>
> **HF5549.5.T7A28 1992**
>
> NEEDS ASSESSMENT
>
> American Society for Training and
>
> Development
>
> **HF5549.5.T7B654 1994**
>
> LEARNING ALLIANCE, THE: SYSTEMS THINKING IN HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT
>
> Robert Brinkerhoff and
>
> Stephen Gill
>
> **HF5549.5.T7D47 1996**
>
> IN ACTION: DESIGNING TRAINING PROGRAMS: EIGHTEEN CASE STUDIES FROM THE
> REAL WORLD OF TRAINING
>
> Jack J. Phillips and
>
> Donald J. Ford, Editors
>
> **HF5549.5.T7D558 1990**
>
> EVALUATION: A TOOL FOR IMPROVING HRD QUALITY
>
> Nancy M. Dixon
>
> **HF5549.5.T7G535 1997**
>
> FIRST-TIME TRAINER, THE: A STEP-BY-STEP QUICK GUIDE FOR MANAGERS,
> SUPERVISORS, AND NEW TRAINING PROFESSIONALS
>
> Tom W. Goad
>
> **HF5549.5.T7G548 1994**
>
> SYSTEMIC TRAINING PROGRAM DESIGN: MAXIMIZING EFFECTIVENESS AND
> MINIMIZING LIABILITY
>
> Sallie E. Gordon
>
> **HF5549.5.T7I377 1995**
>
> IN ACTION: CONDUCTING NEEDS ASSESSMENT: SEVENTEEN CASE STUDIES FROM
> THE REAL WORLD OF TRAINING
>
> Jack J. Phillips, and
>
> Elwood F. Holton, III, Editors
>
> **HF5549.5.T7K569 1994**
>
> EVALUATING TRAINING PROGRAMS: THE FOUR LEVELS
>
> Donald Kirkpatrick
>
> **HF5549.5.T7K57 1987**
>
> MORE EVALUATING TRAINING PROGRAMS
>
> Donald Kirkpatrick
>
> **HF5549.5.T7L10 1990**
>
> TRAINING TRILOGY, THE: ASSESSING NEEDS
>
> 72 PP.
>
> Dick Leatherman
>
> **HF5549.5.T7L11 1990**
>
> TRAINING TRILOGY, THE: FACILITATION SKILLS
>
> 96 PP.
>
> Dick Leatherman
>
> **HF5549.5.T7L12 1990**
>
> TRAINING TRILOGY, THE: DESIGNING PROGRAMS
>
> 136 PP.
>
> Dick Leatherman
>
> **HF5549.5.T7N10 1992**
>
> TRAINING EVALUATION HANDBOOK
>
> Tony Newby
>
> **HF5549.5.T7P436 2002**
>
> BOTTOM LINE ON ROI, THE: BASICS, BENEFITS, AND BARRIERS TO MEASURING
>
> With this book you will learn who is a candidate for training ROI,
> what exactly is training ROI, where do ROI calculations begin and end,
> when should training ROI be measured, and why should your organization
> ever consider it.
>
> Patricia P. Phillips
>
> **HF5549.5.T7P458 1997**
>
> 50 CREATIVE TRAINING CLOSERS: INNOVATIVE WAYS TO END YOUR TRAINING
> WITH IMPACT!
>
> They\'ll forget you as soon as they walk out the door\...unless you
> make your training memorable. This essential resource is your way to
> make your mark.
>
> Lynn Solem and
>
> Bob Pike
>
> **HF5549.5.T7P46 1997**
>
> DEALING WITH DIFFICULT PARTICIPANTS: 127 PRACTICAL STRATEGIES FOR
> MINIMIZING RESISTANCE AND MAXIMIZING RESULTS IN YOUR PRESENTATIONS
>
> Bob Pike and
>
> Dave Arch
>
> **HF5549.5.T7P628 1992**
>
> INSTRUCTOR EXCELLENCE: MASTERING THE DELIVERY OF TRAINING
>
> Bob Powers
>
> **HF5549.5.T7R659 1992**
>
> MASTERING THE INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN PROCESS: A SYSTEMATIC APPROACH
>
> William Rothwell
>
> **HF5549.5.T7R95 1997**
>
> CREATING TRAINING MIRACLES
>
> Alastair Rylatt and
>
> Kevin Lohan
>
> **HF5549.5.T7S3267 1997**
>
> VIRTUAL LEARNING: A REVOLUTIONARY APPROACH TO BUILDING A HIGHLY
> SKILLED WORKFORCE
>
> Roger Sachank
>
> **HF5549.5.T7S555 1992**
>
> ACTIVE TRAINING
>
> Mel Silverman
>
> **HF5549.5.T7T596 1997**
>
> KNOWLEDGE-ENABLED ORGANIZATION, THE: MOVING FROM \"TRAINING\" TO
> \"LEARNING\" TO MEET BUSINESS GOALS
>
> Daniel R. Tobin
>
> **HF5549.5.T7T597 1993**
>
> RE-EDUCATING THE CORPORATION: FOUNDATIONS FOR THE LEARNING
> ORGANIZATION
>
> Daniel Tobin
>
> **HF5549.5.T7W378 1993**
>
> SCULPTING THE LEARNING ORGANIZATION: LESSONS IN THE ART & SCIENCE OF
> SYSTEMATIC CHANGE
>
> Karen Watkins and
>
> Victoria Marsic
>
> **HF5549.5.Z11 1996**
>
> DELIVERING TRAINING: MASTERY IN THE CLASSROOM
>
> Dave Zielinski, Editor
>
> **HF5549.5T7R527 1989**
>
> TRAINING FOR IMPACT
>
> Dana Robinson and
>
> James Robinson
>
> **HF5549.8.C10 2000**
>
> PROMOTING EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE IN ORGANIZATIONS: MAKE TRAINING IN
> EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE EFFECTIVE
>
> 200 PP.
>
> Cary Cherniss and
>
> Mitchel Adler
>
> **HF5718.T10 1991**
>
> 50 ACTIVITIES FOR INTERPERSONAL SKILLS TRAINING
>
> Sue Bishop and
>
> David Taylor
>
> **JK718.S5 1993**
>
> TRAINING ENHANCEMENT IN GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATIONS
>
> Ronald R. Sims
>
> **L82342.4.U6R63 1994**
>
> FALL OF THE IVORY TOWER, THE: GOVERNMENT FUNDING, CORRUPTION, AND
> BANKRUPTCY
>
> George Roche
>
> **LB1027.44.F74 1998**
>
> OPEN-ENDED QUESTIONING: A HANDBOOK FOR EDUCATORS
>
> Robin Lee H. Freedman
>
> **LB1027.L623 1993**
>
> LAUGHING CLASSROOM, THE: EVERYONE\'S GUIDE TO TEACHING WITH HUMOR AND
> PLAY
>
> Diane Looman and
>
> Karen Kolberg
>
> **LB1028.3.B36 1995**
>
> MULTIMEDIA TECHNOLOGIES FOR TRAINING: AN INTRODUCTION
>
> Ann E. Barron and
>
> Gary W. Orwig
>
> **LB1028.3.H33 1996**
>
> EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY HANDBOOK, THE: A COMPREHENSIVE GUIDE: PROCESS
> AND PRODUCTS FOR LEARNING
>
> Steven Hackbarth
>
> **LB1028.3.M10 1991**
>
> DEVELOPING INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN: A STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE TO SUCCESS
>
> Geri E.H. McArdle
>
> **LB1028.3.Z10 1996**
>
> TRAINING MIX, THE: CHOOSING AND USING MEDIA AND METHODS
>
> Dave Zielinski, Editor
>
> **LB1028.5.S10 1994**
>
> INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY: THE DEFINITIONS AND DOMAINS OF THE FIELD
>
> Barbara Seels and
>
> Rita Richey
>
> **LB1028.R10 1994**
>
> QUALITY MANAGEMENT FOR EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY SERVICES
>
> Mark Richie
>
> **LB1029.S53T68 1995**
>
> LEARNING AND INSTRUCTION IN SIMULATION ENVIRONMENTS
>
> Douglas M. Towne
>
> **LB1029.S53V35 1989**
>
> EFFECTIVE USE OF ROLE-PLAY, THE
>
> Morry Van Ments
>
> **LB1060.G357 1993**
>
> MULTIPLE INTELLIGENCES: THE THEORY IN PRACTICE
>
> Howard Gardner
>
> **LB1085.M10 1996**
>
> ABOUT LEARNING
>
> Bernice McCarthy
>
> **LB2165.P10 1993**
>
> LEARNING STYLES AND PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT: A MODEL TEACHING GUIDE
>
> Bobby Ward Prewitt
>
> **LC5215.K59 1990**
>
> ADULT LEARNER: A NEGLECTED SPECIES, THE \[4^th^ Edition\]
>
> Malcolm S. Knowles
>
> **LC5215.S10 1993**
>
> ADULT LEARNER: STRATEGIES FOR SUCCESS, THE
>
> Bob Steinbach
>
> **LC5225.A34C34 1994**
>
> PLANNING PROGRAMS FOR ADULT LEARNERS: A PRACTICAL GUIDE FOR EDUCATORS,
> TRAINERS, AND STAFF DEVELOPERS
>
> Rosemary S. Caffarella
>
> **LC5225.Z10 1996**
>
> ADULT LEARNING IN YOUR CLASSROOM
>
> Dave Zielinski, Editor
>
> **LC5251.N48 1998**
>
> USING LEARNING TO MEET THE CHALLENGES OF OLDER ADULTHOOD
>
> This sourcebook views learning as a response to the various challenges
> confronting older adults and describes that learning within the
> context of present practice and future challenges.
>
> 140 PP.
>
> James C. Fisher and
>
> Mary A. Wolfe, Editors
>
> **LC5800.D575 1994**
>
> DISTANCE EDUCATION: STRATEGIES AND TOOLS
>
> Barry Willis (Editor)
>
> **LC5800.J66 1991**
>
> ADULT LEARNING IN YOUR CLASSROOM \[2^nd^ Edition\]
>
> Philip G. Jones
>
> **LC5800.P472 1997**
>
> DISTANCE LEARNING: A STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE FOR TRAINERS
>
> Karen Mantyla and
>
> J. Richard Gividen
>
> **LC5808.S10 1994**
>
> DISTANCE EDUCATION: REVIEW OF THE LITERATURE
>
> C. Schlosser and
>
> M. Anderson
>
> **LD1780.Z10 1996**
>
> BASIC TRAINING: THE LANGUAGE OF CORPORATE EDUCATION
>
> Dave Zielinski, Editor
>
> **QA76.76.I59S74 1995**
>
> DESIGNING ELECTRONIC PERFORMANCE SUPPORT TOOLS: IMPROVING WORKPLACE
> PERFORMANCE WITH HYPERTEXT, HYPERMEDIA AND MULTIMEDIA
>
> Explains how to implement electronic performance support systems
> (EPSS) using hypertext, hypermedia, and multimedia technologies, for
> designers and managers. Details uses of EPSS for business support on
> the job and traditional computer-based training applications.
> Discusses selecting development software, planning information
> structures, navigational designs, building online help systems, and
> including automation tools in an EPSS. Includes a glossary. Annotation
> c. Book News, Inc., Portland, OR (booknews.com)
>
> 288 PP.
>
> George H. Stevens and
>
> Emily F. Stevens
>
> **[Writing]{.underline}**
>
> **BF67.7.P82 1994**
>
> PUBLICATION MANUAL OF THE AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION \[4th
> Edition\]
>
> Guidelines to reduce bias/ electronic media, legal materials/use of
> word processing/etc.
>
> 368 PP.
>
> **HF5383.B43 1991**
>
> DESIGNING CREATIVE RESUMES
>
> Greg Berryman
>
> **HF5383.M10 1992**
>
> STRATEGIC RESUMES: WRITING FOR RESULTS
>
> Marci Mahoney
>
> **HF5383.P10 1995**
>
> TOP SECRET RESUMES AND COVER LETTERS
>
> Steven Provenzano
>
> **HF5718.3.C67 1995**
>
> ERROR-FREE WRITING: A LIFETIME GUIDE TO FLAWLESS BUSINESS WRITING
>
> Robin Cormier
>
> **HF5718.3.H654 1995**
>
> INDEPENDENT CONSULTANT\'S BROCHURE AND LETTER HANDBOOK, THE
>
> Herman Holtz
>
> **HF5718.3.M10 1998**
>
> GOOF-PROFFER, THE: HOW TO AVOID THE 41 MOST EMBARASSING ERRORS IN YOUR
> SPEAKING AND WRITING
>
> Stephen J. Manhard
>
> **HF5718.3.P98 1994**
>
> WRITING THAT WORKS
>
> Sharon L. Pywell
>
> **HF5718.3.S44 1994**
>
> WRITING FOR BUSINESS
>
> Patricia E. Seraydarian
>
> **HF5721.B383 1995**
>
> HOW TO WRITE FIRST-CLASS BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE: THE HANDBOOK FOR
> BUSINESS WRITING
>
> L. Sue Buagh, et al
>
> **JK716.W66 1995**
>
> APPLYING FOR FEDERAL JOBS: A GUIDE TO WRITING SUCCESSFUL APPLICATIONS
> AND RESUMES FOR THE JOB YOU WANT IN GOVERNMENT
>
> Patricia B. Wood
>
> **LB2369.T8 1996**
>
> MANUAL FOR WRITERS OF TERM PAPERS, THESES, AND DISSERTATIONS, A
> \[6^th^ Edition\]
>
> Kate L. Turabian
>
> **LB306033.G45W75 2001**
>
> WRITE RIGHT! A DESKTOP DIGEST OF PUNCTUATION, GRAMMAR, AND STYLE
> \[4^th^ Edition\]
>
> Updated information and revision will make this book even more useful
> as a handy guide to grammar, punctuation, and spelling.
>
> 208 PP.
>
> Jan Venolia
>
> **PE1408.D87 1991**
>
> WRITING THE EASY WAY: PARAGRAPHING, PUNCTUATION, PROOFREADING
>
> 244 PP.
>
> Phyllis Dutioin and
>
> Harriet Diamond
>
> **PE1408.R10 1992**
>
> EFFECTIVE WRITING FOR FEDS
>
> 96 PP.
>
> Donald G. Rider
>
> **PE1479.B87B37 1993**
>
> WRITING WITH PRECISION: LEARNING TO WRITE LIKE A PRO AND WRITE SO THAT
> YOU CANNOT POSSIBLY BE MISUNDERSTOOD
>
> In this book the author, Jefferson Bates, speaks to everyone who ever
> wanted to master \'creative writing\'\-\--Bates won\'t teach you how
> to create - no one really can - but this book will teach any willing
> learner how to write a clear and lively line.
>
> 285 PP.
>
> Jefferson D. Bates
>
> **PE1479.B87R65 2000**
>
> WRITING THAT WORKS: HOW TO COMMUNICATE EFFECTIVELY IN BUSINESS
>
> Writing That Works will show you how to improve anything you write: 1)
> Presentations that move ideas and action, 2) Memos and letters that
> get things done, 3) Plans and reports that make things happen, 4)
> Fund-raising and sales letters that produce results, 5) Resumes and
> letters that lead to interviews, 6) Speeches that make a point.
>
> 208 PP.
>
> Kenneth Roman and
>
> Joel Raphaelson
>
> **PE1479.B87V46 2000**
>
> REWRITE RIGHT! YOUR GUIDE TO PERFECTLY POLISHED PROSE \[2^nd^
> Edition\]
>
> This practical guide describes in clear, direct language how to
> rewrite a report, letter, essay, or article, so that writers of all
> levels can improve.
>
> 189 PP.
>
> Jan Venolia
>
> **END**